[1] Jan Aarts and Willem Meijs, editors. Corpus Linguistics I. Rodopi B.V., Amsterdam, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2] Jan Aarts and Willem Meijs, editors. Corpus Linguistics II. Rodopi B.V., Amsterdam, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3] M. I. Abasheikh. The grammar of Chimwi:ni causatives. PhD thesis, University of Illinois, 1979. Distributed by Indiana University Linguistics Club.
[ bib ]
[4] Bernd Abb and Claudia Maienborn. Adjuncts in HPSG. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 13 - 22, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[5] Barbara Abbott. Right node raising as a test for constituenthood. Linguistic Inquiry, 7(4):639-642, 1976.
[ bib ]
[6] M. H. Abdulaziz. Transitivity Patterns in the Swahili Clause. PhD thesis, University of London, 1976.
[ bib ]
[7] Shinobu Abe. The syntax of cognitive verb constructions. Master's thesis, Osaka University, 1991.
[ bib ]
[8] Anne Abeillé, Yves Schabes, and Aravind K. Joshi. Using lexicalized TAGs for machine translation. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, volume 3, pages 1-6, 1990.
[ bib ]
[9] Anne Abeillé and Danielle Godard. French causatives in HPSG. ms, University of Paris VII, 1994.
[ bib ]
[10] Anne Abeillé and Owen Rambow. Tree adjoining grammar: An overview. In Anne Abeillé and Owen Rambow, editors, Tree Adjoining Grammars: Formalisms, Linguistic Analysis, and Processing. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2000.
[ bib ]
[11] David Abercrombie. Elements of General Phonetics. Edinburgh University Press, 1967.
[ bib ]
[12] Stephen P. Abney. The English Noun Phrase in Its Sentential Aspect. PhD thesis, MIT, 1987.
[ bib ]
[13] Daniel M. Abondolo. Hungarian Inflectional Morphology. PhD thesis, Columbia University, 1984.
[ bib ]
[14] Daniel M. Abondolo. Hungarian. In Bernard Comrie, editor, The World's Major Languages, pages 107-166. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1987.
[ bib ]
[15] Farrell Ackerman. Miscreant Morphemes: Phrasal Predicates in Ugric. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1987.
[ bib ]
[16] Farrell Ackerman. Locative alternation vs. locative inversion. In Aaron Halpern, editor, Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 1-13, Stanford, CA, 1990. CSLI Publications.
[ bib ]
[17] Farrell Ackerman. Complex predicates and morpholexical relatedness: Locative alternation in Hungarian. In Ivan Sag and Anna Szabolcsi, editors, Lexical Matters, pages 55-83. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1992. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 24.
[ bib ]
[18] Farrell Ackerman and Gert Webelhuth. The construct PREDICATE: Empirical arguments and theoretical status. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[19] Farrell Ackerman and Phil LeSourd. Toward a lexical representation of phrasal predicates. In Alex Alsina, Joan Bresnan, and Peter Sells, editors, Complex Predicates, pages 67-106. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1997.
[ bib ]
[20] Farrell Ackerman and Irina Nikolaeva. Similar forms and different functions: The person/number paradigm in Western Armenian and North Ostyak. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[21] Farrell Ackerman and Gert Webelhuth. A Theory of Predicates. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1998.
[ bib ]
[22] Farrell Ackerman and John Moore. Telic entity as a proto-property of lexical predicates. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[23] Farrell Ackerman and John Moore. Proto-Properties and Argument Selection: A Correspondence Theory of Grammatical Encoding. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001. To appear.
[ bib ]
[24] Wilhelm Ackermann. Solvable Cases of the Decision Problem. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1954.
[ bib ]
[25] Peter Aczel. Frege structures and the notions of proposition, truth and set. In J. Barwise, H. J. Keisler, and K. Kunen, editors, The Kleene Symposium, pages 31-59. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1980.
[ bib ]
[26] Peter Aczel. Non-Well-Founded Sets. CSLI Lecture Notes. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[27] Aczel Peter. Replacement systems and the axiomatization of situation theory. In R. Cooper, K. Mukai, and J. Perry, editors, Situation Theory and its Applications, volume I, chapter 1, pages 3-32. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[28] Peter Aczel and Rachel Lunnon. Universes and parameters. In J. Barwise, J. M. Gawron, G. Plotkin, and S. Tutiya, editors, Situation Theory and its Applications, volume II, chapter 1, pages 3-24. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1991.
[ bib ]
[29] Robert Merrihew Adams. Primitive thisness and primitive identity. The Journal of Philosophy, 76(1):5-26, 1979.
[ bib ]
[30] W. F. H. Adelaar. Tarma Quechua: Grammar, Texts, Dictionary. Peter de Ridder Press, Lisse, 1977.
[ bib ]
[31] Giovanni Adorni, Mauri Di Manzo, and Fausto Giunchiglia. Natural language driven image generation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 495-500, 1984.
[ bib ]
[32] Philip E. Agre and David Chapman. What are plans for? Technical report, MIT, Cambridge, MA, 1988. MIT Artificial Intelligence Memo 1050.
[ bib ]
[33] Philip E. Agre and John Batali. Collaborative instruction use in furniture assembly. Presented at the American Association for Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-90) Workshop on Complex systems, Ethnomethodology and Interaction Analysis, Boston, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[34] Philip E. Agre and Jeff Shrager. Routine evolution as the microgenetic basis of skill acquisition. In Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[35] Philip E. Agre. Portents of planning: A critical reading of the first paragraph of Miller, Galanter, and Pribram's plans and the structure of behavior. Presented at the Conference on Narrative in the Human Sciences, University of Iowa, 1990.
[ bib ]
[36] R. Ahn and H. P. Kolb. Discourse representation meets constructive mathematics. In L. Kalman and L. Polos, editors, Papers from the Second Symposium on Logic and Language, pages 105-124. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1990.
[ bib ]
[37] R. Ahn. A type-theoretical approach to communication. Think (ITK Quarterly), 1:25-30, 1992.
[ bib ]
[38] W. A. Ainsworth. Mechanisms of Speech Recognition. Pergamon Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[39] Judith Aissen. Verb raising. Linguistic Inquiry, 5:325-366, 1974.
[ bib ]
[40] Judith Aissen. The Syntax of Causative Constructions. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1974. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[41] Judith Aissen and Jorge Hankamer. Lexical extension and grammatical transformations. In Bruce R. Caron, Meredith A. B. Hoffman, Marilyn Silva, and Jeanne Van Oosten, editors, Proceedings of the Sixth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 238-249, University of California, Berkeley, 1980. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[42] Judith Aissen. Control and command in Tzotzil purpose clauses. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 559-571, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[43] Judith Aissen. Tzotzil clause structure. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[44] J. Aitchison and J. A. C. Brown. The lognormal distribution. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1957.
[ bib ]
[45] Hassan Ait-Kaci and Patrick Lincoln. LIFE: A natural language for natural language. Technical Report ACA-ST-074-88, MCC, Austin, 1988.
[ bib ]
[46] Kazimierz Ajdukiewicz. Die syntaktische Konnexitt. Studia Philosophica, 1:1-27, 1935. English translation in Storrs McCall (ed.) Polish Logic. Oxford University Press, 1937.
[ bib ]
[47] S. Akama. Constructive predicate logic with strong negation and model theory. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic, 29:18-27, 1988.
[ bib ]
[48] Adrian Akmajian. On deriving cleft sentences from pseudo-cleft sentences. Linguistic Inquiry, 1(2):149-168, 1970.
[ bib ]
[49] Adrian Akmajian, Susan M. Steele, and Thomas Wasow. The category AUX in universal grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 10(1):1-64, 1979.
[ bib ]
[50] Fawwaz Al-Abed Al-Haq. Functional or anaphoric control in Jordanian Arabic? Language Sciences, 14(1-2):1-28, 1992.
[ bib ]
[51] C. E. Alchourron, P. Gärdenfors, and D. Makinson. On the logic of theory change. Journal of Symbolic Logic, 50:510-530, 1985.
[ bib ]
[52] Joseph Henry Allen and James Bradstree Greenough. Allen and Greenough's New Latin Grammar for Schools and Colleges. Ginn and Company, Boston, 1903.
[ bib ]
[53] W. Sidney Allen. Vox Graeca. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1968.
[ bib ]
[54] W. Sidney Allen. Accent and Rhythm. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1973.
[ bib ]
[55] Cynthia Allen. Topics in English diachronic syntax. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1977. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1981.
[ bib ]
[56] Margaret R. Allen. Morphological Investigations. PhD thesis, University of Connecticut, 1978.
[ bib ]
[57] James F. Allen and C. R. Perrault. Analyzing intention in utterances. Artificial Intelligence, 15:143-178, 1980.
[ bib ]
[58] James F. Allen. Maintaining knowledge about temporal intervals. Communications of the ACM, 26(11):832-843, 1983.
[ bib ]
[59] James F. Allen. Recognizing intentions from natural language utterances. In Michael Brady and Robert C. Berwick, editors, Computational Models of Discourse, pages 107-166. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[60] James F. Allen. Towards a general theory of action and time. Artificial Intelligence, 23(2), 1984.
[ bib ]
[61] James F. Allen and Henry A. Kautz. A model of naive temporal reasoning. In Jerry R. Hobbs and Robert C. Moore, editors, Formal Theories of the Commonsense World. Ablex, 1985.
[ bib ]
[62] Jonathan Allen, M. Sharon Hunnicutt, and Dennis Klatt. From text to speech: The MITalk system. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[63] J. F. Allen. Natural Language Understanding. Benjamin Cummings, Redwood City, CA, second edition, 1995.
[ bib ]
[64] J. Allwood. The Complex NP constraint as a non-universal rule and some semantic factors influencing the acceptability of Swedish sentences which violate the CNPC construction. In J. Stillings, editor, University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers in Linguistics. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, Amherst, MA, 1976.
[ bib ]
[65] George S. Almasi and Allan Gottlieb. Highly Parallel Computing. The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, 1989.
[ bib ]
[66] Hamza Qublan Al-Mozainy, Robert Bley-Vroman, and John J. McCarthy. Stress shift and metrical structure. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:135-143, 1985.
[ bib ]
[67] H. Alshawi. Memory and Context for Language Interpretation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[68] Hiyan Alshawi. Resolving quasi logical form. Computational Linguistics, 16:133-144, 1990.
[ bib ]
[69] Hiyan Alshawi, David Carter, Richard Crouch, Steve Pulman, Manny Rayner, and Arnold Smith. CLARE: A contextual reasoning and cooperative response framework for the Core Language Engine. Technical Report CRC-028, SRI International, Cambridge Research Centre, 1992. Also available as cmp-lg/9411002.
[ bib ]
[70] Hiyan Alshawi and Richard Crouch. Monotonic semantic interpretation. In Proceedings of the 30th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Newark, Delaware, pages 32-39. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1992.
[ bib ]
[71] Hiyan Alshawi, editor. The Core Language Engine. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[72] Alex Alsina and Sam A. Mchombo. The syntax of applicatives in Chichewa: Problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8:493-506, 1990.
[ bib ]
[73] Alex Alsina. Where's the mirror principle?, 1990. Presented at the Thirteenth GLOW Colloquium at St. John's College, University of Cambridge, England.
[ bib ]
[74] Alex Alsina and Sam A. Mchombo. Object extraction and the accessibility of thematic information. In Laurel A. Sutton, Christopher Johnson, and Ruth Shields, editors, Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 15-29, University of California, Berkeley, 1991. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[75] Alex Alsina and Smita Joshi. Parameters in causative constructions. In Lise M. Dobrin, Lynn Nichols, and Rosa M. Rodriguez, editors, Papers from the Twenty-Seventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 31-46, University of Chicago, 1991. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[76] Alex Alsina. On the argument structure of causatives. Linguistic Inquiry, 23(4):517-555, 1992.
[ bib ]
[77] Alex Alsina. The monoclausality of causatives: Evidence from Romance. ms, Stanford University, 1992.
[ bib ]
[78] Alex Alsina and Sam A. Mchombo. Object asymmetries and the Chichewa applicative construction. In Sam A. Mchombo, editor, Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Grammar, pages 17-45. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[79] Alex Alsina. Predicate Composition: A Theory of Syntactic Function Alternations. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[80] Alex Alsina. The fall of function-argument biuniqueness. In Glyn Morrill and Richard Oehrle, editors, Proceedings of the Conference of the European Summer School in Logic, Language, and Information, pages 1-16, Barcelona, 1995.
[ bib ]
[81] Alex Alsina, Tara Mohanan, and K. P. Mohanan. Untitled submission to the LFG list, 1996. 3 September 1996.
[ bib ]
[82] Alex Alsina, Tara Mohanan, and K. P. Mohanan. Responses to the discussion on COMP in LFG, 1996. Submission to the LFG List, 6 September 1996.
[ bib ]
[83] Alex Alsina. The Role of Argument Structure in Grammar: Evidence from Romance. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1996.
[ bib ]
[84] Alex Alsina, Joan Bresnan, and Peter Sells, editors. Complex Predicates. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1997.
[ bib ]
[85] Alex Alsina. A theory of complex predicates: Evidence from causatives in Bantu and Romance. In Alex Alsina, Joan Bresnan, and Peter Sells, editors, Complex Predicates, pages 203-246. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1997.
[ bib ]
[86] Alex Alsina. Where's the mirror principle? The Linguistic Review, 16(1):1-42, 1999.
[ bib ]
[87] Robert A. Amsler. Lexical knowledge bases. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 458-459, 1984.
[ bib ]
[88] Robert A. Amsler. The verbs of motion: A dictionary definition case study. Bell Communications Research, 1986.
[ bib ]
[89] Elena Anagnostopoulou, Henk van Riemsdijk, and Frans Zwarts. Materials on Left Dislocation. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1997.
[ bib ]
[90] Henning Andersen. Diphthongization. Language, 48:11-50, 1972.
[ bib ]
[91] Henning Andersen. Abductive and deductive change. Language, 49:567-593, 1973.
[ bib ]
[92] John M. Anderson. The Grammar of Case: Towards a Localist Theory, volume 4 of Cambridge Studies in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1971.
[ bib ]
[93] Stephen R. Anderson. The organization of phonology. Academic Press, 1974.
[ bib ]
[94] Stephen R. Anderson. Nasal consonants and the internal structure of the segments. Language, 52:326-344, 1976.
[ bib ]
[95] John Anderson. On case grammar: Prolegomena to a theory of grammatical relations. Humanities Press, Atlantic Highlands, NJ, 1977.
[ bib ]
[96] Stephen R. Anderson. Comments on the paper by Wasow. In Peter W. Culicover, Thomas Wasow, and Adrian Akmajian, editors, Formal Syntax, pages 361-377. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[97] Stephen R. Anderson. On the formal description of inflection. In Woodford A. Beach, Samuel E. Fox, and Shulamith Philosoph, editors, Papers from the Thirteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 15-44, University of Chicago, 1977. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[98] Stephen R. Anderson. Why phonology isn't ``natural''. Linguistic Inquiry, 12:493-540, 1981.
[ bib ]
[99] Stephen R. Anderson. Where's morphology? Linguistic Inquiry, 13:571-612, 1982.
[ bib ]
[100] Stephen R. Anderson. On representation in morphology: Case, agreement, and inversion in Georgian. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 2, 1984.
[ bib ]
[101] Stephen R. Anderson. A metrical reinterpretation of some traditional claims about quantity and stress. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 83-106. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[102] Lloyd B. Anderson. Multilingual text-processing in a two-byte code: Current issues. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 1-4, 1984.
[ bib ]
[103] Stephen R. Anderson. Phonology in the Twentieth Century: Theories of Rules and Theories of Representations. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1985.
[ bib ]
[104] Stephen R. Anderson. Disjunctive ordering in inflectional morphology. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4(1):1-32, 1986.
[ bib ]
[105] Anders-Børje Andersson. The NP status of that-clauses and infinitives. Gothenburg Papers in Theoretical Linguistics, 24:1-16, 1974.
[ bib ]
[106] Avery Andrews, III. Case agreement of predicate modifiers in ancient Greek. Linguistic Inquiry, 2:127-152, 1971.
[ bib ]
[107] Avery Andrews, III. Studies in the Syntax of Relative and Comparative Clauses. PhD thesis, MIT, 1975. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[108] Avery Andrews, III. Long distance agreement in Modern Icelandic. In Pauline Jacobson and Geoffrey K. Pullum, editors, The Nature of Syntactic Representation, pages 1-33. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[109] Avery Andrews, III. The representation of case in modern Icelandic. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 427-503. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[110] Avery Andrews, III. A note on the constituent structure of modifiers. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):695-697, 1983.
[ bib ]
[111] Avery Andrews, III. Constituent coordination in LFG. ms, Australian National University, 1983.
[ bib ]
[112] Avery Andrews, III. The major functions of the noun phrase. In Tim Shopen, editor, Language Typology and Syntactic Description. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[113] Avery Andrews, III. Unification and morphological blocking. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8(4):507-557, 1990.
[ bib ]
[114] Avery Andrews, III. Case structures and control in Modern Icelandic. In Joan Maling and Annie Zaenen, editors, Modern Icelandic Syntax, volume 24 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 187-234. Academic Press, San Diego, 1990.
[ bib ]
[115] Gregory R. Andrews. Concurrent Programming: Principles and Practice. The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, 1991.
[ bib ]
[116] Avery Andrews, III and Christopher D. Manning. Information spreading and levels of representation in LFG. Technical Report CSLI-93-176, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[117] Avery Andrews, III. Complex predicates and nuclear serial verbs. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[118] Avery Andrews, III. A viewpoint on serial verbs. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[119] Avery Andrews, III and Christopher D. Manning. Complex Predicates and Information Spreading in LFG. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[120] Peter Anick and James Pustejovsky. An application of lexical semantics to knowledge acquisition from corpora. In Proceedings of 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics, 1990.
[ bib ]
[121] László Antal. On the possessive form of the Hungarian noun. General Linguistics, 5:39-46, 1961.
[ bib ]
[122] László Antal. The possessive form of the Hungarian noun. Linguistics, 3:50-61, 1963.
[ bib ]
[123] Raimo Anttila. An introduction to historical and comparative linguistics. Macmillan, New York, 1972.
[ bib ]
[124] Raimo Anttila. Analogy: A basic bibliography. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1977.
[ bib ]
[125] Joseph Aoun, Norbert Hornstein, and Dominique Sportiche. Some aspects of wide scope quantification. Journal of Linguistic Research, 1:69-95, 1981.
[ bib ]
[126] Joseph Aoun. The formal nature of anaphoric relations. PhD thesis, MIT, 1981.
[ bib ]
[127] Joseph Aoun and David W. Lightfoot. Government and contraction. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:465-473, 1984.
[ bib ]
[128] Joseph Aoun. A grammar of anaphora. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[129] Joseph Aoun, Elabbas Benmamoun, and Dominique Sportiche. Gapping, PF merger, and patterns of partial agreement. In Shalom Lappin and Elabbas Benmamoun, editors, Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping, pages 170-187. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.
[ bib ]
[130] Joseph Aoun, Elabbas Benmamoun, and Dominique Sportiche. Further remarks on first conjunct agreement. Linguistic Inquiry, 30(4):669-681, 1999.
[ bib ]
[131] Douglas E. Appelt. TELEGRAM: A grammar formalism for language planning. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 595-599, 1983.
[ bib ]
[132] Douglas Appelt and Jerry Hobbs. Making abduction more efficient. In Proceedings, Darpa Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Hidden Valley, pages 60-62. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[133] Joseph Applegate. Ineseño Chumash grammar. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1972.
[ bib ]
[134] K.R. Apt. Ten years of Hoare's logic: A survey-part i. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems, 3(4):431-483, 1981.
[ bib ]
[135] K. R. Apt and M. Bezem. Acyclic programs. In D. H. D. Warren and P. Szeredi, editors, Proceedings of the Seventh International Conference on Logic Programming, pages 617-633. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[136] Diana Archangeli. The root CV-template as a property of the affix: Evidence from Yawelmani. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1:347-384, 1983.
[ bib ]
[137] Diana Archangeli. Underspecification in Yawelmani phonology and morphology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1984.
[ bib ]
[138] Diana Archangeli. Yokuts harmony: Evidence for coplanar representation in nonlinear phonology. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:335-372, 1985.
[ bib ]
[139] Diana Archangeli and Douglas Pulleyblank. Yoruba vowel harmony. Linguistic Inquiry, 20:173-217, 1989.
[ bib ]
[140] Aristotle. Nicomachean Ethics. The Loeb Classical Library, n.d. Translated 1926 by H. Rackham,.
[ bib ]
[141] Aristotle. The Poetics. The Loeb Classical Library, n.d. Translated 1927 by W. Hamilton Fyfe,.
[ bib ]
[142] Aristotle. The Art of Rhetoric. The Loeb Classical Library, n.d. Translated 1926 by J. H. Freese,.
[ bib ]
[143] I Wayan Arka. Morpholexical aspects of the -kan causative in Indonesian. Master's thesis, University of Sydney, 1993.
[ bib ]
[144] I Wayan Arka and Stephen Wechsler. Argument structure and linear order in Balinese binding. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[145] I Wayan Arka and Christopher D. Manning. On the three subjects in Indonesian: Evidence from binding. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[146] I Wayan Arka. From Morphosyntax to Pragmatics in Balinese. PhD thesis, University of Sydney, 1998.
[ bib ]
[147] I Wayan Arka and Jane Simpson. Control and complex arguments in Balinese. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[148] Lilias E. Armstrong. The Phonetic and Tonal Structure of Kikuyu. Oxford University Press, London, 1940.
[ bib ]
[149] Kristian Árnason. Quantity in historical phonology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1980.
[ bib ]
[150] Douglas J. Arnold and Rod L. Johnson. Robust processing in machine translation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 472-475, 1984.
[ bib ]
[151] Douglas J. Arnold and Louis des Tombe. Basic theory and methodology in Eurotra. In S. Nirenburg, editor, Machine Translation: Theoretical and methodological issues, pages 114-135. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[152] A. Arnold and A. Dicky. An algebraic characterization of transition system equivalences. Information and Computation, 82:198-229, 1988.
[ bib ]
[153] A. Arnold. Finite Transition Systems. Prentice Hall, 1994.
[ bib ]
[154] D. W. Arnott. The Nominal and Verbal Systems of Fula. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1970.
[ bib ]
[155] Mark Aronoff. Word formation in generative grammar. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1976.
[ bib ]
[156] Howard Aronson. Georgian: A reading grammar. Slavica, Columbus, OH, 1982.
[ bib ]
[157] Ron Artstein. Conjunction weakening and morphological plurality. In K. Megerdoomian and L. A. Barel, editors, Proceedings of the Twentieth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 29-42, Somerville, MA, 2001. Cascadilla Press.
[ bib ]
[158] R. E. Asher. Tamil. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1982.
[ bib ]
[159] N. Asher and H. Kamp. The knower's paradox and the logics of attitudes. Technical Report 78712, AI Lab, University of Texas, 1985.
[ bib ]
[160] N. Asher. Belief in discourse representation theory. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 15:127-189, 1986.
[ bib ]
[161] Nicholas Asher and Hajime Wada. A computational account of syntactic, semantic and discourse principles for anaphora resolution. Journal of Semantics, 6(3/4):309-344, 1988.
[ bib ]
[162] N. Asher and H. Kamp. Self-reference, attitudes and paradox. In Gennaro Chierchia, Barbara Partee, and Raymond Turner, editors, Properties, Types and Meaning, volume 1. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[163] N. Asher and M. Morreau. Commonsense entailment: A modal theory of nonmonotonic reasoning. In IJCAI' 91, Proceedings, 1991.
[ bib ]
[164] Nicholas Asher. Reference to Abstract Objects in Discourse. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1993.
[ bib ]
[165] E. O. Ashton. Swahili Grammar. Longman, London, 1947.
[ bib ]
[166] Isaac Asimov. Understanding Physics, Volume I, Motion, Sound and Heat. Walker and Company, 1966.
[ bib ]
[167] Ash Asudeh. Functional identity and resource sensitivity in control. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[168] Ash Asudeh. Functional identity and resource sensitivity in control, 2000. Handout for talk at LFG2000, University of California at Berkeley.
[ bib ]
[169] Ash Asudeh and Richard Crouch. Glue semantics: A general theory of meaning composition. Talk given at Stanford Semantics Fest 2; handout available at http://www.stanford.edu/~asudeh/, 2001.
[ bib ]
[170] Ash Asudeh and Richard Crouch. Glue semantics for HPSG. In Frank van Eynde, Lars Hellan, and Dorothee Beermann, editors, On-line Proceedings of the HPSG '01 Conference, 2001.
[ bib | .html ]
[171] Ash Asudeh. Linking, optionality, and ambiguity in Marathi: An optimality theory analysis. In Peter Sells, editor, Formal and Empirical Issues in Optimality Theoretic Syntax. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001. To appear.
[ bib ]
[172] Ash Asudeh. A resource-sensitive semantics for equi and raising. In David Beaver, Stefan Kaufmann, Brady Clark, and Luis Casillas, editors, The construction of meaning, Stanford, CA, 2002. CSLI Publications.
[ bib ]
[173] Ash Asudeh and Richard Crouch. Derivational parallelism and ellipsis parallelism. In Proceedings of the 21st West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Medford, MA, 2002. Cascadilla Press. To appear.
[ bib ]
[174] Ash Asudeh and Richard Crouch. Glue semantics for coordination: Reconciling discourse cohesion and the Element Constraint through proof parallelism. Presented at the Third Semantics Fest, Stanford University; handout available at http://www.stanford.edu/~asudeh/, 2002.
[ bib ]
[175] Ash Asudeh. Resumption as Resource Management. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 2004.
[ bib ]
[176] Derek Attridge. The rhythms of English poetry. Longman, London, 1982.
[ bib ]
[177] E. S. Atwell, T. F. O'Donoghue, and C. Souter. Training parsers with parsed corpora. Technical Report 91. 20, School of Computer Studies, The University of Leeds, 1991.
[ bib ]
[178] N. Austern. Presentation of Newtonian mechanics. American Journal of Physics, 29(9):617-622, 1961.
[ bib ]
[179] J. L. Austin. How To Do Things With Words. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1962.
[ bib ]
[180] Peter Austin. A grammar of Diyari, South Australia. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1978.
[ bib ]
[181] Peter Austin. Causatives and applicatives in Australian Aboriginal languages. In Kazuto Matsumura and Tooru Hayashi, editors, Dative and related phenomena. Hitsuji Shobo, Tokyo, 1995.
[ bib ]
[182] Peter Austin and Joan Bresnan. Non-configurationality in Australian Aboriginal languages. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 14(2):215-268, 1996.
[ bib ]
[183] Peter Austin. Lexical functional grammar. In N.J. Smelser and P. Baltes, editors, International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioural Sciences, pages 8748-8754. Elsevier, 2001.
[ bib ]
[184] Damaris M. Ayuso. Discourse entities in Janus. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Vancouver, pages 243-250. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1989.
[ bib ]
[185] Betty Schrampfer Azar. Understanding & Using English Grammar. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1981.
[ bib ]
[186] BIM-SEMA. Alep system documentation. Technical report, CEC, Luxembourg, 1993.
[ bib ]
[187] Franz Baader, Hans-Jürgen Bürckert, Bernhard Nebel, Werner Nutt, and Gert Smolka. On the expressivity of feature logics with negation, functional uncertainty and sort equations. Technical Report RR-91-01, DFKI, Saarbrücken, 1991.
[ bib ]
[188] Fahiem Bacchus. Representing and Reasoning with Probabilistic Knowledge. The MIT Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[189] Emmon Bach. The order of elements in a transformational grammar of German. Language, 38:263-269, 1962.
[ bib ]
[190] Emmon Bach and Robert Harms, editors. Universals in linguistic theory. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1968.
[ bib ]
[191] Emmon Bach. Comments on the paper by Chomsky. In Peter W. Culicover, Thomas Wasow, and Adrian Akmajian, editors, Formal Syntax, pages 133-155. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[192] Emmon Bach. Control in Montague Grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 10(4):515-531, 1979.
[ bib ]
[193] Emmon Bach and Barbara Partee. Anaphora and semantic structure. In Jody Kreiman and Almerindo E. Ojeda, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Pronouns and Anaphora, pages 1-28, University of Chicago, 1980. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[194] Emmon Bach. In defense of passive. Linguistics and Philosophy, 3:297-341, 1980.
[ bib ]
[195] E. Bach. On time, tense and aspect: An essay in english metaphysics. In P. Cole, editor, Radical Pragmatics, pages 62-81. Academic Press, New York, 1981.
[ bib ]
[196] Emmon Bach. On the relationship between word-grammar and phrase-grammar. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1(1), 1983.
[ bib ]
[197] Emmon Bach. The algebra of events. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(1):5-16, 1986.
[ bib ]
[198] E. Bach. The metaphysics of natural languages. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress on Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science, 1986.
[ bib ]
[199] Emmon Bach. Informal Lectures on Formal Semantics. SUNY Series in Linguistics. State University of New York Press, Albany, NY, 1989.
[ bib ]
[200] Daniel Bachut and Nelson Verastegui. Software tools for the environment of a computer aided translation system. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 330-333, 1984.
[ bib ]
[201] Thomas Bader. The Analysis of Passive and Raising Constructions in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar and Arc Pair Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Bern, 1995.
[ bib ]
[202] J. C. M. Baeten and W. P. Weijland. Process Algebra. Cambridge University Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[203] Bruce Bagemihl. The crossing constraint and `backwards languages'. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 7(4):481-549, 1989.
[ bib ]
[204] Charles-James N. Bailey. Variation and linguistic theory. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC, 1973.
[ bib ]
[205] Charles-James Bailey. English phonetic transcription. SIL and University of Texas at Arlington Press, Dallas, 1985.
[ bib ]
[206] Jan van Bakel. Automatic Semantic Interpretation: A Computer Model of Understanding Language. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[207] C. L. Baker. Notes on the description of English questions: The role of an abstract question morpheme. Foundations of Language, 6:197-219, 1970.
[ bib ]
[208] Carl L. Baker. Stress level and auxiliary behavior in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 2:167-181, 1971.
[ bib ]
[209] C. L. Baker. Comments on the paper by Culicover and Wexler. In Peter W. Culicover, Thomas Wasow, and Adrian Akmajian, editors, Formal Syntax, pages 61-70. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[210] Carl L. Baker. Introduction to Generative-Transformational Syntax. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1978.
[ bib ]
[211] Mark Baker. Objects, themes and lexical rules in Italian. In Lori S. Levin, Malka Rappaport, and Annie Zaenen, editors, Papers in Lexical-Functional Grammar, pages 1-45. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1983.
[ bib ]
[212] Mark Baker. The mirror principle and morphosyntactic explanation. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:373-415, 1985.
[ bib ]
[213] Sheridan Baker. The Practical Stylist. Harper & Row, sixth edition, 1985.
[ bib ]
[214] Mark Baker. Incorporation: A Theory of Grammatical Function Changing. PhD thesis, MIT, 1985.
[ bib ]
[215] Mark Baker. Theta theory and the syntax of applicatives in Chichewa. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 6:353-389, 1988.
[ bib ]
[216] Mark Baker. Incorporation: A Theory of Grammatical Function Changing. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1988.
[ bib ]
[217] Mark Baker, Kyle Johnson, and Ian Roberts. Passive arguments raised. Linguistic Inquiry, 20(2):219-251, 1989.
[ bib ]
[218] Rolf Bakhofen. On the decidability of functional uncertainty. In Proceedings of the 31st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Columbus, OH, pages 201-208. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[219] J.W. de Bakker. Mathematical Theory of Program Correctness. Prentice Hall, London, 1980.
[ bib ]
[220] Bruce W. Ballard. The syntax and semantics of user-defined modifiers in a transportable natural language processor. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 52-56, 1984.
[ bib ]
[221] Mark Baltin. Toward a theory of movement rules. PhD thesis, MIT, 1978.
[ bib ]
[222] Mark Baltin. A landing site theory of movement rules. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(1):1-38, 1983.
[ bib ]
[223] Ayo Bangbose. Assimilation and contraction in Yoruba. Journal of West African Languages, 2:21-27, 1965.
[ bib ]
[224] Yehoshua Bar-Hillel. A quasi-arithmetical notation for syntactic description. Language, 29(1):47-58, 1953.
[ bib ]
[225] Y. Bar-Hillel and E. Shamir. Finite state languages: Formal representations and adequacy problems. In Y. Bar-Hillel, editor, Language and Information (1964), pages 87-98. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1960.
[ bib ]
[226] Yehoshua Bar-Hillel. Language and Information. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1964.
[ bib ]
[227] Bruno G. Bara and Giovanni Guida, editors. Computational Models of Natural Language Processing. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1984.
[ bib ]
[228] H. Barendregt. The Lambda Calculus: Its Syntax and Semantics (2nd ed.). North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1984.
[ bib ]
[229] H. Barendregt. Introduction to generalized type systems. Journal of Functional Programming, 1:125-154, 1991.
[ bib ]
[230] Chris Barker, Jorge Hankamer, and John Moore. Wa and ga in Turkish. In Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell, and Errapel Mejías-Bikandi, editors, Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective, pages 21-43. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[231] Chris Barker. Possessive Descriptions. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995. Reprinted of 1991 University of California-Santa Cruz dissertation.
[ bib ]
[232] A. R. Barlow. Studies in Kikuyu Grammar and Idiom. Blackwood and Sons, Edinburgh, 1960.
[ bib ]
[233] Michael Barlow. A Situated Theory of Agreement. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1988.
[ bib ]
[234] Jim Barnett, Kevin Knight, Inderjeet Mani, and Elaine Rich. Knowledge and natural language processing. Communications of the ACM, 33(8):50-71, 1990.
[ bib ]
[235] M. Barr and C. Wells. Category Theory for Computing Science. Prentice Hall, New York, 1990.
[ bib ]
[236] Julia Barron. Perception, Volition, and Reduced Clausal Complementation. PhD thesis, University of Manchester, 1999.
[ bib ]
[237] Flávia Barros and Anne De Roeck. Resolving anaphora in a portable natural language front end to a database. In Proceedings of the 4th ACL Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, Stuttgart, 1994.
[ bib ]
[238] Guy Barry and Martin Pickering. Dependency and constituency in categorial grammar. In Alain Lecomte, editor, Word Order in Categorial Grammar. Clermont-Ferrand, 1992.
[ bib ]
[239] Robert F. Barsky. Noam Chomsky: A Life of Dissent. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1998.
[ bib ]
[240] Andrew Barss and Howard Lasnik. A note on anaphora and double objects. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(2):347-354, 1986.
[ bib ]
[241] Andrew Barss. Chains and Anaphoric Dependence: On Reconstruction and Its Implications. PhD thesis, MIT, 1986.
[ bib ]
[242] Roland Barthes. Mythologies. Hill and Wang, New York, 1957. Translated by Annette Lavers.
[ bib ]
[243] G. Edward Barton, Robert C. Berwick, and Eric Sven Ristad. Computational Complexity and Natural Language. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[244] Renate Bartsch. Tenses, aspects, and their scopes in discourse. University of Amsterdam Institute for Language, Logic and Information Publication Series for Logic, Semantics and Philosophy of Language, 1988.
[ bib ]
[245] Jon Barwise. On branching quantifiers in English. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 8:47-80, 1979.
[ bib ]
[246] Jon Barwise and John Perry. The situation underground. In Jon Barwise and Ivan Sag, editors, Stanford Working Papers in Semantics, volume I. Stanford Cognitive Science Group, 1980.
[ bib ]
[247] Jon Barwise and Robin Cooper. Generalized quantifiers and natural language. Linguistics and Philosophy, 4(2):159-219, 1981.
[ bib ]
[248] Jon Barwise and John Perry. Situations and attitudes. The Journal of Philosophy, pages 668-691, 1981.
[ bib ]
[249] Jon Barwise and John Perry. Semantic innocence and uncompromising situations. In Peter A. French, Theodore E. Uehling, and Howard K. Wettstein, editors, Midwest Studies in Philosophy, 6. Minneapolis, 1981.
[ bib ]
[250] J. Barwise. Scenes and other situations. The Journal of Philosophy, 78:369-397, 1981.
[ bib ]
[251] Jon Barwise and John Perry. Situations and Attitudes. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[252] Jon Barwise and John Perry. Shifting situations and shaken attitudes: An interview with Barwise and Perry. Linguistics and Philosophy, 8:105-161, 1985.
[ bib ]
[253] J. Barwise and J. Etchemendy. The Liar. Chicago University Press, Chicago, 1987.
[ bib ]
[254] Jon Barwise. Noun phrases, generalized quantifiers and anaphora. In Peter Gärdenfors, editor, Generalized Quantifiers: Linguistic and Logical Approaches, pages 1-30. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[255] J. Barwise. Notes on a model of a theory of situations, sets, types and propositions. Notes for the 1987 Linguistics Institute, Stanford University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[256] Jon Barwise and John Etchemendy. Model-theoretic semantics. In Posner [2740], pages 207-243.
[ bib ]
[257] Jon Barwise. The Situation in Logic. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 17. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[258] J. Barwise and J. Etchemendy. Information, infons, and inference. In R. Cooper, K. Mukai, and J. Perry, editors, Situation Theory and its Applications, volume I, chapter 2, pages 33-78. CSLI and University of Chicago, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[259] J. Barwise and R. Cooper. Simple situation theory and its graphical representation. In J. Seligman, editor, Partial and Dynamic Semantics III. DYANA ESPRIT Basic Research Project, 1991.
[ bib ]
[260] J. Barwise and R. Cooper. Extended Kamp notation. In P. Aczel, D. Israel, Y. Katagiri, and S. Peters, editors, Situation Theory and its Applications, v. 3, chapter 2, pages 29-54. CSLI, 1993.
[ bib ]
[261] John Batali and Anne Hartheimer. The Design Procedure Language manual. Technical report, MIT, Cambridge, MA, 1980. MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory Memo 598.
[ bib ]
[262] John Batali. Reasoning about self-control. In Pattie Maes and Daniele Nardi, editors, Meta-Level Architectures and Reflection, pages 255-270. Elsevier, 1988.
[ bib ]
[263] John Batali. Digital brains. Computers & Philosophy, 1(1), 1991.
[ bib ]
[264] John Batali. Automatic Acquisition and Use of Some of the Knowledge in Physics Texts. PhD thesis, MIT, 1991.
[ bib ]
[265] John A. Bateman. Cognitive science meets existential phenomenology: Collapse or synthesis? University of Edinburgh Department of Artificial Intelligence Working Paper No. 139, 1983.
[ bib ]
[266] Madeleine Bates. Syntax in automatic speech understanding. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 1976. Microfiche 45.
[ bib ]
[267] Madeleine Bates. There is still gold in the database mine. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 184-185, 1984.
[ bib ]
[268] M. Bates, R. Bobrow, R. Ingria, and D. Stallard. The delphi natural language understanding system. In Proceedings of the 4th Conference on Applied NLP, pages 132-137, Stuttgart, 1994.
[ bib ]
[269] Laurie Bauer and Winfred Boagey. On `The Grammar of Case'. Linguistics and Philosophy, 1(1):119-152, 1977. Review of [92].
[ bib ]
[270] Laurie Bauer. Introducing Linguistic Morphology. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 1988.
[ bib ]
[271] R. Bäuerle. Ereignisse und repräsentationen. LILOG-Report 43, IBM Germany, Stuttgart, 1988.
[ bib ]
[272] Samuel Bayer. Tough movement as function composition. In Aaron Halpern, editor, Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 29-42, 1990.
[ bib ]
[273] Samuel Bayer. The coordination of unlike categories. Language, 72(3):579-616, 1996.
[ bib ]
[274] Walter H. Beale. A Pragmatic Theory of Rhetoric. Southern Illinois University Press, 1987.
[ bib ]
[275] G. Bealer. Quality and Concept. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1982.
[ bib ]
[276] George Bealer. On the identification of properties and propositional functions. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:1-14, 1989.
[ bib ]
[277] John Bear. A breadth-first parsing model. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 696-698, 1983.
[ bib ]
[278] John Bear and Jerry R. Hobbs. Localizing expression of ambiguity. In Second Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, pages 235-241, 1988.
[ bib ]
[279] Robert de Beaugrande and Benjamin N. Colby. Narrative models of action and interaction. Cognitive Science, 3:43-66, 1979.
[ bib ]
[280] Joseph C. Beaver. The rules of stress in English verse. Language, 47:586-614, 1971.
[ bib ]
[281] D.I. Beaver. The kinematics of presupposition. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 17-36. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1992.
[ bib ]
[282] D.I. Beaver. What Comes First in Dynamic Semantics. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1993.
[ bib ]
[283] G. Bech. Studien über das deutsche verbum infinitivum. Munksgaard, Copenhagen, 1957.
[ bib ]
[284] Lee A. Becker. Once more on the nature of downdrift. Studies in African Linguistics, 10:233-246, 1979.
[ bib ]
[285] Valerie Becker-Makkai. Vowel harmony in Hungarian reexamined in the light of recent developments in phonological theory. In Becker-Makkai, editor, Phonological theory: Evolution and current practice, pages 634-648. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York, 1970.
[ bib ]
[286] Dorothee Beermann. Syntactic Discontinuity and Predicate Formation: A Study in German and Comparative Germanic Syntax. PhD thesis, Katholieke Universiteit Brabant, 1997.
[ bib ]
[287] Filippo Beghelli. Comparative quantifiers. ms, University of California, Los Angeles, 1992.
[ bib ]
[288] Otto Behaghel. Deutsche Syntax, IV. Winter, Heidelberg, 1932.
[ bib ]
[289] Alan Bell and J. G. Hooper, editors. Syllables and segments. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1978.
[ bib ]
[290] Sara Bell. Comparative restrictiveness of relational grammar and lexical syntax. Unpublished ms, University of British Columbia, 1980.
[ bib ]
[291] Sara Bell. Internal C reduplication in Shushwap. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:332-338, 1983.
[ bib ]
[292] Sara Bell. Advancements and ascensions in Cebuano. In David M. Perlmutter, editor, Studies in Relational Grammar 1, pages 143-218. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[293] Adriana Belletti. On the anaphoric status of the reciprocal construction in Italian. The Linguistic Review, 2:101-137, 1982.
[ bib ]
[294] Adriana Belletti and Luigi Rizzi. Psych-verbs and theta-theory. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 6:291-352, 1988.
[ bib ]
[295] Adriana Belletti. The case of unaccusatives. Linguistic Inquiry, 19:1-34, 1988.
[ bib ]
[296] N.D. Belnap. A useful four-valued logic. In J.M. Dunn and G. Epstein, editors, Modern Uses of Multiple-valued Logic, pages 8-37, Dordrecht, 1977. D. Reidel.
[ bib ]
[297] N. Belnap. Questions and answers in Montague grammar. In S. Peters and E. Saarinen, editors, Processes, Beliefs and Questions. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[298] Emily Bender. The syntax of Mandarin ba: Reconsidering the verbal analysis. Journal of East Asian Linguistics, 9(2):105-145, 1999.
[ bib ]
[299] Clarence E. Bennett. Physics Problems and How to Solve Them. College Outline Series. Barnes & Noble Books, second edition, 1972.
[ bib ]
[300] Michael Bennett. Some Extensions of a Montague Fragment of English. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1975.
[ bib ]
[301] Michael Bennett and Barbara Partee. Toward the Logic of Tense and Aspect in English. Indiana University Linguistics Club, 1978.
[ bib ]
[302] P. R. Bennett et al. Gikuyu ni Kioigire: A First Course in Kikuyu. African Studies Program, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1985.
[ bib ]
[303] Hans Bennis. Gaps and Dummies. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[304] D. B. Benson. Formal languages vis-á-vis `natural' languages. In Walter A. Sedelow and Sally Yeates Sedelow, editors, Computers in language research, volume 5 of Trends in current linguistics, pages 97-164. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1979.
[ bib ]
[305] J. van Benthem and J. van Eijck. The dynamics of interpretation. Journal of Semantics, 1(1):3-20, 1982.
[ bib ]
[306] J. van Benthem. Questions about quantifiers. Journal of Symbolic Logic, 49:443-466, 1984.
[ bib ]
[307] J. van Benthem. Correspondence theory. In D. Gabbay and F. Guenthner, editors, Handbook of Philosophical Logic, Volume II, pages 167-247. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[308] J. F. A. K. van Benthem and A. ter Meulen, editors. Generalized Quantifiers in Natural Language. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[309] J. van Benthem. Modal Logic and Classical Logic. Bibliopolis, Napoli, 1985.
[ bib ]
[310] J. van Benthem. Essays in Logical Semantics. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[311] J. van Benthem. Semantic parallels in natural language and computation. In H.-D. Ebbinghaus et al., editors, Logic Colloquium, Granada, 1987, pages 331-375, Amsterdam, 1989. Elsevier.
[ bib ]
[312] J. van Benthem. Modal logic as a theory of information. Technical Report LP-89-05, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1989.
[ bib ]
[313] J. van Benthem. General dynamics. Theoretical Linguistics, 17:159-201, 1991.
[ bib ]
[314] J. van Benthem. Logic and the flow of information. Technical Report LP-91-10, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[315] J. van Benthem. Logic as programming. Fundamenta Informaticae, 17:285-318, 1992.
[ bib ]
[316] J. van Benthem, J. van Eijck, and A. Frolova. Changing preferences. Technical Report CS-R9310, CWI, 1993.
[ bib ]
[317] J. van Benthem and G. Cepparello. Tarskian variations; dynamic parameters in classical semantics. Technical Report CS-R9419, CWI, Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[318] J. van Benthem. A note on dynamic arrow logic. In J. van Eijck and A. Visser, editors, Logic and Information Flow, pages 15-29. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[319] Emile Benveniste. Origines de la formation des noms en indo-européen. Adrian-Maisonneuve, Paris, 1935.
[ bib ]
[320] Egon Berendsen. Tracing case in phonology. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 3:95-106, 1985.
[ bib ]
[321] Merrie Bergmann. Cross-categorial semantics for conjoined common nouns. Linguistics and Philosophy, 5:399-401, 1982.
[ bib ]
[322] Knut Bergsland. Lappische Grammatik mit Lesestücken. Harrassowitz, Wiesbaden, 1976.
[ bib ]
[323] J. Bergstra and J. W. Klop. Process theory based on bisimulation semantics. In J. W. de Bakker, W. P. de Roever, and G. Rozenberg, editors, Linear Time, Branching Time and Partial Order in Logics and Models of Concurrrency, pages 50-122. Springer, Berlin, 1989.
[ bib ]
[324] V. L. Bergvall. Wh-questions and island constraints in Kikuyu: A reanalysis. In J. Kaye, D. Sportiche, and H. Koopman, editors, Current Approaches to African Linguistics, volume 2. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[325] V. L. Bergvall. Focus in Kikuyu and Universal Grammar. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[326] Brent Berlin. Some semantic features of reduplication in Tzeltal. International Journal of American Linguistics, 29:211-218, 1963.
[ bib ]
[327] Brent Berlin and Paul Kay. Basic Color Terms: Their Universality and Evolution. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1969.
[ bib ]
[328] Arlene Berman. A constraint on tough movement. In Claudia Corum, T. Cedric Smith-Stark, and Ann Weiser, editors, Papers from the Ninth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 34-43, University of Chicago, 1973. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[329] S. Berman. Towards the semantics of open sentences: Wh-phrases and indefinites. In Proceedings of the Seventh Amsterdam Colloquium, 1990.
[ bib ]
[330] S. Berman. On the Semantics and Logical Form of wh-clauses. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1991.
[ bib ]
[331] Judith Berman. Topicalization vs. left dislocation of sentential arguments in German. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[332] Judith Berman. Empty categories in LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[333] Judith Berman, Stefanie Dipper, Christian Fortmann, and Jonas Kuhn. Argument clauses and correlative es in German: Deriving discourse properties in a unification analysis. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[334] Judith Berman. On the syntax of correlative es and finite clause in German: An LFG analysis, 1998. ms, University of Stuttgart.
[ bib | www ]
[335] Judith Berman. Does German satisfy the Subject Condition? In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[336] Judith Berman. Topics in the Clausal Syntax of German. PhD thesis, Universität Stuttgart, 2000.
[ bib ]
[337] Judith Berman. Clausal Syntax of German. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2003.
[ bib ]
[338] Robert Berwick. Computational complexity and Lexical Functional Grammar. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 8:20-23, 1982.
[ bib ]
[339] Robert C. Berwick. Computational aspects of discourse. In Michael Brady and Robert C. Berwick, editors, Computational Models of Discourse, pages 27-105. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[340] Robert C. Berwick. A deterministic parser with broad coverage. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 710-712, 1983.
[ bib ]
[341] Robert C. Berwick. Bounded context parsing and easy learnability. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 20-23, 1984.
[ bib ]
[342] G. G. Bes and T. Guillotin, editors. A Natural Language and Graphics Interface. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[343] Ruth Mfumbwa Besha. A Study of Tense and Aspect in Shambala. Dietrich Reimer Verlag, Berlin, 1989.
[ bib ]
[344] D. N. S. Bhat. Sound Change. Bhasha Prakashan, Poona, 1972.
[ bib ]
[345] Derek Bickerton. The Roots of Language. Karoma, Ann Arbor, 1981.
[ bib ]
[346] J. A. Bickford. Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda. In Anne M. Farley, Peter T. Farley, and Karl-Erik McCullough, editors, Papers from the Twenty-Second Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 129-143, University of Chicago, 1986. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[347] Lee Bickmore. Kinyambo Prosody. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1989.
[ bib ]
[348] Janusz S. Bien. Articles and resource control. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 675-677, 1983.
[ bib ]
[349] Manfred Bierwisch. Grammatik des Deutschen Verbs (Studia Grammatica II). Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1963.
[ bib ]
[350] M. Bierwisch. Semantische und konzeptuelle repräsentationen lexikalischer einheiten. In R. Ruzicka and W. Motsch, editors, Untersuchungen zur Semantik, Studia Grammatika 22, pages 61-99. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1983.
[ bib ]
[351] Edmond Biloa. Resumptive pronouns in Tuki. Studies in African Linguistics, 12:211-236, 1990.
[ bib ]
[352] Janet Bing. Aspects of English prosody. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1979.
[ bib ]
[353] Janet Mueller Bing. Linguistic rhythm and grammatical structure in Afghan Persian. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:437-463, 1980.
[ bib ]
[354] Steven Bird and Ewan Klein. Phonological Events. University of Edinburgh Centre for Cognitive Science, 1989. EUCCS/RP-24.
[ bib ]
[355] Garrett Birkhoff and T. C. Bartee. Modern applied algebra. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1970.
[ bib ]
[356] Maria Bittner. Agreement and anaphora in West Greenlandic Eskimo. ms, The University of Texas at Austin, 1985.
[ bib ]
[357] Maria Bittner and Ken Hale. The structural determination of case and agreement. Linguistic Inquiry, 27(1):1-68, 1996.
[ bib ]
[358] Olli Bløaberg. A two-level description of Swedish. In Fred Karlsson, editor, Computational Morphosyntax: Report on Research 1981-1984, pages 43-62. University of Helsinki, Helsinki, 1985.
[ bib ]
[359] Alan Black, Graeme Ritchie, Steve Pulman, and Graham Russell. Formalisms for morphographemic description. In Proceedings of the 3rd Meeting of the EACL, pages 11-18. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1987.
[ bib ]
[360] E. Black, S. Abney, D. Flickinger, C. Gdaniec, R. Grishman, P. Harrison, D. Hindle, R. Ingria, F. Jelinek, J. Klavans, M. Liberman, M. Marcus, S. Roukos, and S. T. Strzalkowski. A procedure for quantitatively comparing the syntactic coverage of English grammars. In Proceedings of the 1990 DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, 1990.
[ bib ]
[361] A. Black. Embedding drt in a situation theoretic framework. In Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING92), Nantes, France, pages 1116-1120, 1992.
[ bib ]
[362] A. Black. A Situation Theoretic Approach to Computational Semantics. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1993.
[ bib ]
[363] P. Blackburn. Modal logic and attribute value structures. In M. de Rijke, editor, Colloquium on Modal Logic, pages 15-40. Dutch Network for Language, Logic and Information, 1991.
[ bib ]
[364] P. Blackburn, C. Gardent, and W. Meyer Viol. Talking about trees. In Proceedings of the 3rd Meeting of the EACL, pages 21-29. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[365] P. Blackburn and E. Spaan. On the complexity of general constraints in feature logic. In Proceedings of the 31st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Columbus, OH, pages 30-36. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[366] Patrick Blackburn and Edith Spaan. A modal perspective on the computational complexity of attribute value grammar. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 2:129-169, 1993.
[ bib ]
[367] Patrick Blackburn and Edith Spaan. Decidability and undecidability in stand-alone feature logics. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[368] P. Blackburn and Y. Venema. Dynamic squares. Logic Group Preprint Series 92, Department of Philosophy, Utrecht University, June 1993.
[ bib ]
[369] P. Blackburn, C. Gardent, and M. de Rijke. Back and forth through time and events. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 161-174, University of Amsterdam, 1994. ILLC.
[ bib ]
[370] Patrick Blackburn and Claire Gardent. A specification language for Lexical-Functional Grammars. In Proceedings of the 7th Meeting of the EACL, Dublin, pages 39-44. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.
[ bib ]
[371] Patrick Blackburn and Johan Bos. Representation and Inference for Natural Language. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001. In preparation.
[ bib ]
[372] James P. Blevins. Syncretism and paradigmatic opposition. Linguistics and Philosophy, 18(2):113-152, 1995.
[ bib ]
[373] James P. Blevins. A phrasal analysis of (apparent) nonconstituent coordination. ms, University of Western Australia, 1995.
[ bib ]
[374] James P. Blevins. Markedness and agreement. Transactions of the Philological Society, 98(2):233-262, 2000.
[ bib ]
[375] James P. Blevins. Feature-based grammar. In R.D. Borsley and K. Börjars, editors, Nontransformational Syntax. Blackwell Publishers, 2001. To appear.
[ bib ]
[376] Bernard Bloch. A set of postulates for phonemic analysis. Language, 14:3-46, 1948.
[ bib ]
[377] Bernard Bloch. Studies in colloquial Japanese IV: Phonemics. Language, 26:86-125, 1950. Reprinted in [1765].
[ bib ]
[378] Bernard Bloch. Contrast. Language, 29:59-61, 1953.
[ bib ]
[379] Maurice Bloch. From cognition to ideology. In Richard Fardon, editor, Power and Knowledge: Anthropological and Sociological Approaches, pages 21-48. Scottish Academic Press, Edinburgh, 1985.
[ bib ]
[380] Leonard Bloomfield. A set of postulates for the science of language. Language, 2:153-164, 1926.
[ bib ]
[381] Leonard Bloomfield. Language. George Allen and Unwin, London, 1933. Reprinted in 1961, Holt, Reinhart, and Winston.
[ bib ]
[382] Leonard Bloomfield. The stressed vowels of American English. Language, 11:97-116, 1934.
[ bib ]
[383] David Bloor. Wittgenstein: A Social Theory of Knowledge. Columbia University Press, 1983.
[ bib ]
[384] Franz Boas. Introduction to the Handbook of American Indian Languages. University of Nebraska Press, 1911. Republished in 1991.
[ bib ]
[385] M. T. Boatner and J. E. Gates. A dictionary of American idioms. Barron's Educational Series, Woodbury, New York, 1975.
[ bib ]
[386] Daniel G. Bobrow. Natural language input for a computer problem-solving system. In Marvin Minsky, editor, Semantic Information Processing. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1968.
[ bib ]
[387] Daniel G. Bobrow and Alan M. Collins, editors. Representation and Understanding: Studies in Cognitive Science. Academic Press, New York, 1975.
[ bib ]
[388] Daniel G. Bobrow, editor. Special Issue on Non-Monotonic Logic. North-Holland, 1980. Artificial Intelligence, Volume 13, Number 1,2.
[ bib ]
[389] Daniel G. Bobrow, editor. Qualitative Reasoning about Physical Systems. Computational Models of Cognition and Perception. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[390] Rens Bod and Ronald M. Kaplan. A probabilistic corpus-driven model for Lexical-Functional analysis. In Proceedings of COLING/ACL98: Joint Meeting of the 36th Annual Meeting of the ACL and the 17th International Conference on Computational Linguistics, Montréal. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1998.
[ bib ]
[391] Rens Bod. Beyond Grammar. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1998.
[ bib ]
[392] Rens Bod. An improved parser for Data-Oriented Lexical-Functional analysis. In Proceedings of the 38th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Hong Kong. Association for Computational Linguistics, 2000.
[ bib ]
[393] Rens Bod. An empirical evaluation of LFG-DOP. In Proceedings of the 18th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING2000), Saarbrücken, 2000.
[ bib ]
[394] Adams B. Bodomo. Complex verbal predicates: The case of serial verbs in Dagaare and Akan. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[395] Adams B. Bodomo. Paths and Pathfinders: Exploring the Syntax and Semantics of Complex Verbal Predicates in Dagaare and Other Languages. PhD thesis, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, 1997.
[ bib ]
[396] Koen Bogers, Harry van der Hulst, and Maarten Mous, editors. The phonological representation of suprasegmentals. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[397] B. Boguraev and E. Briscoe, editors. Computational Lexicography or Natural Language Processing. Longman, Harlow, Essex, 1988.
[ bib ]
[398] Otto Böhtlingk, editor. Panini's Grammatik. Georg Olms Verlagsbuchhandlung, Hildesheim, 1964. Originally published in Leipzig, 1887.
[ bib ]
[399] Christian Boitet and René Gerber. Expert systems and other techniques in MT system. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 468-471, 1984.
[ bib ]
[400] Eyamba G. Bokamba. Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba. Studies in African Linguistics, 2:217-237, 1971.
[ bib ]
[401] Eyamba G. Bokamba. Observations on the immediate dominance constraint, topicalization, and relativization. Studies in African Linguistics, 6:1-22, 1975.
[ bib ]
[402] Eyamba G. Bokamba. Relativization in Bantu languages revisited. In P.A. Riech, editor, The Second LACUS Forum, 1975, pages 38-50. Hornbeam Press, 1976.
[ bib ]
[403] Eyamba G. Bokamba. Inversions as grammatical relation changing rules in Bantu languages. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 9(2):1-24, 1979.
[ bib ]
[404] Eyamba G. Bokamba. Verbal agreement as a non-cyclic rule in Bantu. In J. Kreiman and A. E. Ojeda, editors, Papers from the Sixteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 45-51, University of Chicago, 1980. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[405] Dwight L. Bolinger. Adjectives in English: Attribution and predication. Lingua, 18:1-34, 1967.
[ bib ]
[406] Dwight L. Bolinger. A further note on the nominal in the progressive. Linguistic Inquiry, 2:584-586, 1971.
[ bib ]
[407] Dwight L. Bolinger. Accent is predictable (if you're a mind reader). Language, 48:633-644, 1972.
[ bib ]
[408] Dwight L. Bolinger. Another glance at main clause phenomena. Language, 53:511-519, 1977.
[ bib ]
[409] Dwight L. Bolinger. Meaning and Form. Longman, London, 1977.
[ bib ]
[410] Dwight L. Bolinger. Asking more than one thing at a time. In Henry Hiz, editor, Questions. Dordrecht, Boston, 1978.
[ bib ]
[411] Susan Bonzi. Syntactic patterns in scientific sublanguages: A study of four disciplines. Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 4(2):121-131, 1990.
[ bib ]
[412] Geert Booij and Jerzy Rubach. Morphological and prosodic domains in Lexical Phonology. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8:427-463, 1984.
[ bib ]
[413] Geert Booij and Jerzy Rubach. Postcyclic versus postlexical rules in lexical phonology. Linguistic Inquiry, 18(1):1-44, 1987.
[ bib ]
[414] G. Boolos. Nonfirstorderizability again. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:343, 1984.
[ bib ]
[415] G. Boolos. To be is to be a value variable (or to be some values of some variables). Journal of Philosophy, 81:430-449, 1984.
[ bib ]
[416] George Boolos. To be is to be the value of a variable (or to be some values of some variables). Journal of Philosophy, pages 430-449, 1984.
[ bib ]
[417] Franz Bopp. Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen Lateinischen, Litthauischen, Gothischen und Deutschen. Berlin, 1933.
[ bib ]
[418] Ivonne Bordelois. The Grammar of Spanish Causative Complements. PhD thesis, MIT, 1974.
[ bib ]
[419] Susan R. Bordo. The Flight to Objectivity: Essays on Cartesianism & Culture. State University of New York Press, Albany, NY, 1987.
[ bib ]
[420] Hagit Borer. Parametric Syntax: Case Studies in Semitic and Romance Languages. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[421] Hagit Borer. I-subjects. Linguistic Inquiry, 17:375-416, 1986.
[ bib ]
[422] Norbert Boretzky. Einführung in die historische Linguistik. Rowohlt, Reinbek bei Hamburg, 1977.
[ bib ]
[423] T. Borghuis. Reasoning about knowledge of others. Think; ITK Quarterly, 1:31-36, 1992.
[ bib ]
[424] Kersti Börjars, Nigel Vincent, and Carol Chapman. Paradigms, pronominal inflection and periphrasis. In G. de Booij and J. van Marle, editors, Yearbook of Morphology, pages 155-180. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1997.
[ bib ]
[425] Kersti Börjars. Clitics, affixes, and parallel correspondences. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[426] Kersti Börjars, Erika Chisarik, and John Payne. On the justification for Functional Categories in LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[427] Toni Borowsky and Armin Mester. Aspiration to roots: Remarks on the Sanskrit diaspirates. In Amy Chukerman, Mitchell Marks, and John F. Richardson, editors, Papers from the Nineteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 52-63, University of Chicago, 1983. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[428] Toni Borowsky. Topics in English phonology. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1986.
[ bib ]
[429] Toni Borowsky. Antigemination in English phonology. Linguistic Inquiry, 18:671-678, 1987.
[ bib ]
[430] Robert D. Borsley. A note on preposition stranding. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:338-343, 1983.
[ bib ]
[431] O. Bouchez, J. van Eijck, and O. Istace. A strategy for dynamic interpretation: a fragment and an implementation. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 61-70. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[432] J. Bos. Vp ellipsis and presupposition in an implementation of discourse representation theory. Master's thesis, Univ. of Groningen, 1993.
[ bib ]
[433] Johan Bos, Elsbeth Mastenbroek, Scott McGlashan, Sebastian Millies, and Manfred Pinkal. The VERBMOBIL semantic formalism. Technical Report 6, Universität des Saarlandes, 1994.
[ bib ]
[434] Johan Bos, Elsbeth Mastenbroek, Scott McGlashan, Sebastian Millies, and Manfred Pinkal. A compositional DRS-based formalism for NLP-applications. In International Workshop on Computational Semantics, Tilburg, 1994. Also published as Verbmobil Report 59, Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, Germany.
[ bib ]
[435] Johan Bos, Bjørn Gambäck, Christian Lieske, Yoshiki Mori, Manfred Pinkal, and Karsten Worm. Compositional semantics in VERBMOBIL. In Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING96), Copenhagen, pages 131 - 136, 1996.
[ bib ]
[436] Zeljko Boskovic. Case properties of clauses and the Greed Principle. Studia Linguistica, 49(1):32-53, 1995.
[ bib ]
[437] Rudolf Botha. Morphological mechanisms: Lexicalist analyses of synthetic compounding. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1984.
[ bib ]
[438] Denis Bouchard. On the content of empty categories. PhD thesis, MIT, 1982.
[ bib ]
[439] G. Bouma and G. van Noord. Head-driven parsing for lexicalist grammars: Experimental results. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 71-80. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[440] Melissa Bowerman. Reorganizational processes in lexical and syntactic development. In E. Wannen and L. Gleitman, editors, Language acquisition: The state of the art, pages 319-346. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1982.
[ bib ]
[441] John S. Bowers. On surface structure grammatical relations and the structure-preserving hypothesis. Linguistic Analysis, 2:225-242, 1976.
[ bib ]
[442] Frederick Bowers. Linguistic Aspects of Legislative Expression. University of British Columbia Press, 1989.
[ bib ]
[443] Ronald J. Brachman and Hector J. Levesque. The tractability of subsumption in frame-based description languages. In Proceedings of AAAI-84, 1984.
[ bib ]
[444] Ronald J. Brachman and Hector J. Levesque, editors. Readings in Knowledge Representation. Morgan Kaufmann, Los Altos, CA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[445] Michael Brady and Robert C. Berwick, editors. Computational Models of Discourse. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[446] M. D. S. Braine. The ontogeny of English phrase structure: The first phrase. Language, 39:1-13, 1963.
[ bib ]
[447] Michael Brame. Base-generated syntax. Noit Amrofer, Seattle, 1978.
[ bib ]
[448] Michael Brame. Essays Toward Realistic Syntax. Noit Amrofer, Seattle, 1979.
[ bib ]
[449] Michael Brame. Quantifiers, reciprocals, and raising. In Essays Toward Realistic Syntax, pages 129-148. Noit Amrofer, Seattle, 1979.
[ bib ]
[450] Michael Brame. The head-selector theory of lexical specifications and the nonexistence of coarse categories. Linguistic Analysis, 10(4):321-325, 1982.
[ bib ]
[451] Michael Brame. Bound anaphora is not a relation between NPs: Evidence for local word grammar (without trees). Linguistic Analysis, 11(2):139-166, 1983.
[ bib ]
[452] Andrew Bredenkamp. Towards a Binding Theory for Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Essex, 1996.
[ bib ]
[453] D. S. Brée, R. A. Smit, and H. P. Schotel. Generation and comprehension of Dutch subordinating conjunctions by computer. In ECAI-84, pages 205-208, 1984.
[ bib ]
[454] Eva Breindl. Präpositionalobjekte und Präpositionalobjektsäze im Deutschen. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.
[ bib ]
[455] Michael Brent. Causal/temporal connectives: Syntax and lexicon. MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory Memo 1122, 1989.
[ bib ]
[456] Michael R. Brent and Robert C. Berwick. Automatic acquisition of subcategorization frames from tagged text. In Proceedings of the 1991 DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Asilomar, CA, February 1991.
[ bib ]
[457] Joan Bresnan. Sentence stress and syntactic transformations. Language, 47:257-281, 1971.
[ bib ]
[458] Joan Bresnan. Theory of complementation in English syntax. PhD thesis, MIT, 1972.
[ bib ]
[459] J. Bresnan. Syntax of the comparative construction in english. Linguistic Inquiry, 4(3):275-345, 1973.
[ bib ]
[460] J. Bresnan. Comparative deletion and constraints on transformations. Linguistic Analysis, 1(1):25-74, 1975.
[ bib ]
[461] Joan Bresnan. On the form and functioning of transformations. Linguistic Inquiry, 7(1):3-40, 1976.
[ bib ]
[462] Joan Bresnan. Nonarguments for raising. Linguistic Inquiry, 7:485-501, 1976.
[ bib ]
[463] Joan Bresnan. Evidence for a theory of unbounded transformations. Linguistic Analysis, 2:353-393, 1976.
[ bib ]
[464] Joan Bresnan. Variables in the theory of transformations. In Peter W. Culicover, Thomas Wasow, and Adrian Akmajian, editors, Formal Syntax, pages 157-196. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[465] Joan Bresnan and Jane Grimshaw. The syntax of free relatives in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 9(3):331-391, 1978.
[ bib ]
[466] Joan Bresnan. A realistic transformational grammar. In Morris Halle, Joan Bresnan, and George A. Miller, editors, Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[467] Joan Bresnan. Polyadicity. In Teun Hoekstra, Harry van der Hulst, and Michael Moortgat, editors, Lexical Grammar, pages 97-121. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1980. Republished in revised form in [470].
[ bib ]
[468] Joan Bresnan, Ronald M. Kaplan, Stanley Peters, and Annie Zaenen. Cross-serial dependencies in Dutch. Linguistic Inquiry, 13:613-635, 1982.
[ bib ]
[469] Joan Bresnan and Ronald M. Kaplan. Introduction: Grammars as mental representations of language. In The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages xvii-lii. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[470] Joan Bresnan, editor. The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[471] Joan Bresnan. Control and complementation. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 282-390. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[472] Joan Bresnan. The passive in lexical theory. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 3-86. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[473] Joan Bresnan. Polyadicity. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 149-172. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[474] Joan Bresnan. Bound anaphora on functional structures. Presented at the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, February 17, 1984., 1984.
[ bib ]
[475] Joan Bresnan, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, and Joan Maling. Logophoricity and bound anaphors. ms, Stanford University, 1985.
[ bib ]
[476] Joan Bresnan, Ronald M. Kaplan, and Peter G. Peterson. Coordination and the flow of information through phrase structure. ms, Xerox PARC, 1985.
[ bib ]
[477] Joan Bresnan and Sam A. Mchombo. On topic, pronoun, and agreement in Chichewa. In Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics, pages 276-312. State University of New York at Buffalo, 1985.
[ bib ]
[478] Joan Bresnan and Sam A. Mchombo. Grammatical and anaphoric agreement. In Anne M. Farley, Peter T. Farley, and Karl-Erik McCullough, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Pragmatics and Grammatical Theory at the Twenty-Second Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 278-297, University of Chicago, 1986. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[479] Joan Bresnan and Sam A. Mchombo. Topic, pronoun, and agreement in Chichewa. Language, 63(4):741-782, 1987.
[ bib ]
[480] Joan Bresnan. Class lectures, 1987 Linguistic Institute, Stanford University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[481] Joan Bresnan and Jonni M. Kanerva. The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG. Technical Report SSL-89-105, Xerox PARC Systems Sciences Laboratory, Palo Alto, CA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[482] Joan Bresnan and Jonni M. Kanerva. Locative inversion in Chichewa: A case study of factorization in grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 20(1):1-50, 1989. Reprinted in [3402].
[ bib ]
[483] Joan Bresnan and Lioba Moshi. Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax. Linguistic Inquiry, 21(2):147-186, 1990.
[ bib ]
[484] Joan Bresnan and Höskuldur Thráinsson. A note on Icelandic coordination. In Joan Maling and Annie Zaenen, editors, Modern Icelandic Syntax, volume 24 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 355-365. Academic Press, Orlando, 1990.
[ bib ]
[485] Joan Bresnan. Monotonicity and the theory of relation-changes in LFG. Language Research, 26(4):637-652, 1990.
[ bib ]
[486] Joan Bresnan and Annie Zaenen. Deep unaccusativity in LFG. In Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell, and Errapel Mejías-Bikandi, editors, Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective, pages 45-57. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[487] Joan Bresnan and Jonni M. Kanerva. The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG: A reply to Paul Schachter's comments. In Tim Stowell, Eric Wehrli, and Stephen R. Anderson, editors, Syntax and the Lexicon, volume 26 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 111-125. Academic Press, New York, 1992.
[ bib ]
[488] Joan Bresnan. Locative inversion and the architecture of Universal Grammar. Language, 70(1):72-131, 1994.
[ bib ]
[489] Joan Bresnan. Linear order vs. syntactic rank: evidence from weak crossover. In Katie Beals, Jeannette Denton, Bob Knippen, Lynette Melnar, Hisami Suzuki, and Erika Zeinfeld, editors, Papers from the Thirtieth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, University of Chicago, 1994. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[490] Joan Bresnan and Sam A. Mchombo. The lexical integrity principle: Evidence from Bantu. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 13(2):181-254, 1995.
[ bib ]
[491] Joan Bresnan. Category mismatches. In Akinbiyi Akinlabi, editor, Theoretical Approaches to African Languages, pages 19-46. African World Press, Trenton, NJ, 1995.
[ bib ]
[492] Joan Bresnan. Linear order, syntactic rank, and empty categories: On weak crossover. In Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, and Annie Zaenen, editors, Formal Issues in Lexical-Functional Grammar, pages 241-274. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[493] Joan Bresnan. Mixed categories as head sharing constructions. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[494] Joan Bresnan. Morphology competes with syntax: Explaining typological variation in weak crossover effects. In Pilar Barbosa, Danny Fox, Paul Hagstrom, Martha McGinnis, and David Pesetsky, editors, Is the Best Good Enough? Proceedings from the Workshop on Optimality in Syntax. The MIT Press, 1998. Invited paper presented at the MIT Workshop on Optimality in Syntax, May 1995.
[ bib ]
[495] Joan Bresnan. Pidgin genesis in Optimality Theory. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[496] Joan Bresnan. Explaining morphosyntactic competition. In Mark Baltin and Chris Collins, editors, Handbook of Contemporary Syntactic Theory. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 2000.
[ bib ]
[497] Joan Bresnan. Lexical-Functional Syntax. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 2001.
[ bib ]
[498] Joan Bresnan. The emergence of the unmarked pronoun. In Géraldine Legendre, Sten Vikner, and Jane Grimshaw, editors, Optimality-Theoretic Syntax. The MIT Press, 2001. To appear.
[ bib ]
[499] Joan Bresnan. Optimal syntax. In Joost Dekkers, Frank van der Leeuw, and Jeroen van de Weijer, editors, Optimality Theory: Phonology, Syntax and Acquisition. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001.
[ bib ]
[500] Diane J. Briars and Jill H. Larkin. An integrated model of skill in solving elementary word problems. Cognition and Instruction, 1(3):245-296, 1984.
[ bib ]
[501] Eric Brill, David M. Magerman, Mitchell P. Marcus, and Beatrice Santorini. Deducing linguistic structure from the statistics of large corpora. In Proceedings of the DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Hidden Valley, PA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[502] Edward J. Briscoe and Branimir K. Boguraev. Control structures and theories of interaction in speech understanding systems. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 259-266, 1984.
[ bib ]
[503] E. Briscoe, V. de Paiva, and A. Copestake, editors. Inheritance, Defaults and the Lexicon. Cambridge University Press, 1993.
[ bib ]
[504] Bruce K. Britton and John B. Black, editors. Understanding Expository Text. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1985.
[ bib ]
[505] George Aaron Broadwell. Directionals as complex predicates in Choctaw. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[506] Sylvain Bromberger and Morris Halle. Why phonology is different. Linguistic Inquiry, 20:51-70, 1989.
[ bib ]
[507] Johannes Bronkhorst. Asiddha in the astadhyayi: A misunderstanding among the traditional commentators? Journal of Indian Philosophy, 8:69-85, 1980.
[ bib ]
[508] Johannes Bronkhorst. Tradition and Argument in Classical Indian Linguistics: the Bahirangaparibhasa in the Paribhasendusekhara. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[509] Ellen Broselow. Language change and theories of the lexicon. In Woodford A. Beach, Samuel E. Fox, and Shulamith Philosoph, editors, Papers from the Thirteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 58-68, University of Chicago, 1977. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[510] Ellen Broselow. Salish double reduplications: Subjacency in morphology. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1, 1981.
[ bib ]
[511] Catherine P. Browman and Louis Goldstein. Tiers in articulatory phonology with some implications for casual speech. In John Kingston and Mary E. Beckman, editors, Papers in Laboratory Phonology I: Between the Grammar and Physics of Speech, pages 341-376. Cambridge University Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[512] Marvin Brown. From ancient Thai to modern dialects. Social Science Foundation Press of Thailand, Bangkok, 1965.
[ bib ]
[513] Gillian Brown and George Yule. Discourse Analysis. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1983.
[ bib ]
[514] F. Brown, editor. The Frame Problem in Artificial Intelligence. Morgan Kaufmann, Los Altos, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[515] P. Brown, J. Cocke, S. Della Pietra, V. Della Pietra, F. Jelinek, J. Lafferty, R. Mercer, and P. Roossin. A statistical approach to machine translation. Computational Linguistics, 16(2), June 1990.
[ bib ]
[516] P. Brown, V. J. Pietra, P. V. Desouza, J. C. Lai, and R. L. Merceri. Class-based n-gram models of natural language. manuscript, December 1990.
[ bib ]
[517] Wayles Browne. On the topology of anaphoric peninsulas. Linguistic Inquiry, 5:619-620, 1974.
[ bib ]
[518] Gosta Bruce. Swedish word accents in sentence perspective. Gleerup, Lund, 1977.
[ bib ]
[519] Caroline Brun. La coordination dans le cadre d'une grammaire LFG du français. In Proceedings of the First Student Conference in Computational Linguistics in Montreal, pages 192-199, Montréal, 1996.
[ bib ]
[520] Caroline Brun. Using priority union for non-constituent coordination in LFG. Presented at the LFG Workshop, Grenoble, France, August 1996, 1996.
[ bib ]
[521] N.G. de Bruyn. A survey of the project automath. In J.R. Hindley and J.P. Seldin, editors, To H.B. Curry: Essays on Combinatory Logic, Lambda Calculus and Formalism, pages 579-606. Academic Press, 1980.
[ bib ]
[522] Beat Buchmann, Susan Warwick, and Patrick Shann. Design of a machine translation system for a sublanguage. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 334-337, 1984.
[ bib ]
[523] Frederick J. Bueche. Theory and Problems of College Physics. Schaum's Outline Series. McGraw-Hill, New York, eighth edition, 1988.
[ bib ]
[524] William Charles Bulko. Understanding Coreference in a System for Solving Physics Word Problems. PhD thesis, The University of Texas at Austin, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, 1989. UTA TR AI89-102/General University Microfilms International ADG89-20668.
[ bib ]
[525] R. Bull and K. Segerberg. Basic modal logic. In D. Gabbay and F. Guenthner, editors, Handbook of Philosophical Logic, volume II, pages 1-88. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[526] Alan Bundy, Lawrence Byrd, George Luger, Chris Mellish, and Martha Palmer. Solving mechanics problems using meta-level inference. In Michie [2385], pages 50-64.
[ bib ]
[527] Harry C. Bunt. The resolution of quantificational ambiguities in the TENDUM computational linguistics research system. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 130-133, 1984.
[ bib ]
[528] H. Bunt. Mass Terms and Model Theoretic Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[529] Daniel Büring. On the base position of embedded clauses in German. Linguistische Berichte, 159:370-380, 1995.
[ bib ]
[530] Kenneth Burke. Counter-Statement. University of California Press, 1931.
[ bib ]
[531] Richard R. Burton. Semantic grammar: An engineering technique for constructing natural language understanding systems. Technical Report 3453, Bolt Beranek and Newman, 1976.
[ bib ]
[532] Luigi Burzio. Intransitive Verbs and Italian Auxiliaries. PhD thesis, MIT, 1981.
[ bib ]
[533] Luigi Burzio. Conditions on representation and Romance syntax. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:193-222, 1983.
[ bib ]
[534] Luigi Burzio. Italian Syntax: A Government-Binding Approach. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[535] Bianka Buschbeck, Renate Henschel, Iris Höser, Gerda Klimonow, Andreas Küstner, and Ingrid Starke. Limits of a sentence based procedural approach for aspect choice in German-Russian MT. In Proceedings of the 5th Meeting of the EACL, Berlin, pages 269-274. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[536] Eugene Butkov. Mathematical Physics. Series in Advanced Physics. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1968.
[ bib ]
[537] Miriam Butt, Michio Isoda, and Peter Sells. Complex predicates in LFG. ms, Stanford University, 1990.
[ bib ]
[538] Miriam Butt and Tracy H. King. Semantic case in Urdu. In Lise M. Dobrin, Lynn Nichols, and Rosa M. Rodriguez, editors, Papers from the Twenty-Seventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 31-46, University of Chicago, 1991. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[539] Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King. Structural topic and focus without movement. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[540] Miriam Butt, María-Eugenia Niño, and Frédérique Segond. Multilingual processing of auxiliaries in LFG. In D. Gibbon, editor, Natural Language Processing and Speech Technology: Results of the 3rd KONVENS Conference, pages 111-122. Mouton de Gruyter, 1996. Universität Bielefeld, 7 - 9 October 1996.
[ bib ]
[541] Miriam Butt. The Structure of Complex Predicates in Urdu. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1996. Revised and corrected version of 1993 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[542] Miriam Butt, Mary Dalrymple, and Anette Frank. An architecture for linking theory in LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[543] Miriam Butt. Complex predicates in Urdu. In Alex Alsina, Joan Bresnan, and Peter Sells, editors, Complex Predicates, pages 107-149. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1997.
[ bib ]
[544] Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King. Interfacing phonology with LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[545] Miriam Butt. Constraining argument merger through aspect. In Erhard Hinrichs, Andreas Kathol, and Tsuneko Nakazawa, editors, Complex Predicates in Nonderivational Syntax, volume 30 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 73-113. Academic Press, New York, 1998.
[ bib ]
[546] Miriam Butt, Stefanie Dipper, Anette Frank, and Tracy Holloway King. Writing large-scale parallel grammars for English, French, and German. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[547] Miriam Butt, Tracy Holloway King, María-Eugenia Niño, and Frédérique Segond. A Grammar Writer's Cookbook. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[548] Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King. The status of case. ms, University of Konstanz and Xerox PARC. Submitted as a contribution to Clause Structure in South Asian Languages, to be edited by Veneeta Dayal and Anoop Mahajan, in preparation, 1999.
[ bib ]
[549] Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King. Licensing semantic case. ms, University of Konstanz and Xerox PARC, 1999.
[ bib ]
[550] Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors. Argument Realization. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2000.
[ bib ]
[551] Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King. Null elements in discourse structure. In K. V. Subbarao, editor, Papers from the NULLS Seminar, Delhi, 2000. Motilal Banarasidas.
[ bib ]
[552] Miriam Butt, Helge Dyvik, Tracy Holloway King, Hiroshi Masuichi, and Christian Rohrer. The Parallel Grammar Project. In Proceedings of COLING-2002 Workshop on Grammar Engineering and Evaluation, 2002.
[ bib ]
[553] Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo, Allesandro Duranti, and Larry M. Hyman, editors. Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics: Haya Grammatical Structure, volume 6. Department of Linguistics, University of Southern California, 1977.
[ bib ]
[554] Joan L. Bybee. Morphology: A Study of the Relationship between Form and Meaning. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.
[ bib ]
[555] Roy J. Byrd. Word formation in natural language processing systems. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 704-706, 1983.
[ bib ]
[556] L. J. Cahill. Syllable-based morphology. In Proceedings of 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics, pages 48-53, Helsinki, 1990.
[ bib ]
[557] E. R. Caianiello, editor. Neural Networks. Springer, Berlin, 1968.
[ bib ]
[558] Charles E. Cairns and Mark Feinstein. Markedness and the theory of syllable structure. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(2):193-235, 1982.
[ bib ]
[559] Mike Calcagno. Some thoughts on tough movement. ms, University of Tübingen, 1999.
[ bib ]
[560] J. Calder, E. Klein, and H. Zeevat. Unification categorial grammar. a concise, extendable grammar for natural language processing. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING88), Budapest, pages 83-86, 1988.
[ bib ]
[561] Jo Calder. Paradigmatic morphology. In Proceedings of the 4th Meeting of the EACL, Manchester, pages 58-65. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1989.
[ bib ]
[562] Nicoletta Calzolari. Detecting patterns in a lexical data base. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 170-173, 1984.
[ bib ]
[563] José Camacho. The Structure of Coordination: Conjunction and Agreement Phenomena in Spanish and Other Languages. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2003.
[ bib ]
[564] Lyle Campbell. Phonological features: Problems and proposals. Language, 50:52-65, 1974.
[ bib ]
[565] R. Cann. Formal Semantics: an Introduction. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1993.
[ bib ]
[566] Sandra Carberry. Understanding pragmatically ill-formed input. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 200-206, 1984.
[ bib ]
[567] Sandra Carberry. A pragmatics-based approach to ellipsis resolution. Computational Linguistics, 15(2), 1989.
[ bib ]
[568] Jaime G. Carbonell, W. Mark Boggs, Michael L. Mauldin, and Peter G. Anick. The XCALIBUR project: A natural language interface to expert systems. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 653-656, 1983.
[ bib ]
[569] Jaime G. Carbonell and Philip J. Hayes. Coping with extragrammaticality. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 437-443, 1984.
[ bib ]
[570] Jaime G. Carbonell. Is there natural language after databases? In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 186-187, 1984.
[ bib ]
[571] Guy Carden. The non-finite=state-ness of the word formation component. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(3):537-541, 1983.
[ bib ]
[572] Guy Carden. Cross-linguistic parameters for reflexives. Presented at the 1986 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[573] George Cardona. On Panini's morphophonemic principles. Language, 41:225-237, 1965.
[ bib ]
[574] George Cardona. Negations in Paninian rules. Language, 43:34-56, 1967.
[ bib ]
[575] George Cardona. Studies in Indian grammarians I: The method of description in the Siva- sutras. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, 59(1):3-48, 1969.
[ bib ]
[576] George Cardona. Some principles of Panini's grammar. Journal of Indian Philosophy, 1:40-74, 1970.
[ bib ]
[577] George Cardona. Some features of Paninian derivations. In Herman Parret, editor, History of Linguistic Thought and Contemporary Linguistics. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1976.
[ bib ]
[578] George Cardona. Panini: His Work and its Traditions, volume I. Motilal Banarsidass, New Delhi, 1988.
[ bib ]
[579] Gregory N. Carlson. A unified analysis of the English bare plural. Linguistics and Philosophy, 1:413-458, 1977.
[ bib ]
[580] Gregory N. Carlson. Reference to Kinds in English. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1977.
[ bib ]
[581] Lauri Carlson. Dialogue Games. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1983.
[ bib ]
[582] Gregory N. Carlson. Same and different: Some consequences for syntax and semantics. Linguistics and Philosophy, 10:531-565, 1987.
[ bib ]
[583] G.N. Carlson. Natural kinds and common nouns. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik (HSK), pages 370-398. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[584] Robert Joel Carlson. A grammar of Supyire: Kampwo dialect. PhD thesis, University of Oregon, 1990.
[ bib ]
[585] Rudolf Carnap. The logical syntax of language. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1937.
[ bib ]
[586] Rudolf Carnap. Meaning and necessity. The University of Chicago Press, 1947.
[ bib ]
[587] Rudolf Carnap. Logical foundations of probability. The University of Chicago Press, 1950.
[ bib ]
[588] B. Carpenter. The Logic of Typed Feature Structures. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1992.
[ bib ]
[589] B. Carpenter. Skeptical and credulous default unification with applications to templates and inheritance. In E. Briscoe, V. de Paiva, and A. Copestake, editors, Inheritance, Defaults and the Lexicon, pages 13-37. Cambridge University Press, 1993.
[ bib ]
[590] B. Carpenter and G. Penn. The attribute logic engine. Technical Report Version 2. 0. 1, Computational Linguistics Program, Carnegie Mellon University, 1994.
[ bib ]
[591] Bob Carpenter. Quantification and scoping: A deductive account. In Proceedings of the Thirteenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Stanford, CA, 1994. CSLI Publications.
[ bib ]
[592] Jill Carrier. The interaction of morphological and phonological rules in Tagalog. PhD thesis, MIT, 1979.
[ bib ]
[593] Jill Carrier-Duncan. Some problems with prosodic accounts of reduplication. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language Sound Structure, pages 260-286. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[594] Jill Carrier-Duncan. Linking of thematic roles in derivational word-formation. Linguistic Inquiry, 16(1):1-34, 1985.
[ bib ]
[595] J. A. Carroll. An island parsing interpreter for the full augmented transition network formalism. In Proceedings of the 1st Meeting of the EACL, Pisa, pages 101-105. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983.
[ bib ]
[596] Andrew Carstairs. Allomorphy in inflexion. Croom Helm, London, 1987.
[ bib ]
[597] Richard J. Carter. Some linking regularities. Recherches Linguistiques, 5/6, 1977.
[ bib ]
[598] Hazel Carter and G. Kahari. Kuverenga Chishona: An Introductory Shona Reader with Grammatical Sketch, Parts 1 and 2. School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, London, 1979.
[ bib ]
[599] Alan W. Carter and Michael J. Freiling. Simplifying deterministic parsing. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 239-242, 1984.
[ bib ]
[600] Hazel Carter and Joao Makoondekwa. Kongo Language Course: Maloongi Makikoongo. A Course in the Dialect of Zoombo, Northern Angola. African Studies Program, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1987.
[ bib ]
[601] I. Castellani. Bisimulations and abstraction homomorphisms. Journal of Computer and System Sciences, 34:210-235, 1987.
[ bib ]
[602] J. C. Catford. Fundamental Problems in Phonetics. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1977.
[ bib ]
[603] Henrietta Cedergren and David Sankoff. Variable rules: Performance as a statistical reflection of competence. Language, 50:335-355, 1974.
[ bib ]
[604] Hee-Rahk Chae. Lexically Triggered Unbounded Dependencies in English: An Indexed Phrase Structure Grammar Approach. PhD thesis, Ohio State University, 1992.
[ bib ]
[605] J. Chambers and Patricia A. Shaw. Systematic obfuscation of morphology in Dakota. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:325-336, 1980.
[ bib ]
[606] Robert A. Chametzky. Coordination and the Organization of a Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Chicago, 1987.
[ bib ]
[607] C. C. Chang and H. J. Keisler. Model Theory. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1973.
[ bib ]
[608] Wynn Chao. On Ellipsis. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1987.
[ bib ]
[609] David Chapman and Philip E. Agre. Pengi: An implementation of a theory of activity. In Proceedings of AAAI-87, Seattle, 1987.
[ bib ]
[610] David Chapman. Planing for conjunctive goals. Artificial Intelligence, 32:333-377, 1987.
[ bib ]
[611] David Chapman. Vision, instruction, and action. Technical Report 1204, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[612] Eugene Charniak. Toward a model of children's story comprehension. Technical Report 266, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, Cambridge, MA, 1972.
[ bib ]
[613] Eugene Charniak. On the referential/attributive distinction. Technical Report 24, ISSCO, Geneve, 1976.
[ bib ]
[614] E. Charniak and R. Goldman. A logic for semantic interpretation. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Buffalo, NY, pages 87-94. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1988.
[ bib ]
[615] E. Charniak. Motivation analysis, abductive unification, and non-monotonic equality. Artificial Intelligence, 34:275-295, 1988.
[ bib ]
[616] Eugene Charniak, Glenn Carroll, John Adcock, Anthony Cassandra, Yoshihiko Gotoh, Jeremy Katz, Michael Littman, and John McCann. Taggers for parsers. Artificial Intelligence, 85(1-2), 1996.
[ bib ]
[617] Eugene Charniak. Statistical Language Learning. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[618] J. Chauché. Un outil multidimensionnel de l'analyse du discours. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 11-15, 1984.
[ bib ]
[619] Matthew Chen. Natural phonology from a diachronic vantage point. In Anthony Bruck, Robert A. Fox, and Michael W. LaGaly, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Natural Phonology, pages 43-80, University of Chicago, 1974. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[620] M. Y. Chen and William S.-Y. Wang. Sound change: Activation and implementation. Language, 51:255-281, 1975.
[ bib ]
[621] Matthew Chen. Metrical structure: Evidence from Chinese poetry. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:371-420, 1979.
[ bib ]
[622] M. Chen. The syntax of Xiamen tone sandhi. Phonology Yearbook, 4:109-149, 1987.
[ bib ]
[623] Colin Cherry, Morris Halle, and Roman Jakobson. Toward the logical description of languages in their phonemic aspect. Language, 29:34-46, 1953.
[ bib ]
[624] Colin Cherry. On human communication. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1957.
[ bib ]
[625] Michelene T. H. Chi, Paul J. Feltovich, and Robert Glaser. Categorization and representation of physics problems by experts and novices. Cognitive Science, 5:121-152, 1981.
[ bib ]
[626] Michelene T. H. Chi, Miriam Bassok, Matthew W. Lewis, Peter Reimann, and Robert Glaser. Self-explanations: How students study and use examples in learning to solve problems. Cognitive Science, 13:145-182, 1989.
[ bib ]
[627] Gennaro Chierchia. Outline of a semantic theory of (obligatory) control. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 19-31, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[628] Gennaro Chierchia. Anaphoric properties of infinitives and gerunds. In Mark Cobler, Susannah MacKaye, and Michael Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Third West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 28-39, Stanford, CA, 1984. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[629] G. Chierchia. Topics in the Semantics of Infinitives and Gerunds. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1984.
[ bib ]
[630] Gennaro Chierchia and Pauline Jacobson. Local and long distance control. In Stephen Berman, Jae-Woong Choe, and Joyce McDonough, editors, Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1985.
[ bib ]
[631] Gennaro Chierchia. Formal semantics and the grammar of predication. Linguistic Inquiry, 16(3):417-443, 1985.
[ bib ]
[632] G. Chierchia and R. Turner. Semantics and property theory. Linguistics and Philosophy, 11:261-302, 1988.
[ bib ]
[633] Gennaro Chierchia. Dynamic generalized quantifiers and donkey anaphora. In Manfred Krifka, editor, Proceedings of the 1988 Tübingen Conference. Seminar für Natürliche-Sprachiche Systeme der Universität Tübingen, 1988.
[ bib ]
[634] Gennaro Chierchia. Anaphora and dynamic binding. Linguistics and Philosophy, 15(2):111-183, 1991.
[ bib ]
[635] Gennaro Chierchia. Functional wh and weak crossover. In Dawn Bates, editor, Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 75-90, Stanford University, 1991. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[636] G. Chierchia. Questions with quantifiers. Natural Language Semantics, 1:181-234, 1993.
[ bib ]
[637] Young-Mee Yu Cho. The domain of Korean sandhi rules, 1987. Presented at the 1987 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America.
[ bib ]
[638] Young-mee Yu Cho. Parameters of consonantal assimilation. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1990.
[ bib ]
[639] Young-Mee Yu Cho and Peter Sells. A lexical account of inflectional suffixes in Korean. Journal of East Asian Linguistics, 4(2):119-174, 1995.
[ bib ]
[640] Jae-Woong Choe. Dependent plurals and distributivity. Language Research, 23(4), 1987.
[ bib ]
[641] Jae-Woong Choe. Anti-Quantifiers and a Theory of Distributivity. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1987.
[ bib ]
[642] Hye-Won Choi. Weak crossover in scrambling languages. Presented at the 1995 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, 1995.
[ bib ]
[643] Hye-Won Choi. Optimizing Structure in Context: Scrambling and Information Structure. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999. Revised and corrected version of 1996 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[644] Noam Chomsky. The Logical Structure of Linguistic Theory. Plenum Press, New York, 1955. Published in 1975.
[ bib ]
[645] Noam Chomsky. Syntactic Structures. Mouton de Gruyter, 1957.
[ bib ]
[646] Noam Chomsky. Formal properties of grammars. In R. Duncan Luce, Robert R. Bush, and Eugene Galanter, editors, Handbook of Mathematical Psychology, volume II, pages 323-418. Wiley, New York, 1963.
[ bib ]
[647] Noam Chomsky. Current issues in linguistic theory. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1964.
[ bib ]
[648] Noam Chomsky. Aspects of the Theory of Syntax. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1965.
[ bib ]
[649] Noam Chomsky and Morris Halle. The Sound Pattern of English. Harper & Row, New York, 1968.
[ bib ]
[650] Noam Chomsky. Remarks on nominalization. In R. Jacobs and P. Rosenbaum, editors, Readings in English Transformational Grammar. Ginn, 1970.
[ bib ]
[651] Noam Chomsky. Deep structure, surface structure, and semantic interpretation. In Danny D. Steinberg and Leon A. Jakobovits, editors, Semantics: An Interdisciplinary Reader in Philosophy, Linguistics and Psychology, pages 183-216. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1971.
[ bib ]
[652] Noam Chomsky. Language and Mind (Enlarged Edition). Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York, 1972.
[ bib ]
[653] Noam Chomsky. Conditions on transformations. In Stephen Anderson and Paul Kiparsky, editors, A Festschrift for Morris Halle. Holt, Reinhart, and Winston, New York, 1973.
[ bib ]
[654] Noam Chomsky. Conditions on rules of grammar. Linguistic Analysis, 2:303-351, 1976.
[ bib ]
[655] Noam Chomsky and Howard Lasnik. Filters and control. Linguistic Inquiry, 8(3):425-504, 1977.
[ bib ]
[656] Noam Chomsky. Essays on Form and Interpretation. American Elsevier, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[657] Noam Chomsky. On WH-movement. In Peter W. Culicover, Thomas Wasow, and Adrian Akmajian, editors, Formal Syntax, pages 71-132. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[658] Noam Chomsky. On binding. Linguistic Inquiry, 11(1):1-46, 1980.
[ bib ]
[659] Noam Chomsky. Rules and Representations. Columbia University Press, New York, 1980.
[ bib ]
[660] Noam Chomsky. Lectures on Government and Binding. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1981.
[ bib ]
[661] Noam Chomsky. Some Concepts and Consequences of the Theory of Government and Binding. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[662] Noam Chomsky. Noam Chomsky on the Generative Enterprise. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[663] Noam Chomsky. Barriers. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1986.
[ bib ]
[664] Noam Chomsky. Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin, and Use. Praeger, New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[665] Noam Chomsky. On formalization and formal linguistics. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8(1):143-147, 1990.
[ bib ]
[666] Noam Chomsky. A minimalist program for linguistic theory. In The View from Building 20: Essays in Linguistics in Honor of Sylvain Bromberger, pages 1-52. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[667] Noam Chomsky. Bare phrase structure. In MIT Working Papers in Linguistics. Department of Linguistics and Philosophy, MIT, Cambridge, MA, 1994. Reprinted in Otero Festschrift, Georgetown University Press, 1995.
[ bib ]
[668] O. Christ. The xkwic user manual. Technical report, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1993.
[ bib ]
[669] Kirsti Koch Christiansen. On multiple filler-gap dependencies in Norwegian. In Elisabet Engdahl and Eva Ejerhed, editors, Readings on Unbounded Dependencies in Scandinavian Languages, pages 77-98. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm, 1982.
[ bib ]
[670] William M. Christie. A stratificational view of linguistic change. Jupiter Press, Lake Bluff, IL, 1977.
[ bib ]
[671] Craig Christy. Uniformitarianism in linguistics. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1983.
[ bib ]
[672] Sandra Chung. An object-creating rule in Bahasa Indonesia. Linguistic Inquiry, 7(1):41-87, 1976.
[ bib ]
[673] Sandra Chung. Case marking and grammatical relations in Polynesian. University of Texas Press, Austin, 1978.
[ bib ]
[674] Sandra Chung. Unbounded dependencies in Chamorro grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(1):39-78, 1982.
[ bib ]
[675] Sandra Chung and James McCloskey. On the interpretation of certain island facts in GPSG. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):704-713, 1983.
[ bib ]
[676] Sandra Chung. Transderivational relationships in Chamorro phonology. Language, 59:35-66, 1983.
[ bib ]
[677] Sandra Chung and James McCloskey. Government, barriers, and small clauses in Modern Irish. Linguistic Inquiry, 18(2):173-238, 1987.
[ bib ]
[678] A. Church. A formulation of the logic of sense and denotation. In P. Henle, H.M. Kallen, and S.K. Langer, editors, Structure, Method and Meaning, pages 3-24. Liberal Arts Press, 1951.
[ bib ]
[679] Kenneth W. Church. On memory limitations in natural language processing. Technical Report 245, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, 1980.
[ bib ]
[680] Kenneth W. Church and Ramesh Patil. Coping with syntactic ambiguity or how to put the block in the box on the table. Computational Linguistics, 8(3-4):139-149, 1982.
[ bib ]
[681] Kenneth W. Church. Allophonic and phonotactic constraints are useful. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 637-638, 1983.
[ bib ]
[682] Kenneth W. Church. Phrase-structure parsing: A method for taking advantage of allophonic constraints. PhD thesis, MIT, 1983.
[ bib ]
[683] Kenneth W. Church. A stochastic parts program and noun phrase paser for unrestricted texts. In Proceedings of Second Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, Austin, 1988.
[ bib ]
[684] Kenneth W. Church, William Gale, Patrick Hanks, and Donald Hindle. Parsing, word associations and typical predicate-argument relations. In Proceedings of the 1989 DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, 1989.
[ bib ]
[685] Kenneth W. Church and William Gale. A comparison of the enhanced good-turing and deleted estimation methods for estimating probabilities of English bigrams. Computer Speech and Language, 5(1), 1991.
[ bib ]
[686] Kenneth W. Church, Patrick Hanks, Donald Hindle, and William Gale. Using statistics in lexical analysis. In Uri Zernik, editor, Lexical Acquisition: Exploiting Online Resources to Build a Lexicon. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1991.
[ bib ]
[687] Kenneth W. Church. Some statistical opportunities in speech and language. In Proceedings of 23rd Symposium on the Interface, Computing Science and Statistics, Seattle, April 1991.
[ bib ]
[688] Kenneth W. Church. Concordances for parallel text. In Proceedings of Seventh Annual Conference of the UW Centre for the New OED and Text Research, Oxford, 1991.
[ bib ]
[689] Donald G. Churma. On explaining the phoneme: Why (some of) phonology is natural. In Mary Niepokuj, Mary VanClay, Vassiliki Nikiforidou, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 25-38, University of California, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[690] Guglielmo Cinque. On si constructions and the theory of arb. Linguistic Inquiry, 19(4):521-581, 1988.
[ bib ]
[691] Guglielmo Cinque. Types of A-Dependencies. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[692] Herbert H. Clark. Inferences in comprehension. In D. LaBerge and S. J. Samuels, editors, Basic Processes in Reading. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1977.
[ bib ]
[693] M. Clark. On the distribution of contour tones. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[694] Eve Clark and Ruth Berman. Structure and use in the acquisition of word-formation. Language, 60:543-590, 1984.
[ bib ]
[695] Herbert H. Clark and Deanna Wilkes-Gibbs. Referring as a collaborative process. Cognition, 22:1-39, 1986.
[ bib ]
[696] Mary Clark. The tonal system of Igbo. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1990.
[ bib ]
[697] Brady Clark. Some things are not susceptible to thinking about: The historical development of tough complementation. ms, Stanford University, 2000.
[ bib ]
[698] Carl von Clausewitz. On War. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1832. Translated by Col. J. J. Graham.
[ bib ]
[699] Marco A. Clemente-Salazar. Uses of C-graphs in a prototype for automatic translation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 61-64, 1984.
[ bib ]
[700] George N. Clements. Analogical restructuring in syntax. Linguistic Inquiry, 6:3-51, 1975.
[ bib ]
[701] George N. Clements. The logophoric pronoun in Ewe: Its role in discourse. Journal of West African Languages, 10(2):141-177, 1975.
[ bib ]
[702] George N. Clements and Kevin C. Ford. Kikuyu tone shift and its synchronic consequences. Linguistic Inquiry, 10(2):179-210, 1979.
[ bib ]
[703] George N. Clements. The description of terraced-level tone languages. Language, 55:536-558, 1979.
[ bib ]
[704] George N. Clements and John A. Goldsmith, editors. Autosegmental Studies in Bantu Tonology. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[705] George N. Clements and S. Jay Keyser. CV Phonology: A Generative Theory of the Syllable. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[706] George N. Clements and John Goldsmith. Autosegmental Studies in Bantu Tone. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[707] George N. Clements. Binding domains in Kikuyu. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 14(2), 1985.
[ bib ]
[708] George N. Clements. The phonology and morphology of Bantu verb stem reduplication, 1985. Linguistics Colloquium, Stanford University, November 1985.
[ bib ]
[709] George N. Clements. Phonological feature representation and the description of intrusive stops. In Anna Bosch, Barbara Need, and Eric Schiller, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Autosegmental and Metrical Phonology, pages 29-50, University of Chicago, 1987. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[710] John H. Clippinger Jr. and David D. McDonald. Why good writing is easier to understand. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 730-732, 1983.
[ bib ]
[711] W. F. Clocksin and C. S. Mellish. Programming in Prolog. Springer-Verlag, second edition, 1984.
[ bib ]
[712] N.B. Cocchiarella. Tense and Modal Logic. PhD thesis, UCLA??, 1965.
[ bib ]
[713] Robin Cohen. A computational theory of the function of clue words in argument understanding. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 251-258, 1984.
[ bib ]
[714] Philip R. Cohen. Referring as requesting. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 207-211, 1984.
[ bib ]
[715] Daniel I. A. Cohen, editor. Introduction To Computer Theory. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[716] P. Cohen and H. Levesque. Intention is choice with commitment. Artificial Intelligence, 42:213-261, 1990.
[ bib ]
[717] P.M. Cohn. Universal Algebra. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1981 (revised edition).
[ bib ]
[718] Abigail Cohn. Stress in Indonesian and bracketing paradoxes. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 7:167-216, 1989.
[ bib ]
[719] Erik Colban. Prepositional phrases in situation schemata. In Jens Erik Fenstad, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, Tore Langholm, and Johan van Benthem, editors, Situations, Language and Logic. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[720] Erik Colban and Jens Eric Fenstad. Situations and prepositional phrases. Technical Report COSMOS No. 1, Department of Mathematics, University of Oslo, 1988. Also in Proceedings of the Third European Conference of the Association of Computational Linguistics, Copenhagen.
[ bib ]
[721] B. N. Colby. A partial grammar of Eskimo folktales. American Anthropologist, 75:645-662, 1973.
[ bib ]
[722] D. T. Cole. An Introduction to Tswana Grammar. Longman, London, 1955.
[ bib ]
[723] Peter Cole and Jerrold M. Sadock, editors. Syntax and Semantics: Grammatical Relations, volume 8. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[724] Jennifer S. Cole. Planar phonology and morphology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1987.
[ bib ]
[725] Peter Cole, Gabriella Hermon, and Li-May Sung. Principles and parameters of long-distance reflexives. Linguistic Inquiry, 21(1):1-22, 1990.
[ bib ]
[726] Jennifer S. Cole, Georgia M. Green, and Jerry L. Morgan, editors. Linguistics and Computation. CSLI Publications, 1995.
[ bib ]
[727] Linda Coleman. The case of vanishing presuppositions. In Proceedings of BLS 1, pages 78-89, 1971.
[ bib ]
[728] John Coleman and John Local. The ``No Crossing Constraint'' in autosegmental phonology. Linguistics and Philosophy, pages 295-338, 1991.
[ bib ]
[729] G. A. Collier. Review of Berlin & Kay. Language, 49:245-248, 1973.
[ bib ]
[730] G. A. Collier. Further evidence for universal color terms. Language, 52:884-890, 1976.
[ bib ]
[731] Allan Collins and Ryszard Michalski. The logic of plausible reasoning: A core theory. Cognitive Science, 13:1-49, 1989.
[ bib ]
[732] Ileana Comorovski. Control and obviation in Romanian. In Proceedings of ESCOL '85, 1984.
[ bib ]
[733] Bernard Comrie. Aspect of sentence complementation in Russian. PhD thesis, King's College, Cambridge, 1971.
[ bib ]
[734] Bernard Comrie. Causatives and universal grammar. Transactions of the Philological Society 1974, pages 1-32, 1975.
[ bib ]
[735] Bernard Comrie. Aspect. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1976.
[ bib ]
[736] Bernard Comrie. Lingua descriptive studies: Questionnaire. Lingua, 42:1-72, 1977.
[ bib ]
[737] Bernard Comrie and Edward Keenan. Data on the noun phrase accessibility hierarchy. Language, 55:333-351, 1979.
[ bib ]
[738] Bernard Comrie and Edward Keenan. Noun phrase accessibility revisited. Language, 55:649-664, 1979.
[ bib ]
[739] Bernard Comrie. The Languages of the Soviet Union. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1981.
[ bib ]
[740] Bernard Comrie. Subject and object control. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 450-464, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[741] Bernard Comrie. Tense. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[742] Bernard Comrie and Stephen Matthews. Prolegomena to a typology of Tough Movement. In William Croft, Keith Denning, and Suzanne Kemmer, editors, Studies in Typology and Diachrony: Papers presented to Joseph H. Greenberg on his 75th Birthday. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[743] Bernard Comrie and Greville G. Corbett, editors. The Slavonic Languages. Routledge, London, 1993.
[ bib ]
[744] Cleo Condoravdi. Class lectures, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[745] Cleo Condoravdi, Richard Crouch, Martin van den Berg, John Everett, Reinhard Stolle, Valeria Paiva, and Danny Bobrow. Preventing existence. In Proceedings of the Conference on Formal Ontologies in Information Systems (FOIS), Ogunquit, Maine, 2001.
[ bib ]
[746] Cleo Condoravdi, Richard Crouch, and Martin van den Berg. General and specific concepts. In Proceedings of the 13th Amsterdam Colloquium, 2001.
[ bib ]
[747] Malcom E. Cook, Wendy G. Lehnert, and David D. McDonald. Conveying implicit content in narrative summaries. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 5-7, 1984.
[ bib ]
[748] Robin Cooper. Lexical and nonlexical causatives in Bantu. In Masayoshi Shibatani, editor, The Grammar of Causative Constructions, volume 6 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 313-324. Academic Press, San Diego, 1976.
[ bib ]
[749] Robin Cooper. Montague's Semantic Theory and Transformational Syntax. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1976.
[ bib ]
[750] Robin Cooper. The interpretation of pronouns. In Frank Heny, editor, Syntax and Semantics 10: Selections from the Third Groningen Round Table, volume 10, pages 61-92. Academic Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[751] Robin Cooper. Variable binding and relative clauses. In F. Guenther and S. J. Schmidt, editors, Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Languages. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[752] Robin Cooper. Quantification and Syntactic Theory, volume 21 of Synthese Language Library. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1983.
[ bib ]
[753] Robin Cooper. Meaning representation in Montague grammar and Situation Semantics. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing, pages 28-30, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1985.
[ bib ]
[754] R. Cooper. Aspectual classes in situation semantics. Technical Report CSLI-84-14C, CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[755] Robin Cooper. Tense and discourse location in Situation Semantics. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(1):17-36, 1986.
[ bib ]
[756] Robin Cooper. Introduction to Situation Semantics. Course reader, 1987 Linguistic Institute, Stanford University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[757] Katrin Cooper. Word order in bare infinitival complement constructions in Swiss German. Master's thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1988.
[ bib ]
[758] R. Cooper. Generalised quantifiers and resource situations. In P. Aczel, D. Israel, Y. Katagiri, and S. Peters, editors, Situation Theory and its Applications, v.3, chapter 8, pages 191-212. CSLI and University of Chicago, Stanford, CA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[759] A. Copestake. An approach to building the hierarchical element of a lexical knowledge base from a machine readable dictionary. In Workshop on Inheritance in Natural Language Processing, Proceedings, pages 19-29. Tilburg, 1990.
[ bib ]
[760] A. Copestake. Defaults in lexical representation. In E. Briscoe, V. de Paiva, and A. Copestake, editors, Inheritance, Defaults and the Lexicon. Cambridge University Press, 1993.
[ bib ]
[761] Anne Copestake, Dan Flickinger, Rob Malouf, Susanne Riehemann, and Ivan Sag. Transfer and Minimal Recursion Semantics. In International Conference on Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translation, Leuven, Belgium, 1995.
[ bib ]
[762] T. Coquand and G. Huet. A theory of constructions. In Semantics of Data Types. Springer-Verlag, 1985.
[ bib ]
[763] T. Coquand. Metamathematical investigations of the calculus of constructions. In P. Odifreddi, editor, Logic and Computer Science. Academic Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[764] Greville G. Corbett. Hierarchies, Targets, and Controllers: Agreement Patterns in Slavic. Croom Helm, London, 1983.
[ bib ]
[765] Greville G. Corbett. Resolution rules: Agreement in person, number, and gender. In Gerald Gazdar, Ewan Klein, and Geoffrey K. Pullum, editors, Order, Concord, and Constituency, pages 175-206. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1983.
[ bib ]
[766] Greville G. Corbett and Alfred D. Mtenje. Gender agreement in Chichewa. Studies in African Linguistics, 18(1):1-38, 1987.
[ bib ]
[767] Greville G. Corbett. Gender. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1991.
[ bib ]
[768] Greville G. Corbett. Agreement: Terms and boundaries. In The Role of Agreement in Natural Language: Proceedings of the 2001 Texas Linguistic Society Conference, 2001.
[ bib ]
[769] Annabel Cormack. VP-Anaphor: Variables and scope. ms, University College, London. Cited in [1407], 1984.
[ bib ]
[770] Boris Cormons. Analyse et désambiguïsation: Une approche à base de corpus (Data-Oriented Parsing) pour les représentations lexicales fonctionnelles. PhD thesis, Université de Rennes, France, 1999.
[ bib ]
[771] Agostino Cortesi, Gilberto Filé, Roberto Giacobazzi, Catuscia Palamidessi, and Francesco Ranzato. Complementation in abstract interpretation. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems (TOPLAS), 19(1):7-47, 1997.
[ bib ]
[772] Claudia Corum. Anaphoric peninsulas. In Claudia Corum, T. Cedric Smith-Stark, and Ann Weiser, editors, Papers from the Ninth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 87-97, University of Chicago, 1973. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[773] K. R. Courtenay. Yoruba: A terraced-level language with three tonemes. Studies in African Linguistics, 2:239-253, 1971.
[ bib ]
[774] Michael A. Covington. Syntactic Theory in the High Middle Ages. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1984.
[ bib ]
[775] M. Covington, D. Nute, N. Schmitz, and D. Goodman. From english to prolog via discourse representation theory. Artificial Intelligence Research Report 01-0024, The University of Georgia, Athens, GA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[776] M. Covington and N. Schmitz. An implementation of discourse representation theory. Artificial Intelligence Research Report 01-0023, The University of Georgia, Athens, GA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[777] Michael A. Covington. Parsing discontinuous constituents in dependency grammar. Computational Linguistics, 16(4):234-236, December 1990.
[ bib ]
[778] Michael A. Covington. Natural Language Processing for Prolog Programmers. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1994.
[ bib ]
[779] Warren Cowgill. Gothic iddja and Old English eode. Language, 36:483-501, 1960.
[ bib ]
[780] Warren Cowgill. A search for universals in Indo-European diachronic morphology. In Joseph Greenberg, editor, Universals of Language. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1966.
[ bib ]
[781] P. T. Cox and T. Pietrzykowski. Causes for events: their computation and application. In Proceedings 8th International Conference on Automated Deduction, CADE'86, pages 608-621, 1992.
[ bib ]
[782] Colette Grinevald Craig. The Structure of Jacaltec. University of Texas Press, 1977.
[ bib ]
[783] M. J. Cresswell. The semantics of degree. In Barbara Partee, editor, Montague Grammar. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[784] M.J. Cresswell. Interval semantics and logical words. In C. Rohrer, editor, On the Logical Analysis of Tense and Aspect, pages 7-29. Narr, Tubingen, 1977.
[ bib ]
[785] M. J. Cresswell. Structured Meanings. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Hingham, MA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[786] Dina B. Crockett. Agreement in Contemporary Standard Russian. Slavica Publishers Inc, Cambridge, MA, 1976.
[ bib ]
[787] William A. Croft. Categories and Relations in Syntax: The Clause-Level Organization of Information. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1986.
[ bib ]
[788] Richard Crouch and Stephen Pulman. Time and modality in a natural language interface to a planning system. Artificial Intelligence, 63:265-304, 1993. Reprinted in Pereira and Grosz (editors), Natural Language Processing. MIT Press, 1994.
[ bib ]
[789] Richard Crouch. Tense and simple conditionals. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[790] Richard Crouch and Josef van Genabith. F-structure: A glue for QLF and UDRT? In FraCaS Deliverable D15, pages 217-254. FraCaS, 1995.
[ bib ]
[791] Richard Crouch. Ellipsis and quantification: a substitutional approach. In Proceedings of the 7th Meeting of the EACL, Dublin. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.
[ bib ]
[792] Richard Crouch and Josef van Genabith. Context change and underspecification in glue language semantics. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[793] Richard Crouch and Josef van Genabith. Context change, underspecification and the structure of glue language derivations. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[794] Richard Crouch. Ellipsis and glue languages. In Shalom Lappin and Elabbas Benmamoun, editors, Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.
[ bib ]
[795] Richard Crouch and Josef van Genabith. Linear Logic for Linguists: ESSLLI-2000 course notes. ESSLLI, Birmingham, UK, 2000. ms in preparation with CSLI Press.
[ bib | www ]
[796] Josef van Genabith, Richard Crouch, and Anette Frank. Glue, underspecification and translation. In Harry Bunt and Reinhard Muskens, editors, Computing Meaning, volume 2. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001. in press.
[ bib ]
[797] Richard Crouch, Anette Frank, and Josef van Genabith. Linear Logic based transfer and structural misalignment. In Proceedings of the International Workshop on Computational Semantics (IWCS-4), Tilburg, 2001.
[ bib ]
[798] D. A. Cruse. Lexical Semantics. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1986.
[ bib ]
[799] Alan Cruttenden. Language in Infancy and Childhood. Manchester University Press, 1979.
[ bib ]
[800] Peter W. Culicover and Kenneth Wexler. Some syntactic implications of a theory of language learnability. In Peter W. Culicover, Thomas Wasow, and Adrian Akmajian, editors, Formal Syntax, pages 7-60. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[801] Peter W. Culicover and Michael S. Rochemont. Stress and focus in English. Language, 59(1):123-165, 1983.
[ bib ]
[802] Peter Culicover and Wendy Wilkins. Control, PRO, and the projection principle. Language, 62:120-153, 1986.
[ bib ]
[803] Peter Culicover. Description: Workshop on the limits of syntax, 1996.
[ bib | http ]
[804] Peter Culicover and Paul M. Postal, editors. Parasitic Gaps. The MIT Press, 2001.
[ bib ]
[805] Jonathan Culler. Structuralist Poetics: Structuralism, Linguistics, and the Study of Literature. Cornell University Press, 1975.
[ bib ]
[806] R. E. Cullingford and S. L. Booth. How to make a natural-language interface robust. Technical Report GIT-ICS-85/27, Georgia Institute of Technology, School of Information and Computer Science, 1985.
[ bib ]
[807] Christopher D. Culy. The complexity of the vocabulary of Bambara. Linguistics and Philosophy, 8(3):345-351, 1985.
[ bib ]
[808] Christopher D. Culy and Boureima Gnalibouly Dicko. Fula Makko and theories of anaphora. Linguistic Inquiry, 19(2):315-319, 1988.
[ bib ]
[809] Christopher D. Culy. The Syntax and Semantics of Internally Headed Relative Clauses. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1990.
[ bib ]
[810] Christopher D. Culy. Command and Fula um pronominals. In Proceedings of the Special Session on African Linguistics, Berkeley Linguistics Society, University of California, Berkeley, 1991. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[811] Christopher D. Culy. Empty categories, structure sharing, and control. Presented at the 1994 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, Boston, 1994.
[ bib ]
[812] Christopher D. Culy. Extraposition in English and grammatical theory. ms, University of Iowa, 1994.
[ bib ]
[813] Christopher D. Culy, Koungarma Kodio, and Patrice Togo. Dogon pronominal systems: Their nature and evolution. Studies in African Linguistics, 23(3):315-344, 1995.
[ bib ]
[814] Christopher D. Culy. Agreement and Fula pronouns. Studies in African Linguistics, 25(1):1-27, 1996.
[ bib ]
[815] Christopher D. Culy. Personal pronouns and systems of pronominal binding. Accepted for presentation at the First LFG Conference, Rank Xerox, Grenoble, August 26-28, 1996, 1996.
[ bib ]
[816] Christopher D. Culy. Logophoric pronouns and point of view. Linguistics, 35:845-859, 1997.
[ bib ]
[817] Christopher D. Culy. An incorporated topic marker in Takelma. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[818] George O. Curme. A Grammar of the German Language. Frederick Ungar, New York, 1964.
[ bib ]
[819] S. Cushingham. The relational grammar unaccusative hypothesis and Swahili, 1983. Presented at the 14th Conference on African Linguistics, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
[ bib ]
[820] Adrian Cussins. Varieties of psychologism. Synthese, 70:123-154, 1987.
[ bib ]
[821] Ann Cutler. Productivity in word-formation. In J. Kreiman and A. E. Ojeda, editors, Papers from the Sixteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 45-51, University of Chicago, 1980. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[822] O. Dahl. On so called `sloppy identity'. Gothenburg Papers in Theoretical Linguistics 12, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg, 1972.
[ bib ]
[823] Östen Dahl. On so-called `sloppy identity'. Synthese, 26:81-112, 1973.
[ bib ]
[824] Östen Dahl. How to open a sentence: Abstraction in natural language. In Logical Grammar Reports, No. 12. University of Göteborg, 1974.
[ bib ]
[825] Veronica Dahl and Michael McCord. Treating coordination in logic grammars. Computational Linguistics, 9:69-91, 1983.
[ bib ]
[826] Kathleen Dahlgren. Naive Semantics for Natural Language Understanding. The Kluwer International Series in Engineering and Computer Science. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[827] Amy Dahlstrom. Agent-patient languages and split case marking systems. In Amy Dahlstrom, Claudia Brugman, Monica Macaulay, Inese Civkulis, Michele Emanatian, Donna Sakima, and Raquel Teixeira, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 37-46, University of California, Berkeley, 1983. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[828] Amy Dahlstrom. Distinguishing inverse verbs from passives. Presented at the 1983 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, Minneapolis, 1983.
[ bib ]
[829] Amy Dahlstrom. Weak crossover and obviation. In Proceedings of BLS, volume 12, pages 51-60, 1986.
[ bib ]
[830] Amy Dahlstrom. Nominal arguments and pronominal inflection in Fox, 1986. Written version of paper presented at the 61st Annual Meeting of the LSA, New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[831] Amy Dahlstrom. Plains Cree morphosyntax. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1986.
[ bib ]
[832] Amy Dahlstrom. Discontinuous constituents in Fox. In Robert E. Moore and Paul D. Kroeber, editors, Native American Languages and Grammatical Typology. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1987.
[ bib ]
[833] Amy Dahlstrom. Discontinuity in morphology and syntax: Separable prefixes in Fox (Mesquakie). Presented at LFG97, San Diego, June 1997, 1997.
[ bib ]
[834] D. Dale. Shona Companion. Mambo Press, Gweru, 1972.
[ bib ]
[835] G. M. Dalgish and G. Sheintuch. On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations. Studies in African Linguistics, 8(3):219-240, 1977.
[ bib ]
[836] G. M. Dalgish. The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Kivunjo (Chaga). Studies in African Linguistics, 10(1):47-63, 1979.
[ bib ]
[837] Mary Dalrymple. Subject types in Nepali, Marathi, and Bengali. Master's thesis, The University of Texas at Austin, 1984.
[ bib ]
[838] Mary Dalrymple and Smita Joshi. Relative clause linking in Marathi. Presented at the 1986 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[839] Mary Dalrymple. The interpretation of tense and aspect in English. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Buffalo, NY, pages 68-74. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1988.
[ bib ]
[840] Mary Dalrymple. Tense, aspect, and the interpretation of tenseless elements in English. Technical Report 453, SRI International, 1988.
[ bib ]
[841] Mary Dalrymple, Stuart M. Shieber, and Fernando C. N. Pereira. Ellipsis and higher-order matching. Presented at the 1989 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, Washington, DC, 1989.
[ bib ]
[842] Mary Dalrymple. Long-distance and short-distance reflexivization in Marathi. ms, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[843] Mary Dalrymple, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen. Syntactic constraints on anaphoric binding. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, volume 2, pages 72-76, 1990.
[ bib ]
[844] Mary Dalrymple. Syntactic Constraints on Anaphoric Binding. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1990.
[ bib ]
[845] Mary Dalrymple, Stuart M. Shieber, and Fernando C. N. Pereira. Ellipsis and higher-order unification. Linguistics and Philosophy, 14(4):399-452, 1991.
[ bib ]
[846] Mary Dalrymple and Annie Zaenen. Modeling anaphoric superiority. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Current Issues in Computational Linguistics, pages 235-247, Penang, Malaysia, 1991.
[ bib ]
[847] Mary Dalrymple and Annie Zaenen. On `subject' antecedents for anaphors. Presented at the 1991 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, Chicago, 1991.
[ bib ]
[848] Mary Dalrymple. An LFG account of anaphoric binding constraints. Technical Report SSL-91-115, Xerox PARC, Palo Alto, CA, 1991.
[ bib ]
[849] Mary Dalrymple. Against reconstruction in ellipsis. Technical Report SSL-91-114, Xerox PARC, Palo Alto, CA, 1991.
[ bib ]
[850] Mary Dalrymple, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, Ronald M. Kaplan, Christoper D. Manning, John Maxwell, Jürgen Wedekind, and Annie Zaenen. Relating projections. ms, Xerox PARC, 1992.
[ bib ]
[851] Mary Dalrymple. Categorial semantics for LFG. In Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING92), Nantes, France, 1992.
[ bib ]
[852] Mary Dalrymple, Angie Hinrichs, John Lamping, and Vijay A. Saraswat. The resource logic of complex predicate interpretation. In Keh-Jiann Chen and Chu-Ren Huang, editors, Proceedings of the 1993 Republic of China Computational Linguistics Conference (ROCLING), Hsitou National Park, Taiwan, 1993. Computational Linguistics Society of Republic of China. Also published as Xerox Technical Report ISTL-NLTT-1993-08-03.
[ bib ]
[853] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Vijay A. Saraswat. A deductive account of quantification in LFG. Presented at the Second CSLI Workshop on Logic, Language, and Computation, Stanford University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[854] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, and Vijay A. Saraswat. LFG semantics via constraints. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 97-105. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[855] Mary Dalrymple. The Syntax of Anaphoric Binding. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 36. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[856] Mary Dalrymple, Makoto Kanazawa, Sam A. Mchombo, and Stanley Peters. What do reciprocals mean? In Mandy Harvey and Lynn Santelmann, editors, Proceedings of the Fourth Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference: SALT IV, pages 61-78. Department of Linguistics, Cornell University, 1994. Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics.
[ bib ]
[857] Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen, editors. Formal Issues in Lexical-Functional Grammar. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[858] Mary Dalrymple, Sam A. Mchombo, and Stanley Peters. Semantic similarities and syntactic contrasts between Chichewa and English reciprocals. Linguistic Inquiry, 25(1):145-163, 1994.
[ bib ]
[859] Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen. Formal architecture. In Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen, editors, Formal Issues in Lexical-Functional Grammar, pages 1-5. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[860] Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen. Nonlocal dependencies. In Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen, editors, Formal Issues in Lexical-Functional Grammar, pages 131-135. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[861] Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen. Mathematical and computational issues. In Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen, editors, Formal Issues in Lexical-Functional Grammar, pages 331-338. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[862] Mary Dalrymple and Andrew Kehler. On the constraints imposed by respectively. Linguistic Inquiry, 26(3):531-536, 1995.
[ bib ]
[863] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Vijay A. Saraswat. A deductive account of quantification in LFG. In Makoto Kanazawa, Christopher J. Piñón, and Henriette de Swart, editors, Quantifiers, Deduction, and Context. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[864] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Vijay A. Saraswat. Intensional verbs without type-raising or lexical ambiguity. In Jerry Seligman and Dag Westerståhl, editors, Logic, Language and Computation, pages 167-182. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1996. Also in Proceedings of the Conference on Information-Oriented Approaches to Logic, Language and Computation/Fourth Conference on Situation Theory and its Applications, Saint Mary's College of California, Moraga, California. June 1994.
[ bib ]
[865] Mary Dalrymple, Vineet Gupta, John Lamping, and Vijay A. Saraswat. Relating resource-based semantics to categorial semantics. In Proceedings of the Fifth Meeting on Mathematics of Language (MOL5), Schloss Dagstuhl, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1997. Reprinted in [875].
[ bib ]
[866] Mary Dalrymple and Ronald M. Kaplan. A set-based approach to feature resolution. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[867] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Vijay A. Saraswat. Quantifiers, anaphora, and intensionality. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 6(3):219-273, 1997. Reprinted in [875].
[ bib ]
[868] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Vijay A. Saraswat. Linear logic for meaning assembly. In Suresh Manandhar, Gabriel Pereira Lopes, and Werner Nutt, editors, Proceedings of Computational Logic for Natural Language Processing, Edinburgh, 1995.
[ bib | .ps ]
[869] Mary Dalrymple, Makoto Kanazawa, Yookyung Kim, Sam A. Mchombo, and Stanley Peters. Reciprocal expressions and the concept of reciprocity. Linguistics and Philosophy, 21(2):159-210, 1998.
[ bib ]
[870] Mary Dalrymple and Ronald M. Kaplan. Resolution of person and gender in coordination. Presented at the 1998 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, New York, 1998.
[ bib ]
[871] Mary Dalrymple, Tracy Holloway King, and Irene Hayrapetian. The semantics of the Russian comitative construction. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 16(3):597-631, 1998.
[ bib ]
[872] Mary Dalrymple. Comments on Wong. In Tara Mohanan and Lionel Wee, editors, Grammatical Semantics: Evidence for Structure in Meaning. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[873] Mary Dalrymple, Vineet Gupta, John Lamping, and Vijay A. Saraswat. Relating resource-based semantics to categorial semantics. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[874] Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Vijay A. Saraswat. Overview and introduction. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[875] Mary Dalrymple, editor. Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[876] Mary Dalrymple. Lexical Functional Grammar. In Rob Wilson and Frank Keil, editors, The MIT Encyclopedia of Cognitive Sciences. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[877] Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, and Tracy Holloway King. Weak crossover and the absence of traces. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2001 Conference, 2001.
[ bib | .html ]
[878] Mary Dalrymple and Ronald M. Kaplan. Feature indeterminacy and feature resolution. Language, 76(4):759-798, 2000.
[ bib ]
[879] Mary Dalrymple and Tracy Holloway King. Missing-object constructions: Lexical and constructional variation. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[880] Mary Dalrymple and Helge Lødrup. The grammatical functions of complement clauses. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[881] Mary Dalrymple. Lexical Functional Grammar, volume 34 of Syntax and Semantics. Academic Press, New York, NY, 2001.
[ bib ]
[882] Mary Dalrymple. Lexical Functional Grammar. In Lynn Nadel, editor, The Encyclopedia of Cognitive Sciences. Nature Publishing Group, Macmillan, 2002.
[ bib ]
[883] Roger Kim, Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, and Tracy Holloway King. Porting gramars between typologically similar languages: Japanese to Korean. In Proceedings of the 17th Pacific Asia Conference on Language, Information and Computation (PACLIC 17), 2003.
[ bib ]
[884] Michael W. Daniels. On a type-based analysis of feature neutrality and the coordination of unlikes. In Frank van Eynde, Lars Hellan, and Dorothee Beermann, editors, On-line Proceedings of the HPSG '01 Conference, 2001.
[ bib | .html ]
[885] Laurence Danlos. Some issues in generation from a semantic representation. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 606-609, 1983.
[ bib ]
[886] Laurence Danlos. Conceptual and linguistic decisions in generation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 501-504, 1984.
[ bib ]
[887] Bill Darden. Diachronic evidence for phonemics. In Papers from the Seventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 323-331, University of Chicago, 1971. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[888] B. A. Davey and H. A. Priestley. Introduction to Lattices and Order. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1990.
[ bib ]
[889] Donald Davidson. The logical form of action sentences. In Nicholas Rescher, editor, The Logic of Decision and Action. University of Pittsburgh Press, 1967. Reprinted in [Chapter 6]Davidson:Action.
[ bib ]
[890] Donald Davidson. Essays on Actions and Events. Oxford University Press, 1980.
[ bib ]
[891] William D. Davies. 2 - 3 retreat, the notion `absolutive', and levels of grammatical relations. In Daniel P. Flickinger, Marlys Macken, and Nancy Wiegand, editors, Proceedings of the First West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 307-318, Stanford University, 1982. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[892] William D. Davies. Disjunctive application of agreement rules. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 56-66, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[893] William D. Davies. The case against functional control. Lingua, 76(1):1-20, 1988.
[ bib ]
[894] William D. Davies. Javanese evidence for subject-to-object raising. In Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell, and Errapel Mejías-Bikandi, editors, Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective, pages 95-108. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[895] Nick Davies. Towards a first-order theory of reasoning agents. In Proceedings of the European Conference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI-90), 1990.
[ bib ]
[896] Rogelio Davila-Perez. Constructive type theory and natural language. Technical report, University of Essex, 1994. Computer Science Memorandum 206.
[ bib ]
[897] Alice Davison. Peculiar passives. Language, 56:42-66, 1980.
[ bib ]
[898] Alice Davison. Syntactic markedness and the definition of sentence topic. Language, 60:797-846, 1984.
[ bib ]
[899] Alice Davison. Syntactic constraints on WH- in situ: Wh-questions in Hindi-Urdu. Presented at the 1984 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, Baltimore, MD, 1984.
[ bib ]
[900] Alice Davison. Structural case, lexical case and complex predicates. South Asian Language Review VIII, 1998.
[ bib ]
[901] A. Dawar and K. Vijay-Shanker. An interpretation of negation in feature structures. Computational Linguistics, 16(1):11-21, 1990.
[ bib ]
[902] V. P. De Guzman. Indirect objects in Siswati. Studies in African Linguistics, 18:309-325, 1987.
[ bib ]
[903] Frank S. de Boer, Maurizio Gabbrielli, Elena Marchiori, and Catuscia Palamidessi. Proving concurrent constraint programs correct. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems (TOPLAS), 19(5):685-725, 1997.
[ bib ]
[904] Brent de Chene. The treatment of analogy in a formal grammar. In Robin E. Grossman, L. James San, and Timothy J. Vance, editors, Papers from the Eleventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 152-164, University of Chicago, 1975. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[905] Brent de Chene and Stephen R. Anderson. Compensatory lengthening. Language, 55:505-535, 1979.
[ bib ]
[906] Sjaak de May. The dependent plural and the analysis of tense. In V. A. Burke and James Pustejovsky, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1982.
[ bib ]
[907] A. De Roeck, R. Ball, E. K. Brown, C. J. Fox, M. Groefsema, N. Obeid, and R. Turner. Helpful answers to modal and hypothetical questions. In Proceedings of the 5th Meeting of the EACL, Berlin. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[908] A. N. De Roeck, C. J. Fox, B. G. T. Lowden, R. Turner, and B. Walls. A natural language system based on formal semantics. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Current Issues in Computational Linguistics, Penang, Malaysia, June 1991.
[ bib ]
[909] A. N. De Roeck, C. J. Fox, B. G. T. Lowden, R. Turner, and B. Walls. A formal approach to translating English into SQL. In M. S. Jackson and A. E. Robinson, editors, Aspects of Databases (Proceedings of the Ninth British Conference on Databases), Wolverhampton, 1991. Butterworth-Heinmann.
[ bib ]
[910] Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza, Donia R. Scott, and Maria das Graças Volpe Nunes. Enhancing text quality in a question-answering system. In J. P. Martins and E. M. Morgado, editors, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, Number 390, Berlin, 1989. Springer-Verlag.
[ bib ]
[911] Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Speech acts in computer-human interfaces, 1990.
[ bib ]
[912] Morris H. DeGroot. Probability and Statistics. Addison-Wesley, 1975.
[ bib ]
[913] Scott DeLancey. An interpretation of split ergativity and related patterns. Language, 57:626-657, 1981.
[ bib ]
[914] Steven J. DeRose. Grammatical category disambiguation by statistical optimization. Computational Linguistics, 14(1), Winter 1988.
[ bib ]
[915] Paul Deane. Limits to attention: A cognitive theory of island phenomena. Cognitive Linguistics, 2(1):1-63, 1991.
[ bib ]
[916] Thierry Declerk. Modeling information-passing with the LFG Workbench. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[917] Diana Dee-Lucas and Jill H. Larkin. Attentional strategies for studying scientific texts. Memory & Cognition, 16(5):469-479, 1988.
[ bib ]
[918] Diana Dee-Lucas and Jill H. Larkin. Novice rules for assessing importance in scientific texts. Journal of Memory and Language, 27:288-308, 1988.
[ bib ]
[919] K. van Deemter. The Composition of Meaning. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[920] P. Dekker. Existential disclosure. Linguistics and Philosophy, 16(6):561-587, 1993.
[ bib ]
[921] P. Dekker. Transsentential Meditations. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[922] P. Dekker. Predicate logic with anaphora. Technical Report LP-94-11, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[923] Johan de Kleer. An assumption-based TMS. Artificial Intelligence, 28:127-162, 1986.
[ bib ]
[924] Johan de Kleer. Extending the ATMS. Artificial Intelligence, 28:163-196, 1986.
[ bib ]
[925] Johan de Kleer. Problem solving with the ATMS. Artificial Intelligence, 28:197-224, 1986.
[ bib ]
[926] N. C. Dembetembe. A Linguistic Study of the Verb in Korekore. University of Zimbabwe, Harare, Zimbabwe, 1987.
[ bib ]
[927] A. P. Dempster, N. M. Laird, and D. B. Rubin. Maximum likelihood from incomplete data via the em algorithm. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, B. 39, 1977.
[ bib ]
[928] Katherine Demuth. Aspects of Sesotho Language Acquisition. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1983.
[ bib ]
[929] Katherine Demuth. Locatives, impersonals and expletives in Sesotho. The Linguistic Review, 7:233-49, 1990.
[ bib ]
[930] Marcia A. Derr and Kathleen R. McKeown. Using focus to generate complex and simple sentences. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 319-326, 1984.
[ bib ]
[931] Keith Devlin. Logic and Information, Volume 1: Infons and Situations. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1990.
[ bib ]
[932] Keith Devlin. Logic And Information. Cambridge University Press, 1991.
[ bib ]
[933] Anna Maria Di Sciullo and Edwin Williams. On the Definition of Word. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[934] Molly Diesing. Verb movement and the subject position in Yiddish. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8:41-79, 1990.
[ bib ]
[935] Molly Diesing. The Syntactic Roots of Semantic Partition. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts-Amherst, 1990.
[ bib ]
[936] Simon C. Dik. Functional Grammar. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1978.
[ bib ]
[937] George L. Dillon. Introduction to Contemporary Linguistic Semantics. Prentice Hall, 1977.
[ bib ]
[938] Luca Dini and Federica Busa. Generative operations in a constraint-based grammar. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 72-81, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[939] R. M. W. Dixon. The Dyirbal Language of North Queensland. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1972.
[ bib ]
[940] Robert M. W. Dixon. A grammar of Boumaa Fijian. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1988.
[ bib ]
[941] Robert M. W. Dixon. A grammar of Yidiny. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1977.
[ bib ]
[942] Robert M. W. Dixon. Ergativity. Language, 55:59-138, 1979.
[ bib ]
[943] Robert M. W. Dixon. The Languages of Australia. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1980.
[ bib ]
[944] C. Dobrovie-Sorin. Clitic doubling, WH movement and quantification in Romanian. Linguistic Inquiry, 21:351-397, 1990.
[ bib ]
[945] Carmen Dobrovie-Sorin. The Syntax of Romanian: Comparative Studies in Romance. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1994.
[ bib ]
[946] J. Dörre and M. Dorna. Cuf - a formalism for linguistic knowledge representation. Technical Report Deliverable R.1.2a, DYANA 2, 1993.
[ bib ]
[947] J. van der Does and J. van Eijck (eds. ). Generalized Quantifier Theory and Applications. Dutch Network for Language, Logic and Information, Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[948] J. van der Does. Applied Quantifier Logics. PhD thesis, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1992.
[ bib ]
[949] Jaap van der Does. Formalizing E-type anaphora. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 229-248. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[950] C. M. Doke and S. M. Mofokeng. Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar. Longman, London, 1974.
[ bib ]
[951] T. Donaldson. Ngiyambaa. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1980.
[ bib ]
[952] Keith S. Donnellan. Reference and definite descriptions. The Philosophical Review, 75:281-304, 1966.
[ bib ]
[953] Jochen Dörre and William C. Rounds. On subsumption and semiunification in feature algebra. Technical Report 97, IBM Deutschland, 1989.
[ bib ]
[954] Jochen Dörre and Andreas Eisele. Feature logic with disjunctive unification. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, 1990.
[ bib ]
[955] J. Dörre, E. König, and D. Gabbay. Fibred semantics for feature-based grammar logic. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 5:387-422, 1996.
[ bib ]
[956] Ray C. Dougherty. A grammar of coordinate conjoined structures, I. Language, 46(4):850-898, 1970.
[ bib ]
[957] Ray C. Dougherty. A grammar of coordinate conjoined structures, II. Language, 47:298-339, 1971.
[ bib ]
[958] Ray C. Dougherty. The syntax and semantics of each other constructions. Foundations of Language, 12:1-47, 1974.
[ bib ]
[959] Janet W. D. Dougherty. West Futana-Aniwa: An Introduction to a Polynesian Outlier Language. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1983.
[ bib ]
[960] David R. Dowty. Toward a semantic analysis of verb aspect and the English `imperfective' progressive. Linguistics and Philosophy, 1:45-77, 1977.
[ bib ]
[961] David R. Dowty. Word Meaning and Montague Grammar: The Semantics of Verbs and Times in Generative Semantics and in Montague's PTQ, volume 7 of Synthese Language Library. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[962] David R. Dowty. Comments on the paper by Bach and Partee. In Jody Kreiman and Almerindo E. Ojeda, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Pronouns and Anaphora, pages 29-40, University of Chicago, 1980. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[963] David R. Dowty, Robert E. Wall, and Stanley Peters. Introduction to Montague Semantics. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1981.
[ bib ]
[964] D.R. Dowty. Tense, time adverbials and compositional semantic theory. Linguistics and Philosophy, 5:23-58, 1982.
[ bib ]
[965] David R. Dowty. Grammatical relations and Montague Grammar. In Pauline Jacobson and Geoffrey K. Pullum, editors, The Nature of Syntactic Representation, pages 79-130. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[966] David R. Dowty and Belinda Brodie. The semantics of ``floated'' quantifiers in a transformationless grammar. In Mark Cobler, Susannah MacKaye, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Third West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 75-90, Stanford University, 1984. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[967] David R. Dowty. Type raising, functional composition, and non-constituent coordination. Presented at the Tucson Conference on Categorial Grammar, May 31-June 2, 1985, 1985.
[ bib ]
[968] David R. Dowty. The effects of aspectual class on the temporal structure of discourse: Semantics or pragmatics? Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(1):37-62, 1986.
[ bib ]
[969] David R. Dowty. Collective predicates, distributive predicates, and all. In Proceedings of the Third Eastern States Conference on Linguistics, 1986.
[ bib ]
[970] David R. Dowty. Thematic proto roles, subject selection and lexical semantic defaults. Presented at the 1987 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, 1987.
[ bib ]
[971] David R. Dowty. Type-raising, functional composition, and non-constituent conjunction. In Richard T. Oehrle, Emmon Bach, and Deirdre Wheeler, editors, Categorial Grammars and Natural Language Semantics, pages 153-197. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[972] D. R. Dowty. On the semantic content of the notion of `thematic role'. In B. Partee, G. Chierchia, and R. Turner, editors, Properties, Type, and Meanings, volume 2, pages 69-130. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[973] David R. Dowty. Thematic proto roles and argument selection. Language, 67(3):547-619, 1991.
[ bib ]
[974] J. Doyle. A truth maintenance system. Artificial Intelligence, 12:231-272, 1979.
[ bib ]
[975] Jon Doyle. A model for deliberation, action, and introspection. Technical Report AI TR 581, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, 1981.
[ bib ]
[976] J. Doyle. Reason maintenance and belief revision: Foundations vs. coherence theories. In P. Gärdenfors, editor, Belief Revision, Cambridge Tracts in Theoretical Computer Science 29, pages 29-51. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1992.
[ bib ]
[977] Burton Dreben and Warren D. Goldfarb. The Decision Problem: Solvable Classes of Quantificational Formulas. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1979.
[ bib ]
[978] B. Elan Dresher. The Mercian second fronting: A case of rule loss in Old English. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:47-73, 1980.
[ bib ]
[979] B. Elan Dresher. On the learnability of abstract phonology. In C. L. Baker and John J. McCarthy, editors, The logical problem of language acquisition. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[980] B. Elan Dresher. Postlexical phonology in Tiberian Hebrew. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 67-78, Stanford, CA, 1983. Stanford Linguistic Association.
[ bib ]
[981] W. Dressler, editor. Current Trends in Textlinguistics. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1977.
[ bib ]
[982] Fred Dretske. Knowledge and The Flow of Information. Bradford/MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[983] Stefan Fatsis. Federal banking regulators expected to request billions from Drexel. Associated Press Newswire, 1990.
[ bib ]
[984] D. Driever. Aspects of Case Grammar of Mombasa Swahili. Helmut Buske Verlag, Hamburg, 1976.
[ bib ]
[985] Matthew S. Dryer. The positional tendencies of sentential noun phrases in universal grammar. Canadian Journal of Linguistics, 25:123-195, 1980.
[ bib ]
[986] Matthew S. Dryer. Primary objects, secondary objects, and antidative. Language, 62(4):808-845, 1987.
[ bib ]
[987] Stanley Dubinsky and Kemp Williams. Recategorization of prepositions as complementizers: The case of temporal prepositions in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 26(1):125-137, 1995.
[ bib ]
[988] Dudenverlag, Mannheim/Wien/Zürich. Duden Grammatik der deutsche Gegenwartsprache, 1984. Bibliographisches Institut.
[ bib ]
[989] Michael Dukes. Evidence for grammatical functions in Tongan. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[990] Francis M. du Mont. French Grammar. Barnes & Noble Books, New York, second edition, 1950.
[ bib ]
[991] J. A. DuPlessis and M. Visser. Xhosa Syntax. Via Afrika, Pretoria, 1992.
[ bib ]
[992] Allesandro Duranti and Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo. On the notion of `direct object'. In Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo, Allesandro Duranti, and Larry M. Hyman, editors, Haya Grammatical Structure, pages 45-71. Department of Linguistics, University of Southern California, 1977.
[ bib ]
[993] Allesandro Duranti. Object clitic pronouns in Bantu and the topicality hierarchy. Studies in African Linguistics, 10(1):31-45, 1979.
[ bib ]
[994] Mark Durie. A Grammar of Acehnese on the Basis of a Dialect of North Aceh. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[995] Mark Durie. A Grammar of Acehnese. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[996] Mark Durie. Grammatical relations in Acehnese. Studies in Language, 11(2):365-399, 1987.
[ bib ]
[997] Mark Durie. The so-called passive of Acehnese. Language, 64:104-113, 1988.
[ bib ]
[998] C. Dwork, P. C. Kanellakis, and J. C. Mitchell. On the sequential nature of unification. Journal of Logic Programming, 1(1), 1984.
[ bib ]
[999] D. Dwyer. Resource Handbook for African Languages, A Listing of the Institutional, Human and Material Resources for the Teaching and Learning of the Eighty Two Highest Priority African Languages. African Studies Center, Michigan State University, East Lansing, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1000] Stefan Dyla. Across-the-board dependencies and case in Polish. Linguistic Inquiry, 15(4):701-705, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1001] Helge Dyvik. The universality of f-structure: Discovery or stipulation? The case of modals. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[1002] Terry Eagleton. Literary Theory: An Introduction. University of Minnesota Press, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1003] Terry Eagleton. The Ideology of the Aesthetic. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1004] Jay Earley. An efficient context-free algorithm. Communications of the ACM, 13:94-102, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1005] C. M. Eastman. An Investigation of Verbal Extensions in Kenya Coastal Dialects of Swahili with Special Emphasis on Kimvita. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin, 1967.
[ bib ]
[1006] C. M. Eastman. A descriptive statement of operative verbal extension in Swahili. African Language Studies, 10, 1969.
[ bib ]
[1007] K. Eberle. Ereignisse: Ihre logik und ontologie aus textsemantischer sicht. IWBS Report 192, IBM Germany, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1008] Umberto Eco. Semiotics and the Philosophy of Language. Advances in Semiotics. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1009] Umberto Eco, Marco Santambrogio, and Patrizia Violi, editors. Meaning and Mental Representations. Advances in Semiotics. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1010] Jan van Eijck. Generalized quantifiers and traditional logic. In J. van Benthem and A. ter Meulen, editors, Generalized Quantifiers, Theory and Applications. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1011] Jan van Eijck. Computational linguistics: On the borderline of language, logic and computation. In CWI Annual Report, pages 28-32, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1012] Jan van Eijck, editor. Logics in AI / European Workshop JELIA '90 / Amsterdam, September 1990 / Proceedings. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence 478. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1013] Jan van Eijck. Quantification and partiality. In J. van der Does and J. van Eijck, editors, Generalized Quantifier Theory and Applications, pages 49-84. Dutch Network for Language, Logic and Information, Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1014] Jan van Eijck. Quantification. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik (HSK), pages 459-487. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1015] Jan van Eijck and F. J. de Vries. Dynamic interpretation and Hoare deduction. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 1:1-44, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1016] Jan van Eijck and F. J. de Vries. A sound and complete calculus for update logic. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 133-152. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1017] Jan van Eijck and G. Cepparello. Una lettura dinamica della logica epistemica dei predicati. In Atti degli incontri di logica matematica, volume VIII, pages 169-175. Universita di Camerino, Camerino, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1018] Jan van Eijck and N. Francez. Procedural semantics, verb-phrase ellipsis, and presupposition. Technical Report CS-R9311, CWI, Amsterdam, 1993. Also in: Proceedings APLOG conference, Dec 1992, Amsterdam.
[ bib ]
[1019] Jan van Eijck and Nguyen Quoc Toan. Understanding the world: From facts to concepts, from concepts to propositions. Technical Report CS-N9301, CWI, Amsterdam, February, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1020] Jan van Eijck. The dynamics of description. Journal of Semantics, 10:239-267, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1021] Jan van Eijck and G. Cepparello. Dynamic modal predicate logic. In M. Kanazawa and C. J. Pinón, editors, Dynamics, Polarity and Quantification, pages 251-276. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1022] Jan van Eijck and A. Visser, editors. Logic and Information Flow. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1023] Jan van Eijck. Presupposition failure - a comedy of errors. Formal Aspects of Computing, 6:1-22, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1024] Jan van Eijck. Axiomatizing dynamic predicate logic with quantified dynamic logic. In J. van Eijck and A. Visser, editors, Logic and Information Flow, pages 30-48. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1025] Jan van Eijck. The dynamics of theory extension. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 249-267. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1026] Jan van Eijck and Hans Kamp. Representing discourse in context. In Johan van Benthem and Alice ter Meulen, editors, Handbook of Logic and Language, pages 179-237. Elsevier/The MIT Press, Amsterdam/Boston, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1027] Jan van Eijck and Nissim Francez. Verb-phrase ellipsis in dynamic semantics. In Laszlo Polos and Michael Masuch, editors, Applied Logic: How, What and Why? Logical Approaches to Natural Language, pages 29-60. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1028] Robert Martin Eisberg. Fundamentals of Modern Physics. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1961.
[ bib ]
[1029] Andreas Eisele and Jochen Dörre. Unification of disjunctive feature descriptions. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Buffalo, NY, pages 286-294. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1030] Peter Eisenberg. A note on ``identity of constituents''. Linguistic Inquiry, 4(3):417-420, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1031] Peter Eisenberg. A note on `identity of constituents'. Linguistic Inquiry, 4:417-420, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1032] Leonard Eisenbud. On the classical laws of motion. American Journal of Physics, 26(2):144-159, 1958.
[ bib ]
[1033] Jeremy Ellman. An indirect approach to types of speech acts. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 600-602, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1034] Benjamín Elson. Gramatica Popoluca de la Sierra. Universidad Veracruzana, Xalapa, Mexico, 1960.
[ bib ]
[1035] D. Elworthy. The Semantics of Noun Phrase Anaphora. PhD thesis, University of Cambridge, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1036] Martin Emele, Ulreich Heid, Stefan Momma, and Rémi Zajac. Organizing linguistic knowledge for multilingual generation. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, volume 3, pages 102-107, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1037] E.A. Emerson. Temporal and modal logic. In J. van Leeuwen, editor, Handbook of Theoretical Computer Science, Volume B, pages 995-1072. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1038] Joseph E. Emonds. Root and Structure-Preserving Transformations. PhD thesis, MIT, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1039] Joseph E. Emonds. A Transformational Approach to English Syntax. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1040] Joseph E. Emonds. A Unified Theory of Syntactic Categories. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1041] Mürvet Enç. Tense Without Scope: An Analysis of Nouns as Indexicals. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1981. Distributed by IULC.
[ bib ]
[1042] Mürvet Enç. Towards a referential analysis of temporal expressions. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(4):405-426, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1043] Mürvet Enç. Pronouns, licensing, and binding. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 7(1):51-92, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1044] H.B. Enderton. A Mathematical Introduction to Logic. Academic Press, New York, 1972.
[ bib ]
[1045] Elisabet Engdahl. Wh-constructions in Swedish and the relevance of subjacency. In Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. Cahiers Linguistiques d'Ottawa, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1046] Elisabet Engdahl. The syntax and semantics of questions in Swedish. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1047] Elisabet Engdahl. Restrictions on unbounded dependencies in Swedish. In Elisabet Engdahl and Eva Ejerhed, editors, Readings on Unbounded Dependencies in Scandinavian Languages, pages 151-174. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1048] Elisabet Engdahl. Parasitic gaps. Linguistics and Philosophy, 6(1):5-34, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1049] Elisabet Engdahl. Constituent Questions. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1050] Elisabet Engdahl. Argument roles and anaphora. In R. Cooper, K. Mukai, and J. Perry, editors, Situation Theory and its Applications, volume I, pages 379-393. CSLI and University of Chicago, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1051] Elisabet Engdahl. The choice between bli-passive and s-passive in Danish, Norwegian and Swedish. ms, Goteborg University, 1999.
[ bib | .ps ]
[1052] Masatsugu Enomoto. On the accentual modifications in Japanese: Their implications to the theory of lexical phonology. Master's thesis, Stanford University, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1053] Gregor Erbach and Brigitte Krenn. Idioms and support verb constructions. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 365 - 396. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1054] Gregor Erbach. Multi-dimensional inheritance. In H. Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 102 - 111, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1055] Nomi Erteschik. On the Nature of Island Constraints. PhD thesis, MIT, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1056] J.B. Escriba. Two formal systems for situation semantics. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic, 33:70-88, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1057] John W. Essam and Michael E. Fisher. Some basic definitions in graph theory. Reviews of Modern Physics, 42:271-288, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1058] M. Esztergár. A generative phonology of nouns and vowel harmony in Hungarian. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1059] Euclid. The Elements. In Greek Mathematical Works, volume 1, from Thales to Euclid. The Loeb Classical Library, 1939. Translated by Ivor Thomas.
[ bib ]
[1060] G. Evans. Pronouns, quantifiers and relative clauses. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 7:467-536, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1061] Gareth Evans. Pronouns, quantifiers, and relative clauses. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 7:467-536, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1062] Gareth Evans. Pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry, 11(2):337-362, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1063] Roger Evans and Gerald Gazdar. DATR: A language for lexical knowledge representation. Computational Linguistics, 22(2):167-216, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1064] Martin Everaert. Contextual determination of the anaphor/pronominal distinction. In Jan Koster and Eric Reuland, editors, Long-Distance Anaphora. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1065] Dan Everett and Lucy Seki. Reduplication and CV skeleta in Kamaiura. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:346-330, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1066] C. Fabricius-Hansen. Tempus. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik (HSK), pages 722-748. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1067] S. Fageberg. Discourse strategies in Pular: The use of focus. Studies in African Linguistics, 14:141-157, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1068] R. Fagin and J. Y. Halpern. Belief, awareness and limited reasoning. Artificial Intelligence, 34:39-76, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1069] R. Fagin and J. Y. Halpern. I'm OK if you're OK. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 17:329-354, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1070] Yehuda N. Falk. Constituency, word order, and phrase structure rules. Linguistic Analysis, 11:331-360, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1071] Yehuda N. Falk. The English auxiliary system: A Lexical-Functional analysis. Language, 60(3):483-509, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1072] Yehuda N. Falk. Pivots and the theory of grammatical functions. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[1073] Yehuda N. Falk. Lexical-Functional Grammar: An Introduction to Parallel Constraint-Based Syntax. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001.
[ bib ]
[1074] Leonard M. Faltz. Reflexivization: A Study in Universal Syntax. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1977. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1075] Gunnar Fant. Speech Sounds and Features. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1076] Donka Farkas and Almerindo Ojeda. Agreement and coordinate NPs. Linguistics, 21:659-673, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1077] Donka Farkas. On the syntactic position of focus in Hungarian. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4:77-96, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1078] Donka Farkas and Patrice Beddor. Privative and equipollent backness in Hungarian. In Anna Bosch, Barbara Need, and Eric Schiller, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Autosegmental and Metrical Phonology, University of Chicago, 1987. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1079] Ann Farmer. On the Interaction of Morphology and Syntax. PhD thesis, MIT, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1080] Ann Farmer. Modularity in Syntax. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1081] Ann Farmer, Ken Hale, and Natsuko Tsujimura. A note on weak crossover in Japanese. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4(1):33-42, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1082] Ann Farmer. They Held Each Other's Breath and other puzzles for the binding theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 18:157-163, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1083] Abdulkader Fassi-Fehri. Complémentation et Anaphore en Arabe Moderne: Une Approche Lexicale Fonctionelle. PhD thesis, Université de Paris III, Paris, France, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1084] Abdulkader Fassi-Fehri. Agreement in Arabic, binding, and coherence. In Michael Barlow and Charles A. Ferguson, editors, Agreement in Natural Language: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1085] David A. Fay and Anne Cutler. Malapropisms and the structure of the mental lexicon. Linguistic Inquiry, 8:505-520, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1086] Mark Feinstein. Prenasalization and syllable structure. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:245-278, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1087] Jacob Feldman. Regularity-based perceptual grouping. Technical Report RuCCS TR-21, Rutgers Center for Cognitive Science, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1088] Amy P. Felty and Dale A. Miller. Specifying theorem provers in a higher-order logic programming language. In Ewing L. Lusk and Ross A. Overbeek, editors, 9th International Conference on Automated Deduction, Argonne, Illinois, 1988. Springer-Verlag.
[ bib ]
[1089] Jens Erik Fenstad, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, Tore Langholm, and Johan van Benthem. Equations, schemata and situations: A framework for linguistic semantics. Technical Report 29, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1090] Jens-Erik Fenstad, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, Tore Langholm, and Johan van Benthem. Situations, Language, and Logic. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1091] Jens Erik Fenstad, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, Tore Langholm, and Johan van Benthem. Situations, Language and Logic. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1092] Jens Eric Fenstad, Tore Langholm, and Espen Vestre. Representations and interpretations. Technical Report COSMOS No. 9, Department of Mathematics, University of Oslo, 1989. Also in Proceedings of the Workshop on Computational Linguistics and Formal Semantics, Lugano, August-September, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1093] T. Fernando. A primitive recursive set theory and afa. Technical Report CS-R9213, CWI, Amsterdam, March 1992.
[ bib ]
[1094] T. Fernando. The donkey strikes back. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 130-138. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1095] T. Fernando. Operational semantics, bisimulations and logical complexity. Technical Report CS-R9355, CWI, Amsterdam, August 1993.
[ bib ]
[1096] T. Fernando. Transition systems and dynamic semantics. Technical Report CS-R9217, CWI, Amsterdam, June, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1097] T. Fernando. Provably recursive programs. Technical Report CS-R9212, CWI, Amsterdam, March, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1098] Paul Feyerabend. Realism, rationalism, and scientific method. Cambridge University Press, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1099] Richard P. Feynman, Robert B. Leighton, and Matthew Sands. The Feynman Lectures on Physics: Mainly Mechanics, Radiation and Heat, volume 1. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1963.
[ bib ]
[1100] James L. Fidelholtz. Word frequency and vowel reduction in English. In Robin E. Grossman, L. James San, and Timothy J. Vance, editors, Papers from the Eleventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 200-213, University of Chicago, 1975. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1101] Robert Fiengo and Howard Lasnik. The logical structure of reciprocal sentences in English. Foundations of Language, 9(4):447-468, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1102] Robert Fiengo and Robert May. Indices and Identity. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1103] Robert Fiengo and Robert May. Anaphora and identity. In Shalom Lappin, editor, Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory, pages 117-144. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1104] Charles J. Fillmore. The case for case. In Emmon Bach and Robert T. Harms, editors, Universals in Linguistic Theory, pages 1-210. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York, 1968.
[ bib ]
[1105] Charles J. Fillmore. Santa Cruz lectures on deixis. Indiana University Linguistics Club, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1106] Charles J. Fillmore. An alternative to checklist theories of meaning. In Cathy Cogen, Henry Thompson, Graham Thurgood, Kenneth Whistler, and James Wright, editors, Proceedings of the First Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 123-131, University of California, Berkeley, 1975. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1107] Charles J. Fillmore. Topics in lexical semantics. In Roger Cole, editor, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 76-138. Indiana University Press, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1108] Charles J. Fillmore. The case for case reopened. In Peter Cole and Jerrold Sadock, editors, Grammatical Relations, volume 8 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 59-81. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1109] Charles J. Fillmore. Pragmatics and the description of discourse. In Peter Cole, editor, Radical Pragmatics. Academic Press, New York, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1110] Charles J. Fillmore. Frame semantics. In The Linguistic Society of Korea, editor, Linguistics in the Morning Calm. Hanshin, Seoul, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1111] Charles J. Fillmore. Ideal readers and real readers. In Deborah Tannen, editor, Analyzing Discourse: Text and Talk, Georgetown University Round Table on Language and Linguistics, pages 248-270. Georgetown University Press, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1112] Charles J. Fillmore. Monitoring the reading process. In The Linguistic Society of Korea, editor, Linguistics in the Morning Calm, pages 329-348. Hanshin, Seoul, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1113] Charles J. Fillmore. Frames and the semantics of understanding. Quaderni di Semantica, 6(2), 1985.
[ bib ]
[1114] Charles J. Fillmore. Linguistics as a tool for discourse analysis. In Handbook of Discourse Analysis, Vol. 1: Disciplines of Discourse. Academic Press, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1115] Charles J. Fillmore. Syntactic intrusions and the notion of grammatical construction. In Mary Niepokuj, Mary VanClay, Vassiliki Nikiforidou, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, University of California, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1116] Charles J. Fillmore. Pragmatically controlled zero anaphora. In Vassiliki Nikiforidou, Mary VanClay, Mary Niepokuj, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 95-107, University of California, Berkeley, 1986. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1117] K. Fine. Logics containing k4. Journal of Symbolic Logic, 39:31-42, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1118] K. Fine. Truth, vagueness and logic. Synthese, 30, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1119] K. Fine. Some connections between elementary and modal logic. In S. Kanger, editor, Proceedings of the third Scandinavian Logic Symposium, Uppsala 1973, pages 15-31, Amsterdam, 1975. North-Holland.
[ bib ]
[1120] K. Fine. Reasoning With Arbitrary Objects. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1121] Daniel L. Finer. The Formal Grammar of Switch-Reference. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1122] M. Finger and D. M. Gabbay. Adding a temporal dimension to a logic system. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 1:203-233, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1123] Harry F. Rosenthal. Agency orders UPS to resume fireworks deliveries-after July 4th. Associated Press Newswire, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1124] Stanley Fish. Is There a Text in this Class? The Authority of Interpretive Communities. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1125] W. Fisher and I. Hirsh. Intervocalic flapping in English. In Salikoko S. Mufwene, Carol A. Walker, and Sanford B. Steever, editors, Papers from the Twelfth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 183-198, University of Chicago, 1976. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1126] M.C. Fitting. Intuitionistic Logic: Model Theory and Forcing. Studies in Logic and the Foundations of Mathematics. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1969.
[ bib ]
[1127] M. Fitting. First-order Logic and Automated Theorem Proving. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1128] D. Fivaz and J. Ratzlaff. Shona Language Lessons. Word of Life Publications, Harare, Zimbabwe, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1129] L. Fleck. Genesis and Development of a Scientific Fact. Chicago University Press, 1979. First published in German in 1935.
[ bib ]
[1130] Daniel P. Flickinger. Panel on natural language and databases. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 188-189, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1131] Daniel P. Flickinger. Lexical rules in the hierarchical lexicon. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1132] Daniel P. Flickinger and John Nerbonne. Inheritance and complementation: A case study of easy adjectives and related nouns. Computational Linguistics, 18(3):269-309, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1133] Jerry A. Fodor, Thomas G. Bever, and Merrill F. Garrett. The Psychology of Language. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1134] J. Fodor. The Language of Thought. Harvard University Press, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1135] Janet Dean Fodor. Parsing strategies and constraints on transformations. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:427-473, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1136] Jerry A. Fodor and Janet D. Fodor. Functional structure, quantifiers, and meaning postulates. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:759-770, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1137] Jerry A. Fodor. The Modularity of Mind. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1138] Janet Dean Fodor. Constraints on gaps: Is the parser a significant influence? In Brian Butterworth, Bernard Comrie, and Östen Dahl, editors, Explanations for language universals, pages 9-34. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1139] Jerry A. Fodor. Fodor's guide to mental representation: The intelligent Auntie's vade-mecum. Mind, pages 76-100, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1140] Jerry A. Fodor. Why Paramecia don't have mental representations. Midwest Studies in Philosophy, X:3-22, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1141] William Foley and Robert D. Van Valin. On the viability of the notion of ``subject'' in universal grammar. In Kenneth Whistler, Jr. Robert D. Van Valin, Chris Chiarello, Jeri J. Jaeger, Miriam Petruck, Henry Thompson, Ronya Javkin, and Anthony Woodbury, editors, Proceedings of the Third Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 293-320, University of California, Berkeley, 1977. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1142] William A. Foley and Robert D. Van Valin. Functional syntax and universal grammar. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1143] William A. Foley. The Yimas Language of New Guinea. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1144] Dagfinn Føllesdal. Intentionality and behaviorism. In Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science VI. Proceedings of the Sixth International Congress of Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science, pages 553-569, Hannover, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1145] Kenneth D. Forbus. Qualitative process theory. PhD thesis, MIT, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1146] Kenneth D. Forbus and Johan de Kleer. Building problem solvers: Program notes on Truth Maintenance Systems. Notes for a tutorial at AAAI-90, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1147] Paul Forchheimer. The Category of Person in Language. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1953.
[ bib ]
[1148] Marilyn Ford, Joan Bresnan, and Ronald M. Kaplan. A competence-based theory of syntactic closure. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 727-796. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1149] Marilyn Ford and Mary Dalrymple. A note on some psychological evidence and alternative grammars. Cognition, 29:63-71, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1150] George Fortune. An Analytical Grammar of Shona. Longman, London, 1955.
[ bib ]
[1151] George Fortune. Elements of Shona. Longman, London, second edition, 1967.
[ bib ]
[1152] George Fortune. Shona Grammatical Constructions. Mercury Press, Harare, Zimbabwe, third edition, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1153] Mary L. Foster and George M. Foster. Sierra Popoluca Speech. Smithsonian Institution, 1948. Institute of Social Anthropology, Publication 8.
[ bib ]
[1154] Barbara A. Fox and Sandra A. Thompson. A discourse explanation of the grammar of relative clauses in English conversation. Language, 66(2):297-616, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1155] C.J. Fox. Plurals and Mass Terms in Property Theory. PhD thesis, University of Essex, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1156] Chris Fox. Discourse representation, type theory and property theory. In H. Bunt, R. Muskens, and G. Rentier, editors, International Workshop on Computational Semantics, Tilburg, ITK, December 1994, pages 71-80, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1157] Chris Fox. Individuals and their guises: A property-theoretic analysis. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, volume II, pages 301-312, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1158] B.C. van Fraassen. Singular terms, truth-value gaps and free logic. Journal of Philosophy, 63:481-495, 1966.
[ bib ]
[1159] R. Cooper, R. Crouch, J. van Eijck, C. Fox, J. van Genabith, J. Jaspars, H. Kamp, M. Pinkal, D. Milward, M. Poesio, and S. Pulman. Building the framework. Technical Report FraCaS deliverable D16, FraCaS: A Framework for Computational Semantics, 1996. Also available by anonymous ftp from ftp. cogsci. ed. ac. uk, pub/FRACAS/del16. ps. gz. NB: what this address gives is a paper called USING THE FRAMEWORK.
[ bib ]
[1160] W. Nelson Francis and Henry Kucera. Frequency Analysis of English Usage: lexicon and grammar. Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1161] A. Frank and U. Reyle. How to cope with scrambling and scope. In G. Görtz, editor, CONVENS 92. Springer, Berlin, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1162] Annette Frank. Verb second by underspecification. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 121 - 130, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1163] Anette Frank. A note on complex predicate formation: Evidence from auxiliary selection, reflexivization, and past participle agreement in French and Italian. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[1164] Anette Frank and Josef van Genabith. Glue Tag: Linear logic based semantics construction for LTAG - and what it teaches us about the relation between LFG and LTAG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2001 Conference, 2001.
[ bib | .html ]
[1165] Anette Frank. Optimality theory style constraint ranking in large-scale LFG grammars. In Peter Sells, editor, Formal and Empirical Issues in Optimality Theoretic Syntax. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001.
[ bib ]
[1166] Anette Frank and Annie Zaenen. Tense in LFG: Syntax and morphology. In Hans Kamp and Uwe Reyle, editors, How we say WHEN it happens: Contributions to the theory of temporal reference in natural language. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2002. To appear.
[ bib ]
[1167] Anette Frank, Louisa Sadler, Josef van Genabith, and Andy Way. From treebank resources to LFG f-structures. In Anne Abeillé, editor, Building and Using Syntactically Annotated Corpora, pages 367-389. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989. To appear.
[ bib ]
[1168] Steven Franks. On parallelism in across-the-board dependencies. Linguistic Inquiry, 24(3):509-529, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1169] Steven Franks. Parameters of Slavic Morphosyntax. Oxford University Press, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1170] Steven Franks and Tracy Holloway King. A Handbook of Slavic Clitics. Oxford University Press, New York, 2000.
[ bib ]
[1171] Donald G. Frantz. Grammatical relations in Universal Grammar. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1172] Donald G. Frantz. Syntactic constraints on noun incorporation in Southern Tiwa. In Mary Niepokuj, Mary VanClay, Vassiliki Nikiforidou, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, University of California, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1173] Bruce Fraser. A note on the spray paint cases. Linguistic Inquiry, 2:603-607, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1174] Robert E. Frederking. Integrated Natural Language Dialogue: A Computational Model. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1175] Alice F. Freed. The Semantics of English Aspectual Complementation, volume 8 of Synthese Language Library. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1176] D. C. Freeman, editor. Essays in modern stylistics. Methuen, London, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1177] G. Frege. Begriffsschrift, eine der arithmetischen nachgebildete Formelprache des reinen Denkens. Verlag Nebert, Halle, 1879.
[ bib ]
[1178] E. C. Freuder. Synthesizing constraint expressions. In Communications of the ACM, volume 21, pages 958-966, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1179] Werner Frey, Uwe Reyle, and Christian Rohrer. Automatic construction of a knowledge base by analysing texts in natural language. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, volume 2, West Germany, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1180] Werner Frey and Uwe Reyle. A Prolog implementation of Lexical Functional Grammar as a base for a natural language processing system. In Proceedings of the 1st Meeting of the European Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 52-56, Pisa, Italy, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1181] Werner Frey, Uwe Reyle, and Christian Rohrer. Analysing texts in natural language. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 727-729, Karlsruhe, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1182] Werner Frey and Uwe Reyle. A PROLOG implementation of Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 727-729, Karlsruhe, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1183] Werner Frey. Syntaktische Bedingungen für die Interpretation - über Bindung, implizite Argumente und Skopus. PhD thesis, Universität Stuttgart, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1184] W. Frey and T. Tappe. Zur interpretation der x-bar theorie und zur syntax des mittelfeldes. grundlagen eines gb-fragments. Arbeitspapiere des sonderforschungsbereichs 340, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1185] W. Frey. Syntaktische Bedingungen für die semantische Interpretation. studia grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1186] Harvey Friedman. Equality between functionals. In R. Parikh, editor, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 453, pages 22-37. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1187] David M. Frohlich. Conversational dynamics for emergent explanations. Presented at the Fourth Alvey Explanation Workshop, University of Manchester, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1188] Victoria Fromkin. The non-anomalous nature of anomalous utterances. Language, 47:27-52, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1189] John Fry. Negative polarity licensing at the syntax-semantics interface. Technical Report ISTL-NLTT-1996-11-01, Xerox PARC, Palo Alto, CA, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1190] John Fry. Negative polarity licensing at the syntax-semantics interface. In Proceedings of EACL/ACL98: Joint Meeting of the 35th Annual Meeting of the ACL and the 8th Meeting of the EACL, Madrid. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1191] John Fry. Proof nets and negative polarity licensing. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach, pages 91-116. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1192] John Fry. Resource-logical event semantics for LFG. Presented at LFG99, University of Manchester, 1999.
[ bib | .ps ]
[1193] A. Fuhrmann. On the modal logic of theory change. In A. Fuhrmann and M. Morreau, editors, The Logic of Theory Change, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence 465, pages 259-281. Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1194] Tetsunosuke Fujisaki. A stochastic approach to sentence parsing. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 16-19, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1195] Naoki Fukui. A Theory of Category Projection and Its Applications. PhD thesis, MIT, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1196] Kazuhiko Fukushima. A typology in the higher-order unification approach to ellipsis. In Joshua S. Gunter, Barbara A. Kaiser, and Cheryl C. Zoll, editors, Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 381-389, University of California, Berkeley, 1992. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1197] Brian V. Funt. Problem-solving with diagrammatic representations. Artificial Intelligence, 13(3):201-230, 1980. Reprinted in [pp. 441-456]Brachman:Readings.
[ bib ]
[1198] Dov M. Gabbay. Labelled Deductive Systems. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1199] William A. Gale and Kenneth W. Church. Poor estimates of context are worse than none. In Proceedings of the DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Hidden Valley, PA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1200] Galileo Galilei. Dialogues Concerning Two New Sciences. Macmillan, London, 1914. Translation by Henry Crew and Alfonso de Salvio.
[ bib ]
[1201] Daniel Gallin. Intensional and Higher-Order Modal Logic, volume 19 of North-Holland Mathematics Studies. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1202] L. T. F. Gamut. Logic, Language, and Meaning. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1203] L. T. F. Gamut. Logic, Language, and Meaning, volume 1: Introduction to Logic. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1204] L. T. F. Gamut. Logic, Language, and Meaning, volume 2: Intensional Logic and Logical Grammar. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1205] P. Gärdenfors, editor. Generalized Quantifiers. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1206] P. Gärdenfors and D. Makinson. Revisions of knowledge systems using epistemic entrenchment. In M. Y. Vardi, editor, Theoretical Aspects of Reasoning about Knowledge: Proceedings of the Second Conference, pages 83-96. Morgan Kaufmann, Los Altos, CA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1207] P. Gärdenfors. Knowledge in Flux: Modelling the Dynamics of Epistemic States. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1208] P. Gärdenfors. The dynamics of belief systems: Foundations vs. coherence theories. Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 172:24-46, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1209] C. Gardent. Dynamic semantics and vp-ellipsis. In J. van Eijck, editor, Logics in AI / European Workshop JELIA '90 / Amsterdam, September 1990 / Proceedings, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence 478, pages 251-266. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1210] C. Gardent. Gapping and VP Ellipsis in a Unification-Based Grammar. PhD thesis, Univ. of Edinburgh, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1211] C. Gardent. A unification-based approach to multiple vp ellipsis resolution. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 139-148. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1212] Howard Garey. Verte, grande and longue: Three types of analogy in Old French. Language, 35:605-611, 1959.
[ bib ]
[1213] Roger Garside, Geoffrey Leech, and Geoffrey Sampson, editors. The Computational Analysis of English. Longman, London, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1214] Alan Garvey, Michael Hewett, and M. Vaughan Johnson Jr. BB1 user manual-Common LISP version 2.0. Technical Report KSL 86-61, Stanford University Knowledge Systems Laboratory, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1215] J. Gary and Edward Keenan. On collapsing grammatical relations in universal grammar. In Peter Cole and Jerrold M. Sadock, editors, Grammatical Relations, volume 8 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 83-120. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1216] J. Gary. Object formation rules in several Bantu languages: Questions and implications for universal grammar. In Woodford A. Beach, Samuel E. Fox, and Shulamith Philosoph, editors, Papers from the Thirteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 125-136, University of Chicago, 1977. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1217] William H. Gass. Habitations of the Word. A Touchstone Book. Simon & Schuster, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1218] Rolf Gavare. Graph Description of Linguistic Structures. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm, 1972.
[ bib ]
[1219] Jean Mark Gawron. Lexical Representations and the Semantics of Complementation. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1220] Jean Mark Gawron. Types, contents and semantic objects. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9:427-476, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1221] Jean Mark Gawron. Valence structure preservation and demotion. In Anne M. Farley, Peter T. Farley, and Karl-Erik McCullough, editors, Papers from the Twenty-Second Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 51-64, University of Chicago, 1986. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1222] Jean Mark Gawron and Stanley Peters. The absorption principle and E-type anaphora. In Jon Barwise, Jean Mark Gawron, Gordon Plotkin, and Syun Tutiya, editors, Situation Theory and Its Applications, Volume 2, CSLI Lecture Notes, number 26. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1223] Jean Mark Gawron and Stanley Peters. Some puzzles about pronouns. In Robin Cooper, Kuniaki Mukai, and John Perry, editors, Situation Theory and Its Applications, Volume 1, CSLI Lecture Notes, number 22. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1224] Jean Mark Gawron and Stanley Peters. Anaphora and quantification in Situation Semantics. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 19. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1225] Jean Mark Gawron. Focus and ellipsis in comparatives and superlatives: A case study. In Chris Barker and David Dowty, editors, The Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory: SALT II, pages 79-98. Department of Linguistics, Ohio State University, 1992. Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics, Number 40.
[ bib ]
[1226] Jean Mark Gawron. Same and different as measure adjectives. ms, SRI International, Menlo Park, CA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1227] Jean Mark Gawron. Comparatives, superlatives, and resolution. Linguistics and Philosophy, 18(4):333-380, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1228] L. S. Gay and W. B. Croft. Interpreting nominal compounds for information retrieval. Information Processing & Management, 26(1):31-38, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1229] G. Gazdar. A solution to the projection problem. In C.-K. Oh and D. Dinneen, editors, Syntax and Semantics 11: Presupposition, pages 57-89. Academic Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1230] Gerald Gazdar. A cross-categorial semantics for coordination. Linguistics and Philosophy, 3:407-409, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1231] Gerald Gazdar and Geoffrey K. Pullum. Subcategorization, constituent order, and the notion `head'. In Michael Moortgat, Harry van der Hulst, and Teun Hoekstra, editors, The Scope of Lexical Rules, pages 107-123. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1232] Gerald Gazdar. Unbounded dependencies and coordinate structure. Linguistic Inquiry, 12:155-184, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1233] Gerald Gazdar, Geoffrey K. Pullum, and Ivan A. Sag. Auxiliaries and related phenomena in a restrictive theory of grammar. Language, 58:591-638, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1234] Gerald Gazdar. Phrase structure grammar. In Pauline Jacobson and Geoffrey K. Pullum, editors, The Nature of Syntactic Representation, pages 131-186. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1235] Gerald Gazdar. Phrase structure grammars and natural languages. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 556-565, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1236] Gerald Gazdar, Ewan Klein, Geoffrey K. Pullum, and Ivan A. Sag. Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1237] Gerald Gazdar and Chris Mellish. Natural Language Processing in Prolog: An Introduction to Computational Linguistics. Addison-Wesley, Workingham, UK, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1238] P. Geach and M. Black, editors. Translations from the Philosophical Writings of Gottlob Frege. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1952.
[ bib ]
[1239] P.T. Geach. Reference and Generality: An Examination of Some Medieval and Modern Theories. Cornell University Press, Ithaca and London, 1962 (Third revised edition: 1980).
[ bib ]
[1240] J. P. Gee. Jackendoff's thematic hierarchy condition and the passive construction. Linguistic Inquiry, 5:304-308, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1241] Manfred Gehrke. Syntax, semantics, and pragmatics in concert: An incremental, multilevel approach in reconstructing task-oriented dialogues. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 721-723, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1242] J. van Genabith, S. Markantonatou, S. Sadler, and M. Verhagen. English hpsg in alep. In S. Markantonatou and S. Sadler, editors, Grammatical Formalisms: Issues in Migration, in Studies in Machine Translation and Natural Language Processing, Volume 4, pages 91-116. CEC, Bruxelles, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1243] Josef van Genabith and Richard Crouch. Direct and underspecified interpretations of LFG f-structures. In Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING96), Copenhagen, pages 262-267, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1244] Josef van Genabith and Richard Crouch. F-structures, QLFs and UDRSs. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[1245] Josef van Genabith and Richard Crouch. How to glue a donkey to an f-structure, or porting a dynamic meaning representation into LFG's linear logic based glue-language semantics. In International Workshop for Computational Semantics, Tilburg, Proceedings, pages 52-65, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1246] Josef van Genabith and Richard Crouch. On interpreting f-structures as UDRSs. In Proceedings of EACL/ACL98: Joint Meeting of the 35th Annual Meeting of the ACL and the 8th Meeting of the EACL, Madrid. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1247] Josef van Genabith and Richard Crouch. How to glue a donkey to an f-structure: Porting a dynamic meaning representation into LFG's linear logic based glue-language semantics. In Harry Bunt and Reinhard Muskens, editors, Computing Meaning, volume 1, pages 129-148. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1248] Josef van Genabith and Richard Crouch. Dynamic and underspecified semantics for LFG. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1249] Michael R. Genesereth and Nils J. Nilsson. Logical Foundations of Artificial Intelligence. Morgan Kaufmann, Los Altos, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1250] Emma Shiriiazdanovna Geniusiene. The Typology of Reflexives. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1251] Carol Georgopoulos. Variables in Palauan syntax. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 3(1):59-94, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1252] Carol Georgopoulos. Canonical government and the specifier parameter: An ECP account of weak crossover. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 9(1):1-46, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1253] Carol Georgopoulos. Syntactic variables: Resumptive pronouns and A' binding in Palauan. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1254] Dale Gerdemann. Complement inheritance as subcategorization inheritance. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 341 - 363. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1255] Donna Gerdts. Antipassives and causatives in Halkomelem. In Bruce R. Caron, Meredith A. B. Hoffman, Marilyn Silva, and Jeanne Van Oosten, editors, Proceedings of the Sixth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 300-314, University of California, Berkeley, 1980. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1256] Henry Gerfen. Reciprocity in Spanish: A puzzle of scope. In Proceedings of WECOL 9, pages 152-163, Vancouver, 1991. Simon Fraser University.
[ bib ]
[1257] Geurts. Presupposition. PhD thesis, Universität Stuttgart, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1258] Douglas C. Giancoli. Physics. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1259] Jeanne D. Gibson. Clause union in Chamorro and in universal grammar. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1260] Jeanne Gibson and I. Özkaragöz. The syntactic nature of the Turkish causative. In Roberta A. Hendrick, Carrie S. Masek, and Mary Frances Miller, editors, Papers from the Seventeenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 83-98, University of Chicago, 1981. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1261] Jeanne D. Gibson. The Chomeur relation and multiple levels. In Daniel P. Flickinger, Marlys Macken, and Nancy Wiegand, editors, Proceedings of the First West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 319-329, Stanford, CA, 1982. Stanford Linguistic Association.
[ bib ]
[1262] Jeanne Gibson and Eduardo Raposo. Clause union, the Stratal Uniqueness Law and the Chomeur relation. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4:295-333, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1263] Brendan Gillon. The readings of plural noun phrases in English. Linguistics and Philosophy, 10:199-219, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1264] B. Gillon. Ambiguity, generality, and indeterminacy: Tests and definitions. Synthese, 85:391-416, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1265] Brendan Gillon. Plural noun phrases and their readings: A reply to Lasersohn. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(4):477-485, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1266] M. Ginsberg. Counterfactuals. Artificial Intelligence, 30(1):35-79, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1267] M.L. Ginzberg. Bilattices and modal operators. In Theoretical Aspects of Reasoning about Knowledge, pages 273-287, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1268] Jonathan Ginzburg. On the non-unity of symmetric predicates: Monadic comitatives and dyadic equivalence relations. In Juli Carter, Rose-Marie Déchaine, Bill Philip, and Tim Sherer, editors, Proceedings of the Twentieth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1269] J. Ginzburg. Questions, Queries and Facts: a Semantics and Pragmatics for Interrogatives. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1270] Jonathan Ginzburg. Resolving questions. Technical Report HCRC/RP-46, University of Edinburgh, Human Communication Research Centre, Edinburgh, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1271] Jonathan Ginzburg. Interrogatives: Questions, facts, and dialogue. In Shalom Lappin, editor, Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1272] Jonathan Ginzburg. Questions, Queries, and Facts: A Semantics and Pragmatics for Interrogatives. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001. To appear.
[ bib ]
[1273] Alessandra Giorgi. Toward a theory of long-distance anaphors. The Linguistic Review, 3:307-361, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1274] Alessandra Giorgi. The notion of Complete Functional Complex: Some evidence from Italian. Linguistic Inquiry, 18:511-518, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1275] Jean-Yves Girard. The system F of variable types, fifteen years later. Theoretical Computer Science, 45(2):159-192, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1276] Jean-Yves Girard. Linear logic. Theoretical Computer Science, 50:1-102, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1277] Jean-Yves Girard. Proofs and Types, volume 7 of Cambridge Tracts in Theoretical Computer Science. Cambridge University Press, 1989. Translated and with appendices by Y. Lafont and P. Taylor.
[ bib ]
[1278] Talmy Givón. The magical number two, Bantu pronouns and the theory of pronominalization. Studies in African Linguistics, 1(3):279-300, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1279] Talmy Givón. The resolution of gender conflict in Bantu conjunction: When syntax and semantics clash. In Papers from the Sixth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 250-261, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1280] Talmy Givón. Dependent modals, performatives, factivity, Bantu subjunctives and what not. Studies in African Linguistics, 2(1):61-81, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1281] Talmy Givón. On the verbal origin of the Bantu verb suffixes. Studies in African Linguistics, 2(2):145-163, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1282] Talmy Givón. Historical syntax and synchronic morphology: An archaeologist's field trip. In Papers from the Seventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 394-415, University of Chicago, 1971. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1283] Talmy Givón. Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar. Studies in African Linguistics, 3, 1972. supplement 3.
[ bib ]
[1284] Talmy Givón. Rule unordering: Generalization and degeneralization in phonology. In Proceedings of the Parasession on Natural Phonology, pages 103-115. Chicago Linguistics Society, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1285] Talmy Givón. Focus and the scope of assertion: Some Bantu evidence. Studies in African Linguistics, 6:185-205, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1286] Talmy Givón. Topic, pronoun, and grammatical agreement. In Charles Li, editor, Subject and Topic, pages 57-98. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1287] Talmy Givón, editor. Syntax and Semantics: Discourse and Syntax, volume 12. Academic Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1288] Talmy Givón. On Understanding Grammar. Academic Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1289] Talmy Givón, editor. Topic Continuity in Discourse: A Quantitative Cross-Language Study. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1290] Talmy Givón. Syntax: A Functional-Typological Introduction. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1291] Talmy Givón. Grammatical relations: An introduction. In Grammatical Relations: A Functional Perspective. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1292] R. van Glabbeek. Comparative Concurrency Semantics and Refinement of Actions. PhD thesis, Free University Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1293] Sheila Glasbey. Event Structure in Natural Language Discourse. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, Centre for Cognitive Science, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1294] Lila Gleitman. Coordination conjunctions in English. Language, 41:260-293, 1965. Reprinted in ReibelSchane:English.
[ bib ]
[1295] Gordon G. Globus. The machine basis for the Dasein: On the prospects for an existential functionalism. Man and World, 19:55-72, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1296] Danièle Godard. Les relatives complexes in français: une évaluation des conditions sur les règles de mouvement. PhD thesis, Université de Paris X, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1297] Kurt Godden. Lazy unification. In Proceedings of the 28th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Pittsburgh, pages 180-187. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1298] R. Goldblatt. Logics of Time and Computation, Second Edition, Revised and Expanded, volume 7 of CSLI Lecture Notes. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1992 (first edition 1987). Distributed by University of Chicago Press.
[ bib ]
[1299] John A. Goldsmith. Autosegmental Phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1300] John A. Goldsmith. On the thematic nature of see. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:347-352, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1301] John Goldsmith and Erich Woisetschlager. The logic of the English progressive. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(1):79-89, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1302] John A. Goldsmith. Meeussen's rule. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 245-259. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1303] John A. Goldsmith. A principled exception to the coordinate structure constraint. In Papers from the Parasession on Pragmatics and Grammatical Theory, pages 152-167, University of Chicago, 1985. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1304] John A. Goldsmith. Tone and accent, and getting the two together. In Jon Aske, Natasha Beery, Laura Michaelis, and Hana Filip, editors, Proceedings of the Thirteenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 88-104, University of California, Berkeley, 1987. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1305] Fernando Gomez. A model of comprehension of elementary scientific texts. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Theoretical Approaches to Natural Language Understanding, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1306] Fernando Gomez and Carlos Segami. The recognition and classification of concepts in understanding scientific texts. Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Artificial Intelligence, 1:51-77, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1307] Fernando Gomez and Carlos Segami. Knowledge acquisition from natural language for expert systems based on classification problem-solving methods. Knowledge Acquisition, 2:107-128, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1308] Grant Goodall. Parallel Structures in Syntax. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1309] David Gordon and George Lakoff. Conversational postulates. In Papers from the Seventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 63-84, University of Chicago, 1971. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1310] Karen Elizabeth Gordon. The Transitive Vampire: A Handbook of Grammar for the Innocent, the Eager, and the Doomed. Times Books, Random House, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1311] A. L. Gorin, S. E. Levinson, A. N. Gertner, and E. Goldman. Adaptive acquisition of language. Computer Speech and Language, 5:101-132, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1312] T. Götz and W. D. Meurers. Compling hpsg type constraints into definite clause programs. In Proceedings of the 33rd Annual Meeting of the ACL, Cambridge, MA, pages 85 - 91. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1313] T. Götz and W. D. Meurers. Interleaving universal principles and relational constraints over typed feature logic. In Proceedings of EACL/ACL98: Joint Meeting of the 35th Annual Meeting of the ACL and the 8th Meeting of the EACL, Madrid, pages 1 - 7. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1314] Stephen Jay Gould. The case of the creeping fox terrier clone. Natural History, pages 16-24, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1315] D. F. Gowlett. Morphology of the verb in Lozi. Master's thesis, University of the Witwatersrand, 1967.
[ bib ]
[1316] Georgia Green. Main clause phenomena in subordinate clauses. Language, 52:382-397, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1317] Joseph H. Greenberg. Some generalizations concerning initial and final consonant clusters. Linguistics, 18, 1965.
[ bib ]
[1318] Joseph H. Greenberg. Synchronic and diachronic universals in phonology. Language, 42:508-517, 1966.
[ bib ]
[1319] Joseph H. Greenberg. Some universals of grammar with particular reference to the order of meaningful elements. In Joseph H. Greenberg, editor, Universals of Language, pages 73-113. The MIT Press, 1966.
[ bib ]
[1320] Joseph H. Greenberg. Some methods of dynamic comparison in linguistics. In Jaan Puhvel, editor, Substance and structure of Language, pages 147-203. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1969.
[ bib ]
[1321] Joseph H. Greenberg. Some generalizations concerning glottalic consonants especially implosives. Working Papers on Language Universals, 2:1-38, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1322] Joseph H. Greenberg. Niger-Congo noun class markers: Prefixes, suffixes, both or neither. Studies in African Linguistics, supplement 7, pages 97-104, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1323] Joseph H. Greenberg, Charles A. Ferguson, and Edith A. Moravcsik, editors. Universals of Human Language, volume 2. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1324] Joseph H. Greenberg. How does a language acquire gender markers? In Joseph H. Greenberg, Charles A. Ferguson, and Edith A. Moravcsik, editors, Universals of human language, volume 3. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1325] Joseph H. Greenberg. Some generalizations concerning intial and final consonant clusters. In Joseph H. Greenberg, editor, Universals of human language, pages 243-280. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1326] Joseph H. Greenberg. Essays in linguistics. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1327] William Joseph Greenberg. Aspects of a Theory of Singular Reference: Prolegomena to a Dialectical Logic of Singular Terms. PhD thesis, University of California-Los Angeles, 1982. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1328] S. Greenberg. Temporal neural coding of pitch and vowel quality. In UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, volume 52. Department of Linguistics, University of California, Los Angeles, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1329] Joseph H. Greenberg and J. J. Jenkins. Studies in the psychological correlates of the sound system of American English. Word, 20:157-177, 1964.
[ bib ]
[1330] Eric V. Greenfield. Spanish Grammar. Barnes & Noble Books, New York, 1942.
[ bib ]
[1331] Edgar A. Gregersen. Prefix and Pronoun in Bantu. Waverly Press, Bloomington, 1967. Supplement to International Journal of American Linguistics 33.3, Memoir 21.
[ bib ]
[1332] Bruce Gregory. Inventing Reality: Physics as Language. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1333] H. Paul Grice. Utterer's meaning, sentence-meaning, and word-meaning. Foundations of Language, 4:1-18, 1968.
[ bib ]
[1334] H. Paul Grice. Logic and conversation. In Peter Cole and Jerry L. Morgan, editors, Speech Acts, volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics. Academic Press, New York, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1335] H.P. Grice. Presupposition and conversational implicature. In P. Cole, editor, Radical Pragmatics, pages 183-197. Academic Press, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1336] D. Gries. The Science of Programming. Springer, Berlin, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1337] Joseph E. Grimes. Denormalisation and cross referencing in theoretical lexicography. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 38-41, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1338] Barbara F. Grimes. ETHNOLOGUE: Languages of the World. SIL International, 1999.
[ bib | www ]
[1339] Jane Grimshaw. Complement selection and the lexicon. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:279-326, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1340] Jane Grimshaw. On the lexical representation of Romance reflexive clitics. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 87-148. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1341] Jane Grimshaw. Subcategorization and grammatical relations. In Annie Zaenen, editor, Subjects and Other Subjects, pages 35-56. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1342] Jane Grimshaw and Ralf-Armin Mester. Complex verb formation in Eskimo. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 3:1-19, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1343] Jane Grimshaw. A morphosyntactic explanation for the mirror principle. Linguistic Inquiry, 17:747-749, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1344] Jane Grimshaw and S. Rosen. Knowledge and obedience: The developmental staus of the binding theory. In Lyn Frazier and Jill de Villiers, editors, Language processing and language acquisition. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1345] Jane Grimshaw. Argument Structure. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1346] Jane Grimshaw. Extended projection. ms, Rutgers University, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1347] Jane Grimshaw. Projection, heads, and optimality. Linguistic Inquiry, 28(3):373-422, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1348] Ralph Grishman and Richard Kittredge, editors. Analyzing Language in Restricted Domains: Sublanguage Description and Processing. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1349] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. On the semantics of questions and the pragmantics of answers. In F. Landman and F. Veltman, editors, Varieties of Formal Semantics, pages 143-170. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1350] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. Studies on the Semantics of Questions and the Pragmatics of Answers. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1351] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. Questions. In Handbook of Logic and Language, pages 1055-1124. The MIT Press/Elsevier, Cambridge/Amsterdam, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1352] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. Dynamic Montague Grammar. Presented at the Workshop on Discourse Representation Theory, Stuttgart, West Germany, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1353] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. Type shifting rules and the semantics of interrogatives. In Gennaro Chierchia, Barbara Partee, and Raymond Turner, editors, Properties, Type and Meaning, volume 2. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1354] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. Two theories of dynamic semantics. In J. van Eijck, editor, Logics in AI-European Workshop JELIA '90, Springer Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 55-64, Berlin, 1991. Springer.
[ bib ]
[1355] Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof. Dynamic predicate logic. Linguistics and Philosophy, 14(1):39-100, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1356] W. Groeneveld. Dynamic semantics and circular propositions. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 23:267-306, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1357] Grolier Electronic Publishing, Danbury, CT. Academic American Encyclopedia, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1358] Anneke Groos and Henk van Reimsdijk. Matching effects in free relatives: A parameter of core grammar. In Adriana Belletti, Luciana Brandi, and Luigi Rizzi, editors, Theory of Markedness in Generative Grammar: Proceedings of the 1979 GLOW Conference, pages 171-216. Scuola Normale Superiore de Pisa, Pisa, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1359] Maurice Gross. Lexicon-grammar and the syntactic analysis of French. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 275-282, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1360] Alexander Grosu and Julia Horvath. The GB theory and raising in Rumanian. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:348-353, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1361] Barbara J. Grosz. The representation and use of focus in a system for understanding dialogs. In Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 67-76, Cambridge, MA, 1977. Reprinted in [pp. 353-362]GSW:NLP.
[ bib ]
[1362] Barbara Grosz, Norman Haas, Gary G. Hendrix, Jerry Hobbs, Paul Martin, Robert Moore, Jane Robinson, and Stan Rosenschein. Dialogic: A core natural-language processing system. Technical Report 270, Artificial Intelligence Center, SRI International, Menlo Park, CA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1363] B. Grosz, A. K. Joshi, and S. Weinstein. Providing a unified account of definite noun phrases in discoure. In Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Cambridge, MA. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1364] Barbara J. Grosz and Candace Sidner. Attention, intentions, and the structure of discourse. Computational Linguistics, 12(3):175-204, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1365] Barbara J. Grosz, Karen Sparck-Jones, and Bonnie Lynn Webber, editors. Readings in Natural Language Processing. Morgan Kaufman, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1366] Barbara Grosz, Aravind Joshi, and Scott Weinstein. Centering: A framework for modeling the local coherence of discourse. Computational Linguistics, 2(21):203-225, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1367] C. Grover, C. Brew, S. Manandhar, and M. Moens. Priority union and generlization in discourse grammars. In Proceedings 32nd Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 17-24, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1368] Claire Grover. Rethinking some Empty Categories: Missing Objects and Parasitic Gaps in HPSG. PhD thesis, University of Essex, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1369] Jeffrey S. Gruber. Studies in Lexical Relations. PhD thesis, MIT, 1965.
[ bib ]
[1370] J. S. Gruber. Lexical Structures in Syntax and Semantics. American Elsevier, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1371] John Rettie. Yeltsin wants Russia to go it alone. The Guardian, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1372] Franz Guenther and Hubert Lehmann. Automatic construction of discourse representation structures. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 398-401, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1373] F. Guenthner. Time schemes, tense logic and the analysis of english tenses. In F. Guenthner and S.J. Schmidt, editors, Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Languages, pages 201-22. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1374] F. Guenthner and H. Lehmann. Rules for pronominalisation. In Proceedings of the 1st Meeting of the EACL, Pisa, pages 144-151. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1375] Y. Guerevyich. The decision problem for standard classes. The Journal of Symbolic Logic, 41(2):460-464, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1376] Jacqueline Guéron. On the syntax and semantics of PP extraposition. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:637-678, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1377] Mohamed Guerssel, Ken Hale, Mary Laughren, Beth Levin, and J. White Eagle. A cross-linguistic study of transitivity alternations. In William H. Eilfort, Paul D. Kroeber, and Karen L. Peterson, editors, Papers from the Twenty-First Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 48-63, University of Chicago, 1985. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1378] Mohamed Guerssel. Glides in Berber and syllabicity. Linguistic Inquiry, 17:1-12, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1379] S. M. Guma. An Outline Structure of Southern Sotho. Shuter and Shooter, Pietermaritzburg, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1380] J. K. Gundel. The Role of Topic and Comment in Linguistic Theory. PhD thesis, The University of Texas at Austin, 1974. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1381] Takao Gunji. Generalized phrase structure grammar and Japanese reflexivization. Linguistics and Philosophy, 6:115-156, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1382] C. A. Gunter. Semantics of Programming Languages. The MIT Press, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1383] A. Gupta. Truth and paradox. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 11:1-60, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1384] Vineet Gupta and John Lamping. Efficient linear logic meaning assembly. In Proceedings of COLING/ACL98: Joint Meeting of the 36th Annual Meeting of the ACL and the 17th International Conference on Computational Linguistics, Montréal. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1998.
[ bib ]
[1385] Y. Gurevich. Intuitionistic logic with strong negation. Studia Logica, 36:49-59, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1386] Y. Gurevich. Evolving algebras; a tutorial introduction. Bulletin EATCS, 43:264-284, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1387] Malcolm Guthrie. Comparative Bantu; an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages. Gregg International Publishers, Farnsborough, UK, 1967-1971.
[ bib ]
[1388] Malcolm Guthrie, editor. Collected Papers on Bantu Linguistics. Gregg International Publishers, Farnsborough, UK, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1389] J. B. M. Guy. An algorithm for identifying cognates between related languages. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 448-451, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1390] Gregory Guy. Saliency and the direction of syntactic change. Language, 65, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1391] Susan Haack. Philosophy of Logics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1392] N. Haas and G. Hendrix. An approach to acquiring and applying knowledge. In Proceedings of the First National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 235-239, Los Altos, CA, 1980. Morgan Kaufmann.
[ bib ]
[1393] Andrew R. Haas. A syntactic theory of belief and action. Artificial Intelligence, 28(3):245-292, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1394] A.R. Haas. Indexical expressions in the scope of attitudes. Computational Linguistics, 19:637-650, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1395] J. Habermas. Communication and the Evolution of Society. Beacon Press, Boston, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1396] Liliane Haegeman. Remarks on adverbial clauses and definite NP-anaphora. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:712-718, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1397] Liliane Haegeman and Henk van Riemsdijk. Verb projection raising, scope, and the typology of rules affecting verbs. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(3):417-466, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1398] Liliane Haegeman. An Introduction to Government and Binding Theory. Basil Blackwell, first edition, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1399] Hermann Haertel. Learning and understanding concepts in physics. Technical report, Institute for Research on Learning, Palo Alto, CA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1400] Carole D. Hafner. Interaction of knowledge sources in a portable natural language interface. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 57-60, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1401] Claude Hagége. Les pronoms logophoriques. Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris, 69:287-310, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1402] Claude Hagége. Relative clause, center-embedding and comprehensibility. Linguistic Inquiry, 6:198-201, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1403] Udo Hahn. Textual expertise in word experts: An approach to text parsing based on topic/comment monitoring. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 402-408, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1404] Hubert Haider. theta-tracking systems - evidence from German. In Lászlo Marácz and Pieter Muysken, editors, The Typology of Asymmetries, pages 185-206. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1405] Isabelle Haïk. Indirect binding. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:185-223, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1406] Isabelle Haïk. The Syntax of Operators. PhD thesis, MIT, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1407] Isabelle Haïk. Bound VPs that need to be. Linguistics and Philosophy, 10:503-530, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1408] John Haiman. Reinterpretation. Language, 53:312-328, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1409] John Haiman and Pamela Munro. Introduction. In John Haiman and Pamela Munro, editors, Switch Reference and Universal Grammar. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1410] John Haiman. Iconic and economic motivation. Language, 59:781-819, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1411] Eva Hajicová and Milena Hnátková. Inferencing on linguistically semantic structures. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 291-297, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1412] Eva Hajicová, Petr Kubon, and Vladislav Kubon. Hierarchy of salience and discourse analysis and production. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, pages 144-148, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1413] Ken Hale. Warlpiri and the grammar of non-configurational languages. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1(1):5-47, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1414] Ken Hale. Core structures and adjunctions in Warlpiri syntax. In Norbert Corver and Henk van Reimsdijk, editors, Studies on Scrambling, Movement, and Non-Movement Approaches to Free Word-Order Phenomena, pages 185-219. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1415] K. Hale and J. Keyser. Some transitivity alternations in english. Lexicon Project Working Papers 7, MIT, Center for Cognitive Science, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1416] K. Hale and J. Keyser. A view from the middle. Lexicon Project Working Papers 10, MIT, Center for Cognitive Science, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1417] Ken Hale. Subject obviation, switch reference, and control. In Richard K. Larson, Sabine Iatridou, Utpal Lahiri, and James Higginbotham, editors, Control and Grammar. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1418] Barbara Hall. Subject and Object in English. PhD thesis, MIT, 1965.
[ bib ]
[1419] Rogers Hall, Dennis Kibler, Etienne Wenger, and Chris Truxaw. Exploring the episodic structure of algebra story problem solving. Technical Report 86-24, Irvine Computational Intelligence Project, University of California, Irvine, Department of Information and Computer Science, 1986. Revised December, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1420] Morris Halle. Prolegomena to a theory of word formation. Linguistic Inquiry, 4:3-16, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1421] Morris Halle, Joan Bresnan, and George A. Miller, editors. Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1422] Morris Halle and Paul Kiparsky. Review of Garde (1976). Language, 57:150-181, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1423] Morris Halle and George N. Clements. Problem book in phonology. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1424] Morris Halle. Distinctive features and their articulatory implementation. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1:91-107, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1425] Morris Halle and K. P. Mohanan. Segmental phonology of Modern English. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:57-116, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1426] Morris Halle and Jean-Roger Vergnaud. Stress and the cycle. Linguistic Inquiry, 18:45-84, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1427] Morris Halle and Jean-Roger Vergnaud. An essay on stress. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1428] Morris Halle and Peter Ladefoged. Some major features of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Language, 64:577-582, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1429] B. Haller and J. Watters. Topics in Zulgo. Studies in African Linguistics, 15:27-46, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1430] M. A. K. Halliday. Notes on transitivity and theme in English. Journal of Linguistics, 3:199-244, 1967.
[ bib ]
[1431] M. A. K. Halliday. Halliday: System and Function in Language. Oxford University Press, London, 1976. Selected papers, edited by G. R. Kress.
[ bib ]
[1432] David Halliday, Robert Resnick, and Edward Derringh. Selected Solutions for Physics. John Wiley & Sons, New York, third edition, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1433] J. Y. Halpern and Y. O. Moses. Knowledge and common knowledge in a distributed environment. In Proceedings 3rd ACVM Symposium on Distributed Computing, pages 50-68, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1434] J. Y. Halpern and Y. O. Moses. Towards a theory of knowledge and ignorance: A preliminary report. In Proceedings of the AAAI Workshop on Non-Monotonic Reasoning, pages 125-143, New Paltz, NY, 1984. Morgan Kaufmann.
[ bib ]
[1435] J. Y. Halpern and Y. Shoham. A propositional modal logic of time intervals. In Proceedings Symposium on Logic in Computer Science. Boston, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1436] J. Halpern. Using reasoning about knowledge to analyse distributed systems. Annual Review of Computer Science, 2:37-68, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1437] Aaron Halpern. On the Placement and Morphology of Clitics. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995. Revised and corrected version of 1992 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[1438] Per-Kristian Halvorsen. The Syntax and Semantics of Cleft Constructions. Texas Linguistic Forum 11. Department of Linguistics, The University of Texas at Austin, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1439] Per-Kristian Halvorsen and William A. Ladusaw. Montague's `Universal Grammar': An introduction for the linguist. Linguistics and Philosophy, 3:185-223, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1440] Per-Kristian Halvorsen. Order-free semantic composition and Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING82), Prague, pages 175-181, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1441] Per-Kristian Halvorsen. Semantics for Lexical Functional Grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):567-615, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1442] Per-Kristian Halvorsen. Natural language understanding and Montague grammar. Computational Intelligence, 2:54-62, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1443] Per-Kristian Halvorsen and Ronald M. Kaplan. Projections and semantic description in Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Fifth Generation Computer Systems (FGCS-88), pages 1116-1122, Tokyo, 1988. Reprinted in [pp. 279-292]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1444] Per-Kristian Halvorsen. Situation Semantics and semantic interpretation in constraint-based grammars. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Fifth Generation Computer Systems (FGCS-88), pages 471-478, Tokyo, 1988. Also published as CSLI Technical Report CSLI-TR-101, Stanford University, 1987. Reprinted in [pp. 293-309]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1445] C. Hamann. Adjectives. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik, volume 6 of Handb ucher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft, chapter VIII, pages 656-673. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1446] C. L. Hamblin. Questions. Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 36(3):159-168, 1958.
[ bib ]
[1447] C. L. Hamblin. Questions in Montague English. In Barbara Partee, editor, Montague Grammar, pages 247-259. Academic Press, New York, 1976. Originally published in Foundations of Language 10, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1448] Michael Hammond. The obligatory-branching parameter in metrical theory. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4:185-228, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1449] Michael Hammond. Templatic transfer in Arabic broken plurals. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 6:247-270, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1450] Jorge Hankamer. Constraints on Deletion in Syntax. PhD thesis, Yale University, 1971.
[ bib ]
[1451] Jorge Hankamer and Ivan A. Sag. Deep and surface anaphora. Linguistic Inquiry, 7(3):391-428, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1452] S. Hanks and J. McDermott. Nonmonotonic logic and temporal projection. Artificial Intelligence, 33:379-412, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1453] M. S. J. Hannan. Standard Shona Dictionary. Rhodesia Literature Bureau, Harare, Zimbabwe, 1959.
[ bib ]
[1454] William H. Hanson and James Hawthorne. Validity in intensional languages: A new approach. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic, 26(1):9-35, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1455] S.O. Hansson. Belief Base Dynamics. PhD thesis, University of Uppsala, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1456] Wayne Harbert. Binding, SUBJECT, and accessibility. In Robert Freidin, editor, Proceedings of the Princeton workshop on comparative grammars. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1457] D. Hardt. An algorithm for vp ellipsis. In Proceedings 30th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 9-14, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1458] Daniel Hardt. Verb Phrase Ellipsis: Form, Meaning, and Processing. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1459] D. Hardt. Sense and reference in dynamic semantics. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 333-348. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1460] Rachel T. Hare-Mustin and Jeanne Marecek, editors. Making a Difference: Psychology and the Construction of Gender. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1461] D. Harel. Dynamic logic. In D. Gabbay and F. Guenthner, editors, Handbook of Philosophical Logic, pages 497-604. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1984. Volume II.
[ bib ]
[1462] Sharon Hargus. The lexical phonology of Sekani. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1463] G. Harman. Generative grammars without transformation rules: A defense of phrase structure. Language, 39:597-616, 1963.
[ bib ]
[1464] G. Harman. Change in View: Principles of Reasoning. The MIT Press, Cambridge (MA), 1986.
[ bib ]
[1465] Mary Harper and Eugene Charniak. Time and tense in English. In Proceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the ACL, New York, pages 3-9. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1466] F. Honsel R. Harper and G. Plotkin. A framework for defining logics. In Symposium on Logic in Computer Science, IEEE, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1467] Mary Harper. Representing pronouns in logical form: Computational constraints and linguistic evidence. Department of Computer Science, Brown University, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1468] Zellig Harris. From morpheme to utterance. Language, 22:161-183, 1946.
[ bib ]
[1469] Zellig Harris. Discourse analysis. Language, 28, 1952.
[ bib ]
[1470] Zellig Harris. Cooccurrence and transformation in linguistic structure. Language, 33:283-340, 1957.
[ bib ]
[1471] Zellig Harris. Transformational theory. Language, 4(1):363-401, 1965.
[ bib ]
[1472] Alice Harris. Georgian syntax. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1473] Alice Harris. Georgian and the unaccusative hypothesis. Language, 58(2):290-306, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1474] James Harris. Syllable structure and stress in Spanish: A nonlinear analysis. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1475] James W. Harris. Autosegmental phonology, lexical phonology, and Spanish nasals. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 67-81. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1476] John Harris. Phonological variation and change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1477] Roy Harris. The Origin of Writing. Open Court, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1478] James Harris. The accentual pattern of verb paradigms in Spanish. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 5:61-90, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1479] Roy Harris. The Language Machine. Cornell University Press, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1480] James Harris. The stress erasure convention and cliticization in Spanish. Linguistic Inquiry, 20:339-363, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1481] Mantaro Hashimoto. Review of William S.-Y. Wang (ed.), The Lexicon in Phonological Change. Language, 57:183-191, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1482] K. Hasida. Sentence processing as constraint transformation. In Proceedings of the Ninth European Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 339-344, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1483] K. Hasida. Conditioned unification for natural language processing. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, pages 85-87, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1484] Martin Haspelmath. Coordination. In Timothy Shopen, editor, Language typology and linguistic description. Cambridge University Press, second edition, 2000.
[ bib ]
[1485] John Haugeland. The intentionality all-stars. ms, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1486] John Haugeland. Representational genera. In William Ramsey, David Rumelhart, and Steven Stich, editors, Philosophy and Connectionist Theory. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1487] S. E. Haviland and Herbert H. Clark. What's new? Acquiring new information as a process in comprehension. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13:512-521, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1488] Annie K. Hawkinson and Larry M. Hyman. Hierarchies of natural topic in Shona. Studies in African Linguistics, 5(2):147-170, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1489] J. R. Hayes, D. A. Waterman, and C. S. Robinson. Identifying the relevant aspects of a problem text. Cognitive Science, 1(3):297-313, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1490] Patrick J. Hayes. In defence of logic. In Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 287-296, Cambridge, MA, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1491] Patrick J. Hayes. The naive physics manifesto. In Donald Michie, editor, Expert Systems in the Micro-electronic Age. Edinburgh University Press, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1492] Bruce Hayes. A metrical theory of stress rules. PhD thesis, MIT, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1493] Bruce Hayes. Extrametricality and English stress. Linguistic Inquiry, 13:227-276, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1494] Philip J. Hayes and Jaime G. Carbonell. A framework for processing corrections in task-oriented dialogues. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 668-670, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1495] Philip J. Hayes and Jaime G. Carbonell. Natural language tutorial. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Tutorial on Artificial Intelligence, pages 1-39, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1496] Bruce Hayes. A grid-based theory of English meter. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:357-394, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1497] Patrick J. Hayes. The second naive physics manifesto. Technical Report URCS-10, University of Rochester, 1983. Reprinted in [pp. 1-36]Hobbs:Formal and [pp. 467-485]Brachman:Readings.
[ bib ]
[1498] Bruce Hayes. The phonology of rhythm in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:33-74, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1499] Philip J. Hayes. Entity-oriented parsing. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 212-217, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1500] Bruce Hayes. Assimilation as spreading in Toba Batak. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(3):467-499, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1501] Bruce Hayes. Inalterability in CV phonology. Language, 62:321-351, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1502] Bruce Hayes. Metrics and phonological theory. In F. Newmeyer, editor, Cambridge Survey of Linguistics, volume I. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1503] David G. Hays. Dependency theory: A formalism and some observations. Language, 40:511-525, 1964.
[ bib ]
[1504] Jeffrey Heath. A case of intensive lexical diffusion. Language, 57:335-367, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1505] Michael Hegarty. Adjunct extraction without traces. In Dawn Bates, editor, Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 209-222, Stanford University, 1991. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1506] Irene Heim. The Semantics of Definite and Indefinite Noun Phrases. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1507] Irene Heim. File change semantics and the familiarity theory of definiteness. In Rainer Bauerle, Christoph Schwarze, and Arnim von Stechow, editors, Meaning, Use, and Interpretation of Language, pages 164-190. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1983. Reprinted in PortnerPartee:Readings, 223-248.
[ bib ]
[1508] I. Heim. On the projection problem for presuppositions. Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 2:114-126, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1509] I. Heim. E-type pronouns and donkey anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(2):137-177, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1510] Irene Heim, Howard Lasnik, and Robert May. On ``Reciprocal Scope''. Linguistic Inquiry, 22(1):173-192, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1511] Irene Heim, Howard Lasnik, and Robert May. Reciprocity and plurality. Linguistic Inquiry, 22(1):63-101, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1512] I. Heim. Presupposition projection and the semantics of the attitude verbs. Journal of Semantics, 9(3):183-221, 1992. Special Issue: Presupposition, Part 1.
[ bib ]
[1513] Irene Heim and Angelika Kratzer. Semantics in Generative Grammar. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1998.
[ bib ]
[1514] Bernd Heine. The study of word order in African languages. In Proceedings of the Sixth Conference on African Linguistics, pages 161-183, Columbus, OH, 1975. Department of Linguistics, Ohio State University.
[ bib ]
[1515] Wolfgang Heinz and Johannes Matiasek. Argument structure and case assignment in German. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 199 - 236. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1516] Lars Hellan. Toward an integrated theory of noun phrases. PhD thesis, University of Trondheim, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1517] L. Hellan. Towards an Integrated Analysis of Comparatives. Narr, Tübingen, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1518] Lars Hellan. Anaphora in Norwegian and theory of binding. In Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 5. University of Trondheim, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1519] Lars Hellan. Anaphora in Norwegian and the Theory of Grammar. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1520] Kumara Henadeerage. Anaphoric binding in Colloquial Sinhala. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[1521] Herman Hendriks. Type change in semantics: The scope of quantification and coordination. In Ewan Klein and Johan van Benthem, editors, Categories, Polymorphism and Unification, pages 95-120. Centre for Cognitive Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1522] Herman Hendriks. Studied Flexibility: Categories and Types in Syntax and Semantics. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1993. ILLC Dissertation Series 1993-5.
[ bib ]
[1523] M. Hennessy. Algebraic Theory of Processes. MIT Press Series in the Foundations of Computer Science 6. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1524] Frank Heny. Sentence and predicate modifiers in English. In John P. Kimball, editor, Syntax and Semantics, volume 2, pages 217-245. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1525] Frank Heny. Introduction. In Frank Heny, editor, Binding and filtering, pages 8, 279-327. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1526] Mark Hepple. The Grammar and Processing of Order and Dependency: A Categorial Approach. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1527] Mark Hepple. A compilation-chart method for linear categorical deduction. In Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING96), Copenhagen, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1528] Mark Hepple. A functional interpretation scheme for D-Tree grammars. In Proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Computational Semantics (IWCS-3), pages 117-130, Tilburg, 1999. KUB.
[ bib ]
[1529] One-Soon Her and Hui-Ting Huang. Locative inversion: English, Chinese, and Universal Grammar. LFG Archive, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[1530] One-Soon Her. Lexical mapping in Chinese inversion constructions. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[1531] One-Soon Her. Interaction of thematic structure and syntactic structures: On Mandarin dative alternations. In Chinese Languages and Linguistics V: Interaction of Form and Function, pages 373-412. Academia Sinica, Taipei, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1532] John Heritage. Garfinkel and Ethnomethodology. Polity Press, Cambridge, UK, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1533] Annette Herskovits. Language and Spatial Cognition: An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English. Studies in Natural Language Processing. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1534] H. Herzberger. Naive semantics and the liar paradox. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 79:479-497, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1535] O. Herzog and C. R. Rollinger, editors. Text Understanding in LILOG. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1536] Arild Hestvik. LF-Movement of Pronouns and the Computation of Binding Domains. PhD thesis, Brandeis University, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1537] Arild Hestvik. Subjectless binding domains. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 9(3):455-496, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1538] Arild Hestvik. Subordination and strict identity of reflexives. In Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop, Stuttgart, 1992. Universität Stuttgart.
[ bib ]
[1539] Arild Hestvik. Reflexives and ellipsis. Natural Language Semantics, 3:211-237, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1540] R. Hetzron. Presentative function and presentative movement. Studies in African Linguistics, pages 79-105, 1971. Supplement 2.
[ bib ]
[1541] Robert Hetzron. Where the grammar fails. Language, 51:859-872, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1542] Caroline Heycock and Roberto Zamparelli. Toward a unified analysis of DP conjunction. In Paul Dekker, editor, Proceedings of the Twelfth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 127-132. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1543] Caroline Heycock and Roberto Zamparelli. Friends and colleagues: Plurality and NP-coordination. In M. Hirotani, A. Coetzee, N. Hall, and J.-Y. Kim, editors, Proceedings of the 30th Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society, Amherst, MA, 2000. GLSA.
[ bib ]
[1544] Caroline Heycock and Roberto Zamparelli. Friends and colleagues: Plurality, coordination, and the structure of DP, 2003. ms, University of Edinburgh and Università di Bergamo.
[ bib | .html ]
[1545] A. Heyting. Intuitionism: An Introduction. Studies in Logic and The Foundations of Mathematics. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1956.
[ bib ]
[1546] James Higginbotham. Pronouns and bound variables. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:679-708, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1547] James Higginbotham. Reciprocal interpretation. Journal of Linguistic Research, 1(3):97-117, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1548] J. Higginbotham and R. May. Questions, quantifiers and crossing. The Linguistic Review, 1:41-80, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1549] James Higginbotham. Logical form, binding, and nominals. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(3):395-420, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1550] James Higginbotham. On semantics. Linguistic Inquiry, 16(4):547-593, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1551] James Higginbotham. Elucidations of meaning. In Lexicon Project Working Paper 19. MIT Center for Cognitive Science, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1552] James Higginbotham. Elucidations of meaning. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12(4):465-517, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1553] James Higginbotham. Reference and control. In Richard K. Larson, Sabine Iatridou, Utpal Lahiri, and James Higginbotham, editors, Control and Grammar. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1554] James Higginbotham. The semantics of questions. In Shalom Lappin, editor, Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1555] F. R. Higgins. On J. Emonds's analysis of extraposition. In John P. Kimball, editor, Syntax and Semantics, volume 2, pages 149-195. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1556] Dan Higinbotham. Morpho-LFG. In Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Symposium of the Desert Language and Linguistics Society, Provo, Utah, 1987. Brigham Young University.
[ bib ]
[1557] D. Hilbert and P. Bernays. Grundlagen der Mathematik. Springer, Berlin, 1939. Second edition: Berlin 1970.
[ bib ]
[1558] Archibald A. Hill, editor. Third Texas Conference on Problems of Linguistic Analysis in English. The University of Texas, Austin, 1958.
[ bib ]
[1559] P. M. Hill and J. W. Lloyd. The gödel report. Technical report, Department of Computer Science, University of Bristol, Bristol, 1991 (revised 1992).
[ bib ]
[1560] Uffe Hindhede, John R. Zimmerman, R. Bruce Hopkins, Ralph J. Erisman, Wendell C. Hull, and John D. Lang. Machine Design Fundamentals: A Practical Approach. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1561] D. Hindle and M Rooth. Structural ambiguity and lexical relations. Computational Linguistics, 19:103-120, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1562] J. Roger Hindley and Jonathon P. Seldin. Introduction to Combinators and lambda-Calculus. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1563] Erhard W. Hinrichs. Tense, quantifiers and contexts. Computational Linguistics, 14(2):3-14, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1564] Erhard W. Hinrichs. Definiteness of temporal frame adverbials in discourse. ms, The Ohio State University, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1565] Erhard W. Hinrichs. A Compositional Semantics for Aktionsarten and NP reference in English. PhD thesis, The Ohio State University, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1566] Erhard W. Hinrichs. Temporal anaphora in discourses of English. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(1):63-82, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1567] Erhard W. Hinrichs. A compositional semantics of temporal expressions in English. In Proceedings of EACL/ACL98: Joint Meeting of the 35th Annual Meeting of the ACL and the 8th Meeting of the EACL, Madrid, pages 8-15. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1568] Erhard W. Hinrichs. Review of Locascio:Temporal. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:243-267, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1569] Erhard Hinrichs and Tsuneko Nakazawa. Linearizing AUXs in German verbal complexes. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 11 - 37. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1570] Dan A. Hinsley, John R. Hayes, and Herbert A. Simon. From words to equations: Meaning and representation in algebra word problems. In Just and Carpenter [1775], pages 89-108.
[ bib ]
[1571] J. Hintikka. Knowledge and Belief: An Introduction to the Logic of the Two Notions. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, NY, 1962.
[ bib ]
[1572] J. Hintikka. Quantifiers in natural languages: Some logical problems. In I. Niiniluoto and E.E. Saarinen, editors, Essays in Mathematical and Philosophical Logic, pages 295-314. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1573] J. Hintikka. New foundations for a theory of questions and answers. In F. Kiefer, editor, Questions and Answers. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1574] J. Hintikka and J. Kulas. Anaphora and Definite Descriptions: Two Applications of Game-Theoretical Semantics. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1575] Geoffrey Hinton. Learning distributed representations of concepts. In Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, Hillsdale, NJ, 1986. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
[ bib ]
[1576] Julia Hirschberg. Toward a redefinition of yes/no questions. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 48-51, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1577] Julia Hirschberg. Accent and discourse context: Assigning pitch accent in synthetic speech. In Proceedings of AAAI-90, pages 952-957. Morgan Kaufmann, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1578] Julia Hirschberg and Gregory Ward. Accent and bound anaphora. Cognitive Linguistics, 2(2):101-121, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1579] Lynette Hirschman and Guy Story. Representing implicit and explicit time relations in narrative. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 289-295, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1580] Paul Hirshbühler. VP deletion and across-the-board quantifier scope. In James Pustejovsky and Peter Sells, editors, Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1581] C.A.R. Hoare. An axiomatic basis for computer programming. Communications of the ACM, 12(10):567-580, 583, 1969.
[ bib ]
[1582] C.A.R. Hoare. Communcating Sequential Processes. Prentice Hall, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1583] Jerry Hobbs. Description of the Tacitus system as used for MUC-3. In Proceedings, Third Message Understanding Conference, May 1991, pages 200-206. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, CA, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1584] Jerry R. Hobbs and Stanley Rosenschein. Making computational sense of Montague's intensional logic. Artificial Intelligence, 9:287-306, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1585] Jerry R. Hobbs. Resolving pronoun references. Lingua, 44:331-338, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1586] Jerry R. Hobbs. Coherence and coreference. Cognitive Science, 3(1):67-90, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1587] Jerry R. Hobbs. Building a large knowledge base for a natural language system. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 283-286, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1588] Jerry R. Hobbs and Robert C. Moore, editors. Formal Theories of the Commonsense World. Ablex, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1589] Jerry R. Hobbs. On the coherence and structure of discourse. Technical Report CSLI-85-37, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1590] Jerry R. Hobbs, William Croft, Todd Davies, Douglas Edwards, and Kenneth Laws. Commonsense metaphysics and lexical semantics. Computational Linguistics, 13(3-4):241-250, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1591] Jerry R. Hobbs and Stuart M. Shieber. An algorithm for generating quantifier scopings. Computational Linguistics, 13:47-63, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1592] Jerry Hobbs, Mark Stickel, Paul Martin, and Douglas Edwards. Interpretation as Abduction. In Proceedings, 26th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 95-103, Buffalo, NY, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1593] Jerry R. Hobbs and John Bear. Two principles of parse preference. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1594] Jerry R. Hobbs. Literature and Cognition. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 21. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1595] Charles F. Hockett. Sound change. Language, 41:185-204, 1965.
[ bib ]
[1596] W. Hodges. Model Theory. Cambridge University Press, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1597] W van der Hoek, J. Jaspars, and E. Thijsse. Honesty in partial logic. Technical Report RUU-CS-93-32, Dpt. of Computer Science, State University of Utrecht, 1993. A shorter version appears in Proc. of KR'94.
[ bib ]
[1598] Jacob Hoeksema. Plurality and conjunction. In Alice ter Muelen, editor, Studies in Model-theoretic Semantics. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1599] Jacob Hoeksema. The semantics of non-boolean `and'. Journal of Semantics, 6:19-40, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1600] Henry Hoenigswald. Are there universals in linguistic change? In Joseph Greenberg, editor, Universals of Language. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1966.
[ bib ]
[1601] Wolfgang Hoeppner, Thomas Christaller, Heinz Marburger, Katharina Morik, Bernhard Nebel, Mike O'Leary, and Wolfgang Wahlster. Beyond domain-independence: Experience with the development of a German language access system to highly diverse background systems. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 588-594, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1602] Richard Hogg and C. B. McCully. Metrical phonology: A coursebook. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1603] Hajime Hoji. Logical Form Constraints and Configurational Structures in Japanese. PhD thesis, University of Washington, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1604] W. M. L. Holcombe. Algebraic Automata Theory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1605] Gary Holland. Subordination and relativization in early Indo-European. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 609-622, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1606] M. Hollenberg. Negative definability in modal logic. Technical Report 110, Department of Philosophy, Utrecht University, May, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1607] L. Holt. Abstracting over Semantic Theories. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1608] J.-M. Hombert, John J. Ohala, and W. G. Ewan. Phonetic explanations for the development of tone. Language, 55(1):37-58, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1609] Martin Honcoop. Dynamic Excursions on Weak Islands. PhD thesis, Leiden University, 1998. Published by Holland Academic Graphics.
[ bib ]
[1610] Ki-Sun Hong. Argument Selection and Case Marking in Korean. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1611] Joan Hooper and Sandra Thompson. On the applicability of root transformations. Linguistic Inquiry, 4:465-497, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1612] John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman. Formal Languages and Their Relation to Automata. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1969.
[ bib ]
[1613] John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1614] Paul J. Hopper and Sandra A. Thompson. Transitivity in grammar and discourse. Language, 56:251-299, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1615] Paul J. Hopper and Sandra A. Thompson. The discourse basis for lexical categories in universal grammar. Language, 60:703-752, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1616] Norbert Hornstein. Towards a theory of tense. Linguistic Inquiry, 8(3):521-557, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1617] Norbert Hornstein. S and X' convention. Linguistic Analysis, 3:137-176, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1618] Norbert Hornstein and Amy Weinberg. Case theory and preposition stranding. Linguistic Inquiry, 12:55-92, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1619] Norbert Hornstein and Amy Weinberg. The empty category principle. In Government and Binding Theory and the Minimalist Program. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1620] Norbert Hornstein. Logical Form: From GB to Minimalism. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1621] Rosalind Horowitz and S. Jay Samuels, editors. Comprehending Oral and Written Language: Critical Contrasts for Literacy and Schooling. Academic Press, San Diego, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1622] Rosalind Horowitz. Rhetorical structure in discourse processing. In Horowitz and Samuels [1621], pages 117-160.
[ bib ]
[1623] Alonzo E. Horton. A Grammar of Luvale. Witwatersrand University Press, Johannesburg, 1949.
[ bib ]
[1624] Julia Horvath. Aspects of Hungarian Syntax and the Theory of Grammar. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1625] Eduard H. Hovy. Generating Natural Language Under Pragmatic Constraints. PhD thesis, Yale University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1626] Eduard H. Hovy. Planning coherent multisentential text. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Buffalo, NY, pages 163-169. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1627] Eduard H. Hovy. Parsimonious and profligate approaches to the question of discourse structure relations. Presented at the Fifth International Workshop on Language Generation in Pittsburgh, PA, June, 1990., 1990.
[ bib ]
[1628] W.A. Howard. The formulae-as-types notion of construction. In J.P. Seldin and J.R. Hindley, editors, To H.B. Curry: Essays on Combinatory Logic, Lambda Calculus and Formalism, pages 479-490. Academic Press, London, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1629] John A. Hrones and George L. Nelson. Analysis of the Four-Bar Linkage: Its Application to the Synthesis of Mechanisms. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1963.
[ bib ]
[1630] José Ignacio Hualde. The Strict Cycle Condition and noncyclic rules. Linguistic Inquiry, 20:675-680, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1631] José Ignacio Hualde and Jon Ortiz de Urbina. A Grammar of Basque. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2003.
[ bib ]
[1632] C.-T. James Huang. Logical Relations in Chinese and the Theory of Grammar. PhD thesis, MIT, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1633] C.-T. James Huang. A note on the binding theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(3):554-560, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1634] C.-T. Huang. On the distribution and reference of empty pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:531-574, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1635] Xiuming Huang. Dealing with conjunction in a machine translation environment. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 243-246, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1636] Chu-Ren Huang. Certainty in functional uncertainty. Journal of Chinese Linguistics, 20(2):247-288, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1637] Chu-Ren Huang. A unification-based LFG analysis of lexical discontinuity. Linguistics, 28(2):263-307, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1638] Chu-Ren Huang. The autonomous morphology hypothesis: A comparative study of tough constructions and nominalization. In Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on Chinese Languages and Linguistics (ISCLL III), pages 62-79. National Tsing Hua University, 1992. July 1-3.
[ bib ]
[1639] Chu-Ren Huang. Reverse long-distance dependency and functional uncertainty: The interpretation of Mandarin questions. In Chungmin Lee and Boem-Mo Kang, editors, Language, Information, and Computing, pages 111-120. Thaehaksa, Seoul, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1640] Chu-Ren Huang. Morphological transparency and autonomous morphology: A comparative study of tough constructions and nominalization. In Chinese Languages and Linguistics III: Morphology and Lexicon, pages 369-399. Academia Sinica, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1641] W. John Hutchins and Harold Somers. An introduction to machine translation. Academic Press, London, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1642] Geoffrey Huck and Almerindo Ojeda, editors. Syntax and Semantics: Discontinuous Constituency, volume 20. Academic Press, San Diego, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1643] Rodney Huddleston. An Introduction to the Grammar of English. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1644] Rodney Huddleston. English Grammar: An Outline. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1645] Richard A. Hudson. Conjunction reduction, gapping, and right-node raising. Language, 52(3):535-562, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1646] Richard A. Hudson. Word Grammar. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1647] Gérard Huet. The undecidability of unification in third-order logic. Information and Control, 22(3):257-267, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1648] Gérard Huet. A unification algorithm for typed lambda-calculus. Theoretical Computer Science, 1:27-57, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1649] Gérard Huet and Bernard Lang. Proving and applying program transformations expressed with second-order patterns. Acta Informatica, 11(1):31-55, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1650] G. Huet. Confluent reductions: Abstract properties and applications to term rewriting. Journal of the ACM, 27:797-821, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1651] Thomas E. Hukari and Robert D. Levine. Rethinking connectivity in unbounded dependency constructions. In Megan Crowhurst, editor, Proceedings of the Sixth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 91-102, Stanford University, 1987. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1652] Thomas E. Hukari and Robert D. Levine. On the disunity of unbounded dependency constructions. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 9(1):97-144, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1653] Thomas E. Hukari and Robert D. Levine. On infinitival unbounded dependency constructions. In Dawn Bates, editor, Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 223-234, Stanford University, 1991. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1654] Tony Hung. Syntactic and Semantic Aspects of Chinese Tone Sandhi. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1655] W. John Hutchins. Machine translation: A brief history. In E.F.K. Koerner and R.E. Asher, editors, Concise history of the language sciences: from the Sumerians to the cognitivists, pages 431-445. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1656] M. Huybregts. Overlapping dependencies in Dutch. In G. de Haan and W. Zonneveld, editors, Utrecht working papers in linguistics. Instituut A. W. de Groot voor Algemene Taalwetenshap, Utrecht, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1657] C.H. Hwang. A Logical Approach to Narrative Understanding. PhD thesis, University of Alberta, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1658] Nina M. Hyams. Language Acquisition and the Theory of Parameters. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1659] Larry M. Hyman. How concrete is phonology? Language, 46:58-76, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1660] Larry M. Hyman and Russell Schuh. Universals of tone rules: Evidence from West Africa. Linguistic Inquiry, 5:81-115, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1661] Larry M. Hyman and Karl Zimmer. Embedded topic in French. In Charles N. Li, editor, Subject and Topic, pages 191-211. Academic Press, New York, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1662] Larry M. Hyman, editor. Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics: Studies in Bantu Tonology, volume 3. University of Southern California., Los Angeles, CA, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1663] Larry M. Hyman, editor. Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics: Aghem Grammatical Structure, volume 4. University of Southern California., Los Angeles, CA, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1664] Larry M. Hyman, editor. Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics: Noni Grammatical Structure, volume 9. University of Southern California., Los Angeles, CA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1665] Eero Hyvönen. Graph grammar approach to natural language parsing and understanding. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 671-674, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1666] Eero Hyvönen. Semantic parsing as graph language transformation: A multidimensional approach to parsing highly inflectional languages. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 517-520, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1667] Sabine Iatridou. An anaphor not bound in its governing category. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(4):766-772, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1668] Hitoshi Iida, Kentaro Ogura, and Hirosato Nomura. A case analysis method cooperation with ATNG and its application to machine translation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 154-158, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1669] Masayo Iida, Stephen Wechsler, and Draga Zec, editors. Working Papers in Grammatical Theory and Discourse Structure. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 11. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1670] Masayo Iida. Case-assignment by nominals in Japanese. In Masayo Iida, Stephen Wechsler, and Draga Zec, editors, Working Papers in Grammatical Theory and Discourse Structure, Vol. I: Interactions of Morphology, Syntax, and Discourse, CSLI Lecture Notes, number 11, pages 93-138. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1671] Masayo Iida. Context and Binding in Japanese. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995. Revised and corrected version of 1992 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[1672] David Ingram. Typology and universals of personal pronouns. In Universals of Human Language: Word Structure, volume 3, pages 213-247. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1673] Robert Ingria. Compensatory lengthening as a metrical phenomenon. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:465-496, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1674] Robert J. P. Ingria. The limits of unification. In Proceedings of the 28th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Pittsburgh, pages 194-204. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1675] Sharon Inkelas and Draga Zec. Serbo-Croatian pitch accent: The interactions of tone, stress and intonation. Language, 64(2):227-248, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1676] Sharon Inkelas. Prosodic effects on syntax: Hausa `fa'. In Hagit Borer, editor, Proceedings of the Seventh West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 375-389, Stanford University, 1988. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1677] Sharon Inkelas. Prosodic Constituency in the Lexicon. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1678] Gordon Innes. A Mende-English Dictionary. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1969.
[ bib ]
[1679] Kyoko Inoue. An analysis of the English present perfect. Linguistics, pages 561-589, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1680] William F. Irmscher. Teaching Expository Writing. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1681] Pierre Isabelle. Another look at nominal compounds. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 509-516, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1682] Pierre Isabelle and Elliott Macklovitch. Transfer and MT modularity. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, pages 115-117, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1683] Yasuo Ishii. Reciprocal predicates in Japanese. In Proceedings of the Sixth Eastern States Conference on Linguistics, pages 150-161, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1684] Akira Ishikawa. Complex Predicates and Lexical Operations in Japanese. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1685] Shun Ishizaki. Generation of Japanese sentences from conceptual representation. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 613-615, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1686] Junko Itô and Ralf-Armin Mester. The phonology of voicing in Japanese: Theoretical consequences for morphological accessibility. Linguistic Inquiry, 17:49-73, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1687] Junko Itô. Syllable Theory in Prosodic Phonology. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1688] Junko Itô. A prosodic theory of epenthesis. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 7:217-260, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1689] H. Iwakura. On root transformations and the structure-preserving hypothesis. Linguistic Analysis, 4:321-364, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1690] Kunihiro Iwakura. On WH-movement and constraints on rules. Linguistic Analysis, 6(1):53-95, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1691] Roumyana Izvorski. On WH-movement and focus movement in Bulgarian. In Regine Eckhardt and Veerle van Geenhoven, editors, ConSole II Proceedings, Amsterdam, 1993. Sole Publications.
[ bib ]
[1692] Ray S. Jackendoff. Semantic Interpretation in Generative Grammar. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1972.
[ bib ]
[1693] Ray S. Jackendoff. Morphological and semantic regularities in the lexicon. Language, 51:639-671, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1694] Ray S. Jackendoff. Toward an explanatory semantic representation. Linguistic Inquiry, 7(1):89-150, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1695] Ray S. Jackendoff. X Syntax: A Study of Phrase Structure. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1696] Ray S. Jackendoff. Semantics and Cognition. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1697] Ray S. Jackendoff. The status of thematic relations in linguistic theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 18:369-411, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1698] Ray S. Jackendoff. Conceptual semantics. In Eco et al. [1009], pages 81-98.
[ bib ]
[1699] Ray S. Jackendoff. Semantic Structures. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1700] Ray S. Jackendoff. Lexical insertion in a post-minimalist theory of grammar. ms, Brandeis University, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1701] Paul S. Jacobs. Generation in a natural language interface. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 610-612, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1702] J. Jacobs. Focus ambiguities. Journal of Semantics, 8:1-16, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1703] Pauline Jacobson. Comments on `Subcategorization and grammatical relations'. In Annie Zaenen, editor, Subjects and Other Subjects, pages 57-70. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1704] Pauline Jacobson. Raising as function composition. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13:423-475, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1705] Pauline Jacobson. Raising without movement. In Richard K. Larson, Sabine Iatridou, Utpal Lahiri, and James Higginbotham, editors, Control and Grammar, pages 149-194. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1706] Pauline Jacobson. The lexical entailment theory of control and the tough construction. In Ivan A. Sag and Anna Szabolcsi, editors, Lexical Matters, pages 269-297. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1707] Pauline Jacobson. Towards a variable-free semantics. Linguistics and Philosophy, 22:117-184, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1708] Osvaldo Jaeggli. Remarks on to contraction. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:239-245, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1709] Osvaldo Jaeggli. On Some Phonologically Null Elements in Syntax. PhD thesis, MIT, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1710] Osvaldo Jaeggli. Passive. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(4):587-622, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1711] Osvaldo Jaeggli and Kenneth J. Safir. The null subject parameter and parametric theory. In Osvaldo Jaeggli and Kenneth J. Safir, editors, The Null Subject Parameter, pages 1-44. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1712] Joxan Jaffar and Jean-Louis Lassez. Constraint logic programming. In Proceedings of the SIGACT-SIGPLAN Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages, pages 111-119. ACM, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1713] Joxan Jaffar and Michael J. Maher. Constraint logic programming: A survey. Journal of Logic Programming, 19/20:503-581, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1714] Gerhard Jäger. Anaphora and ellipsis in type-logical grammar. In P. Dekker, M. Stokhof, and Y. Vanema, editors, Proceedings of the 11th Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 175-180, Amsterdam, 1997. ILLC, University of Amsterdam.
[ bib ]
[1715] Janice Lynn Jake. Grammatical relations in Imbabura Quechua. PhD thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champagne, 1985. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1716] Roman Jakobson, Gunnar Fant, and Morris Halle. Preliminaries to speech analysis: The distinctive features and their correlates. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1952.
[ bib ]
[1717] Roman Jakobson. Linguistics and poetics. In T. Sebeok, editor, Style in Language. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1960. Reprinted in Selected Writings, Vol. 3.
[ bib ]
[1718] Roman Jakobson. Grammatical parallelism and its Russian facet. Language, 40, 1966. Reprinted in Selected Writings, Vol. 3.
[ bib ]
[1719] Anthony Jameson. Impression monitoring in evaluation-oriented dialog: The role of the listener's assumed expectations and the values in the generation informative statements. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 616-620, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1720] T.M.V. Janssen. Foundations and Applications of Montague Grammar. CWI Tract 19. CWI, Amsterdam, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1721] T.M.V. Janssen. An algebraic view on rosetta. Technical Report CL-93-02, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1722] T.M.V. Janssen. An algebraic view. In M.T. Rosetta, editor, Compositional Translation, chapter 19, pages 389-416. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1723] T.M.V. Janssen. On the relation between synchronous TAG grammars and montague grammar. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 369-375, Amsterdam, 1994. ILLC.
[ bib ]
[1724] Theo M. V. Janssen. Compositionality. In Handbook of Logic and Language, pages 419-473. The MIT Press/Elsevier, Cambridge/Amsterdam, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1725] Lieven Jaspaert. Linguistic developments in EUROTRA since 1983. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, pages 294-296, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1726] J.O.M. Jaspars. A generalization of stability and its application to circumscription of positive introspective knowledge. In E. Börger, H. Kleine Büning, and M.M. Richter, editors, Computer Science Logic: Proceedings 4th Workshop, CSL'90, volume 533 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 289-299, Heidelberg, 1991. Springer Verlag.
[ bib ]
[1727] J.O.M. Jaspars. Logical omniscience and inconsistent beliefs. In M. de Rijke, editor, Diamonds and Defaults, pages 129-146. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1728] J.O.M. Jaspars. Calculi for Constructive Communication: A Study of the Dynamics of Partial States. PhD thesis, University of Tilburg, 1994. ILLC dissertation series 1994-4.
[ bib ]
[1729] Frederick Jelinek and R. L. Mercer. Interpolated estimation of markov source parameters from sparse data. In E. S. Gelsema and L. N. Kanal, editors, Pattern Recognition in Practice. North-Holland, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1730] Eloise Jelinek. Empty categories, case, and configurationality. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 2(1):39-76, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1731] Frederick Jelinek. Self-organized language modeling for speech recognition. In Alex Waibel and Kai-Fu Lee, editors, Readings in Speech Recognition. Morgan Kaufmann, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1732] F. Jelinek, J. D. Lafferty, and R. L. Mercer. Basic methods of probabilistic context free grammars. Technical Report RC 16374(#72684), IBM Research Division, T. J. Watson Research Center, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1733] Carolyn Jenkins. Some aspects of word-formation in a polysynthetic language. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 104-115, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1734] J. Jensen. A reply to ``Theoretical implications of Hungarian vowel harmony''. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:89-97, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1735] John Jensen and Margaret Jensen. Morphology is in the lexicon! Linguistic Inquiry, 15:474-498, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1736] Otto Jespersen. The Philosophy of Grammar. The Norton Library, 1924.
[ bib ]
[1737] Janne Bondi Johannessen. Coordination: A Minimalist Approach. PhD thesis, University of Oslo, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1738] Janne Bondi Johannessen. Coordination. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1998.
[ bib ]
[1739] Stig Johansson and Knut Hofland. Frequency Analysis of English vocabulary and grammar, based on the LOB corpus, I: Tag Frequencies and Word frequencies. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1740] Ch. Douglas Johnson. Formal aspects of phonological representation. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1741] David E. Johnson and Paul M. Postal. Arc Pair Grammar. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1742] Rod L. Johnson, Steven Krauwer, Michael A. Rosner, and G. B. Varile. The design of the kernel architecture of the EUROTRA system. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 226-235, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1743] Mark Johnson. A discovery algorithm for certain phonological rules. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 344-347, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1744] M. Johnson and E. Klein. Discourse, anaphora and parsing. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, pages 669-675, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1745] Mark Johnson. The LFG treatment of discontinuity and the double infinitive construction in Dutch. In Mary Dalrymple, Jeffrey Goldberg, Kristin Hanson, Michael Inman, Chris Piñon, and Stephen Wechsler, editors, Proceedings of the Fifth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 102-118, Stanford University, 1986. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1746] Mark Johnson. Attribute-Value Logic and the Theory of Grammar. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 16. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1747] Mark Johnson. Attribute-Value Logic and the Theory of Grammar. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1988. Reprinted as Johnson:Attribute.
[ bib ]
[1748] Mark Johnson and Martin Kay. Semantic abstraction and anaphora. In Hans Karlgren, editor, Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, pages 17-27, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1749] Mark Johnson. Expressing disjunctive and negative feature constraints in classical first-order logic. In Proceedings of the 28th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Pittsburgh. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1750] Mark Johnson. Features and formulae. Computational Linguistics, 17(2):131-151, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1751] Mark Johnson. Logic and feature structures. In Proceedings of the Twelfth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 992-996, 1991. Reprinted in [pp. 369-380]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1752] Michael Johnson. The Syntax and Semantics of Adverbial Adjuncts. PhD thesis, University of California, Santa Cruz, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1753] Mark Johnson and Samuel Bayer. Features and agreement in Lambek categorial grammar. In Proceedings of the Formal Grammar Workshop, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1754] M. Johnson and J. Dörre. Memoization of coroutined constraints. In Proceedings of the 33rd Annual Meeting of the ACL, Cambridge, MA, pages 100 - 107. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1755] Mark Johnson. Optimality-theoretic Lexical Functional Grammar. Presented to the 11th Annual CUNY Conference on Human Sentence Processing, Special Session on the Lexical Basis of Syntactic Processing: Formal and Computational Issues, Rutgers University, 1998.
[ bib | .ps.gz ]
[1756] Mark Johnson, Stuart Geman, Stephen Canon, Zhiyi Chi, and Stefan Riezler. Estimators for stochastic ``unification-based'' grammars. In Proceedings of the 37th Annual Meeting of the ACL, College Park, MD. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1999.
[ bib | .ps.gz ]
[1757] Mark Johnson. Type-driven semantic interpretation and feature dependencies in R-LFG. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1758] Mark Johnson and Stefan Riezler. Exploiting auxiliary distributions in stochastic unification-based grammars. In Proceedings of the 1st Meeting of the North American Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ANLP-NAACL 2000), Seattle, WA, 2000.
[ bib | .ps.gz ]
[1759] Mark Johnson. Stochastic Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[1760] Philip N. Johnson-Laird. Mental Models. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1761] Linda Kay Jones. Theme in English Expository Discourse. Edward Sapir Monograph Series in Language, Culture, and Cognition. Jupiter Press, 1977. Also in Forum Linguisticum 1:3, April 1977.
[ bib ]
[1762] Michael A. Jones. Getting `tough' with WH-movement. Journal of Linguistics, 19:129-159, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1763] Mark A. Jones. Activation-based parsing. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 678-682, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1764] Martin Joos. The medieval sibilants. Language, 28:222-231, 1952.
[ bib ]
[1765] Martin Joos, editor. Readings in linguistics; the development of descriptive linguistics in America since 1925. American Council of Learned Societies, New York, 1958.
[ bib ]
[1766] H. F. Jordan. Hep architecture programming and performance. In Parallel MIMD Computation: The HEP Supercomputer and its Applications, pages 1-40. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985. HEP full/empty bit synchronization multiprocessors.
[ bib ]
[1767] Kathleen Jordan and Michael Lynch. The sociology of a genetic engineering technique: Ritual and rationality in the performance of a `plasmid prep'. Presented at the 1989 Summer Conference of the International Society for the History, Philosophy, and Social Studies of Biology, held in London, Ontario, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1768] Brian Joseph. The synchrony and diachrony of the Balkan infinitive: A study in areal, general, and historical linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1769] Aravind K. Joshi, L. S. Levy, and M. Takahashi. Tree adjunct grammars. Journal of Computer and System Sciences, 10(1):136-163, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1770] Aravind K. Joshi, Bonnie Lynn Webber, and Ralph M. Weischedel. Preventing false inferences. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 134-138, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1771] Smita Joshi. Logical subject in Marathi grammar and predicate argument structure. In E. Jane Fee and Katherine Hunt, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 207-219, Stanford University, 1989. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1772] Smita Joshi. Selection of Grammatical and Logical Functions in Marathi. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1773] Uwe Junghanns and Gerhild Zybatow. Syntax and information structure of Russian clauses. In Wayles Browne, Ewa Dornisch, Natasha Kondrashova, and Draga Zec, editors, Formal Approaches to Slavic Linguistics: The Cornell Meeting, 1995, pages 289-319, Ann Arbor, 1997. Michigan Slavic Association.
[ bib ]
[1774] Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin. Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Speech Recognition, and Computational Linguistics. Prentice Hall, 2000.
[ bib ]
[1775] Marcel Adam Just and Patricia A. Carpenter, editors. Cognitive Processes in Comprehension. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1776] Michael B. Kac. On composite predication in English. In Masayoshi Shibatani, editor, The Grammar of Causative Constructions, volume 6 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 229-258. Academic Press, San Diego, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1777] Michael B. Kac. Corepresentation of Grammatical Structure. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1778] Michael B. Kac. Surface transitivity, respectively coordination and context-freeness. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 5(3):441-452, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1779] Yamuna Kachru. On the semantics of the causative construction in Hindi-Urdu. In Masayoshi Shibatani, editor, The Grammar of Causative Constructions, volume 6 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 353-369. Academic Press, San Diego, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1780] Nirit Kadmon. On Unique and Non-Unique Reference and Asymmetric Quantification. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1781] Nirit Kadmon. Uniqueness. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(3):273-342, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1782] H. R. Kahane and R. Beym. Syntactical juncture in colloquial Mexican Spanish. Language, 24:388-396, 1948.
[ bib ]
[1783] Ellen M. Kaisse. Hiatus in Modern Greek. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1784] Ellen M. Kaisse. The syntax of auxiliary reduction in English. Language, 59:93-122, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1785] Ellen M. Kaisse. Locating Turkish devoicing. In Mary Dalrymple, Jeffrey Goldberg, Kristin Hanson, Michael Inman, Chris Piñon, and Stephen Wechsler, editors, Proceedings of the Fifth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 102-118, Stanford University, 1986. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1786] Kalish and Montague. Logic. Techniques of Formal Reasoning. Harcourt, Bran & World, New York, 1964.
[ bib ]
[1787] Dalina Kallulli. Clitics in Albanian. PhD thesis, University of Trondheim, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1788] Jugal K. Kalita, M. J. Colbourn, and Gordon I. McCalla. A response to the need for summary responses. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 432-436, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1789] F. Kamareddine. Semantics in Frege Structures. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1790] F. Kamareddine. lambda -terms, logic, determiners and quantifiers. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 1:79-103, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1791] F. Kamareddine and E. Klein. Nominalisation, predication and type containment. Journal of Logic, Language, and Information, 2:171-215, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1792] Megumi Kameyama. Zero Anaphora: The Case of Japanese. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1793] Megumi Kameyama. Functional precedence conditions on overt and zero pronominals. Technical report, Microelectronics and Computer Technology Corporation, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1794] M. Kameyama. Indefeasible semantics and defeasible pragmatics. Technical Report CS-R9441, CWI, Amsterdam, July, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1795] H. Kamp. Tense Logic and the Theory of Order. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1968.
[ bib ]
[1796] Hans Kamp. Two theories about adjectives. In Edward L. Keenan, editor, Formal Semantics of Natural Language, pages 123-155. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1797] H. Kamp. Events, instants and temporal reference. In Bäuerle, Egli, and Von Stechow, editors, Semantics from Different Points of View. Springer, Berlin, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1798] Hans Kamp. A theory of truth and semantic representation. In Jeroen Groenendijk, Theo Janssen, and Martin Stokhof, editors, Formal Methods in the Study of Language, pages 277-321. Mathematical Centre, Amsterdam, 1981. Reprinted in PortnerPartee:Readings, 189-222.
[ bib ]
[1799] H. Kamp and C. Rohrer. Tense in texts. In Rainer Bauerle, Christoph Schwarze, and Arnim von Stechow, editors, Meaning, Use and Interpretation of Language, pages 250-269. De Gruyter, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1800] H. Kamp. Prolegomena to a structural account of belief and other attitudes. In C. A. Anderson and J. Owens, editors, Propositional Attitudes-The Role of Content in Logic, Language, and Mind, chapter 2, pages 27-90. University of Chicago Press and CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1801] H. Kamp and U. Reyle. A calculus for first order discourse representation structures. Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340 16, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1802] H. Kamp and A. Roßdeutscher. Remarks on lexical structure,drs-construction and lexically driven inferences. Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340 21, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1803] H. Kamp. Disambiguation in discourse. In M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo, and M. Bras, editors, Semantics of Time, Space and Movement. Working Papers of the 4th International Workshop, pages 281-308. Groupe ``Langue, Raisonment, Calcul'', CNRS et Université Paul Sabatier, CNRS et Université Toulouse Le Mirail, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1804] Hans Kamp and Uwe Reyle. From Discourse to Logic: An Introduction to Modeltheoretic Semantics of Natural Language, Formal Logic and Discourse Representation Theory. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1805] N. M. Kamwangamalu. Passivization in Bantu languages: Implications for relational grammar. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 15:109-133, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1806] N. M. Kamwangamalu. `C-command' and the phonology-syntax interface in Ciluba. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 18(2):87-109, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1807] L. N. Kanal and J. F. Lemmer, editors. Uncertainty in Artificial Intelligence. North-Holland, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1808] Makoto Kanazawa. Weak vs. strong readings of donkey sentences and monotonicity inference in a dynamic setting. Linguistics and Philosophy, 17(2):109-158, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1809] Yoshiaki Kaneko. On exceptional case marking in English and Japanese. English Linguistics, 5:271-289, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1810] Jonni M. Kanerva. Morphological integrity and syntax: The evidence from Finnish possessive suffixes. Language, 63(3):498-521, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1811] Jonni M. Kanerva. Combination and Structure in Chichewa Phonology. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1812] Jonni M. Kanerva. Focusing on phonological phrases in Chichewa. In Sharon Inkelas and Draga Zec, editors, The Phonology-Syntax Connection. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1813] Max I. Kanovich. Horn programming in linear logic is NP-complete. In Seventh Annual IEEE Symposium on Logic in Computer Science, pages 200-210, Los Alamitos, CA, 1992. IEEE Computer Society Press.
[ bib ]
[1814] Zbigniew Kanski. Logical symmetry and natural language reciprocals. In Proceedings of the 1987 Debrecen Symposium on Language and Logic, pages 49-68, Budapest, 1987. Akadémiai Kiadó.
[ bib ]
[1815] Immanual Kant. The Critique of Judgment. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1952. Originally published in 1790; Translated by James Creed Meredith.
[ bib ]
[1816] D. Kaplan and R. Montague. A paradox regained. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic, 1:79-90, 1960.
[ bib ]
[1817] Ronald M. Kaplan. Augmented transition networks as psychological models of sentence comprehension. Artificial Intelligence, 3:77-100, 1972.
[ bib ]
[1818] Ronald M. Kaplan. A general syntactic processor. In Randall Rustin, editor, Natural Language Processing. Algorithmics Press, New York, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1819] Ronald M. Kaplan. A multi-processing approach to natural language. In Proceedings of the 1973 National Computer Conference, pages 435-440, Montvale, NJ, 1973. AFIPS Press.
[ bib ]
[1820] David Kaplan. How to Russell a Frege-Church. Journal of Philosophy, 72(19):716-729, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1821] Ronald M. Kaplan. On process models for sentence analysis. In Donald A. Norman and David E. Rumelhart, editors, Explorations in cognition, pages 117-135. W. H. Freeman, San Francisco, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1822] Ronald M. Kaplan. Transient Processing Load in Relative Clauses. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1823] Ronald M. Kaplan. Models of comprehension based on augmented transition networks. Presented at the ATT-MIT Convocation on Communications, March 1976, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1824] David Kaplan. On the logic of demonstratives. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 8:81-98, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1825] Ronald M. Kaplan and Joan Bresnan. Lexical-Functional Grammar: A formal system for grammatical representation. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 173-281. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982. Reprinted in [pp. 29-130]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1826] Ronald M. Kaplan. Determinism and nondeterminism in modelling psycholinguistic processes. Presented at the conference on Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality Revisited, Princeton University, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1827] S. Jerrold Kaplan. Cooperative responses from a portable natural language database query system. In Michael Brady and Robert C. Berwick, editors, Computational Models of Discourse, pages 167-208. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1828] Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen. Functional uncertainty. CSLI Monthly Newsletter, January 1987. Stanford University.
[ bib ]
[1829] Ronald M. Kaplan. Three seductions of computational psycholinguistics. In Peter Whitelock, Mary McGee Wood, Harold L. Somers, Rod Johnson, and Paul Bennett, editors, Linguistic Theory and Computer Applications, pages 149-188. Academic Press, London, 1987. Also published as CCL/UMIST Report No. 86.2: Alvey/ICL Workshop on Linguistic Theory and Computer Applications: Transcripts of Presentations and Discussions. Center for Computational Linguistics, University of Manchester. Reprinted in [pp. 337-367]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1830] Ronald M. Kaplan and John T. Maxwell, III. Constituent coordination in Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING88), Budapest, volume 1, pages 303-305, 1988. Reprinted in [pp. 199-210]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1831] Ronald M. Kaplan and John T. Maxwell, III. An algorithm for functional uncertainty. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING88), Budapest, volume 1, pages 297-302, 1988. Reprinted in [pp. 177-197]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1832] Ronald M. Kaplan and Annie Zaenen. Functional uncertainty and functional precedence in continental West Germanic. In Harald Trost, editor, Österreichische Artificial-Intelligence-Tagung, Proceedings, pages 114-123, Berlin, 1988. Springer-Verlag.
[ bib ]
[1833] Ronald M. Kaplan. Correspondences and their inverses. Presented at the Titisee Workshop on Unification Formalisms: Syntax, Semantics and Implementation, Titisee, Germany, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1834] Ronald M. Kaplan, Klaus Netter, Jürgen Wedekind, and Annie Zaenen. Translation by structural correspondences. In Proceedings of the 4th Meeting of the EACL, Manchester, pages 272-281. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1989. Reprinted in [pp. 311-329]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1835] Ronald M. Kaplan and Annie Zaenen. Long-distance dependencies, constituent structure, and functional uncertainty. In Mark Baltin and Anthony Kroch, editors, Alternative Conceptions of Phrase Structure, pages 17-42. Chicago University Press, 1989. Reprinted in [pp. 137-165]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1836] Ronald M. Kaplan and Annie Zaenen. Functional precedence and constituent structure. In Chu-Ren Huang and Keh-Jiann Chen, editors, Proceedings of ROCLING II, pages 19-40, Taipei, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1837] Ronald M. Kaplan. The formal architecture of Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Chu-Ren Huang and Keh-Jiann Chen, editors, Proceedings of ROCLING II, pages 3-18, 1989. Reprinted in [pp. 7-27]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[1838] Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, Annie Zaenen, and Mary Dalrymple. A conservative extension to the functional uncertainty notation, 1992. ms, Xerox PARC.
[ bib ]
[1839] Ronald M. Kaplan and Jürgen Wedekind. Restriction and correspondence-based translation. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1840] Ronald M. Kaplan and Martin Kay. Regular models of phonological rule systems. Computational Linguistics, 20(3):331-378, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1841] Ronald M. Kaplan and John T. Maxwell, III. LFG Grammar Writer's Workbench. Technical report, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center, 1996.
[ bib | .ps ]
[1842] Ronald M. Kaplan and Paula Newman. Lexical resource reconciliation in the Xerox Linguistic Environment. In D. Estival, A. Lavelli, K. Netter, and F. Pianesi, editors, Computational environments for grammar development and linguistic engineering, pages 54-61, 1997. Proceedings of a workshop sponsored by the Association for Computational Linguistics, Madrid, Spain, July 1997.
[ bib ]
[1843] Ronald M. Kaplan and Jürgen Wedekind. LFG generation produces context-free languages. In Proceedings of the 18th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING2000), Saarbrücken, 2000.
[ bib ]
[1844] Ronald M. Kaplan and Tracy Holloway King. Low-level markup and large-scale LFG grammar processing. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2003 Conference, 2003.
[ bib | .html ]
[1845] Robin F. Karlin. Defining the semantics of verbal modifiers in the domain of cooking tasks. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Buffalo, NY, pages 61-67. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1846] Lauri Karttunen. What makes definite noun phrases definite? Technical Report P-3871, The RAND Corporation, 1968.
[ bib ]
[1847] Lauri Karttunen. The presuppositions of compound sentences. Linguistic Inquiry, 4(2):169-193, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1848] L. Karttunen. Presuppositions of compound sentences. Linguistic Inquiry, 4:169-193, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1849] L. Karttunen. Presupposition and linguistic context. Theoretical Linguistics, pages 181-194, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1850] Lauri Karttunen and Stanley Peters. Conventional implicature in Montague grammar. In Cathy Cogen, Henry Thompson, Graham Thurgood, Kenneth Whistler, and James Wright, editors, Proceedings of the First Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 266-278, University of California, Berkeley, 1975. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1851] L. Karttunen. Discourse referents. In James D. McCawley, editor, Syntax and Semantics 7: Notes from the Linguistic Underground, pages 363-386. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1852] Lauri Karttunen and Stanley Peters. Requiem for presupposition. In Kenneth Whistler, Jr. Robert D. Van Valin, Chris Chiarello, Jeri J. Jaeger, Miriam Petruck, Henry Thompson, Ronya Javkin, and Anthony Woodbury, editors, Proceedings of the Third Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 360-371, University of California, Berkeley, 1977. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1853] Lauri Karttunen. The syntax and semantics of questions. Linguistics and Philosophy, 1:3-44, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1854] Lauri Karttunen and Stanley Peters. Conventional implicature. In Choon-Kyu Oh and David A. Dineen, editors, Presupposition, volume 11 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 1-56. Academic Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1855] Lauri Karttunen. Features and values. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 28-33, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1856] Lauri Karttunen. D-PATR: A development environment for unification-based grammars. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, 1986. Also published as CSLI Report 61, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1857] Lauri Karttunen. Radical lexicalism. In Mark Baltin and Anthony Kroch, editors, Alternative Conceptions of Phrase Structure, pages 43-65. Chicago University Press, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1858] Lauri Karttunen. Constructing lexical transducers. In Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), Kyoto, pages 406-411, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1859] Kenneth R. Beesley and Lauri Karttunen. Finite-State Morphology. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2003.
[ bib ]
[1860] R. T. Kasper and W. C. Rounds. A complete logical calculus for record structures representing linguistic information. In Proceedings of the 15th Annual Symposium on Logic in Computer Science, Cambridge, MA, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1861] Robert T. Kasper and William C. Rounds. A logical semantics for feature structures. In Proceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the ACL, New York. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1862] Robert T. Kasper. A unification method for disjunctive feature descriptions. In Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Stanford, pages 235-242. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1863] Robert T. Kasper. Feature Structures: A Logical Theory with Application to Language Analysis. PhD thesis, University of Michigan, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1864] Robert T. Kasper and William C. Rounds. The logic of unification in grammar. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(1), 1990.
[ bib ]
[1865] W. Kasper. The construction of semantic representations from f-structures. In G. G. Bes and T. Guiillotin, editors, A Natural Language and Graphics Interface, pages 122-146. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1866] Robert Kasper. Adjuncts in the Mittelfeld. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 39 - 69. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1867] Robert Kasper. Semantics of recursive modification. Handout for HPSG Workshop Tübingen, June 1995, 1995.
[ bib | ftp ]
[1868] Fusa Katada. The LF representation of anaphors. Linguistic Inquiry, 22(2):287-314, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1869] Yasuhiro Katagiri. Perspectivity and Japanese reflexive zibun. ms, NTT Basic Research Laboratories, Tokyo, Japan, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1870] Andreas Kathol. Passives without lexical rules. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 237 - 272. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1871] Andreas Kathol. Agreement and the syntax-morphology interface in HPSG. In Robert Levine and Georgia Green, editors, Studies in Current Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 223-274. Cambridge University Press, 1999.
[ bib ]
[1872] Jerrold J. Katz and Jerry A. Fodor. The structure of a semantic theory. Language, 39:170-210, 1963.
[ bib ]
[1873] Jerrold J. Katz and D. Terence Langendoen. Pragmatics and presupposition. Language, 52(1):1-17, 1976.
[ bib ]
[1874] Jerrold J. Katz. Propositional Structure and Illocutionary Force. The Language & Thought Series. Thomas Y. Crowell, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1875] Martin Kay. Experiments with a powerful parser. In Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Computational Linguistics, Grenoble, 1967.
[ bib ]
[1876] Martin Kay. Functional Grammar. In Christine Chiarello, John Kingston, Eve E. Sweetser, James Collins, Haruko Kawasaki, John Manley-Buser, Dorothy W. Marschak, Catherine O'Connor, David Shaul, Marta Tobey, Henry Thompson, and Katherine Turner, editors, Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society, pages 142-158, University of California, Berkeley, 1979. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1877] Martin Kay. Parsing in Functional Unification Grammar. In David R. Dowty, Lauri Karttunen, and A. Zwicky, editors, Natural Language Parsing, pages 251-278. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1878] Martin Kay. The dictionary server. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, page 461, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1879] Martin Kay. Functional Unification Grammar: A formalism for machine translation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 75-78, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1880] Martin Kay. Unification in grammar. In Veronica Dahl and Patrick Saint-Dizier, editors, Natural Language Understanding and Logic Programming. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1881] Martin Kay. Algorithm schemata and data structures in syntactic processing. In Barbara J. Grosz, Karen Sparck-Jones, and Bonnie Lynn Webber, editors, Readings in Natural Language Processing, pages 35-70. Morgan Kaufmann, Los Altos, CA, 1986 (1980).
[ bib ]
[1882] Martin Kay. Nonconcatenative finite-state morphology. In Proceedings of the 3rd Meeting of the EACL, pages 2-10. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1883] Martin Kay. Head-driven parsing. In Proceedings of the International Workshop on Parsing Technologies, pages 52-62, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1884] M. Kay. Head driven parsing. In Proceedings of the the Workshop on Parsing Technologies, Pittsburgh, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1885] Paul Kay. Contextual operators: respective, respectively, and vice versa. In Kira Hall, Michael Meacham, and Richard Shapiro, editors, Proceedings of the Fifteenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 181-192, University of California, Berkeley, 1989. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1886] P. Kay. The inheritance of presuppositions. Linguistics and Philosophy, 15(4):333-379, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1887] Paul Kay and Charles J. Fillmore. Grammatical constructions and linguistic generalizations: the What's X doing Y? construction. ms, University of California-Berkeley, 1997.
[ bib | .ps ]
[1888] Paul Kay. An informal sketch of a formal architecture for Construction Grammar. In Proceedings of the Conference on Formal Grammar, HPSG and Categorial Grammar, Saarbrücken, 1998.
[ bib | .ps ]
[1889] Richard S. Kayne. French Syntax: The Transformational Cycle. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1975.
[ bib ]
[1890] Richard S. Kayne. ECP extensions. Linguistic Inquiry, 12:93 - 133, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1891] Richard S. Kayne. Connectedness. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(2):223 - 250, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1892] Richard S. Kayne. Connectedness and Binary Branching. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1893] Richard S. Kayne. The antisymmetry of syntax. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1894] C. N. B. Keach. The Syntax and Interpretation of the Relative Clause Construction in Swahili. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1895] Mary-Louise Kean. The strict cycle in phonology. Linguistic Inquiry, 5:179-203, 1974.
[ bib ]
[1896] Patricia Ann Keating. A Phonetic Study of a Voicing Contrast in Polish. PhD thesis, Brown University, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1897] Edward L. Keenan and Bernard Comrie. Noun phrase accessibility and universal grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 8(1):63-99, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1898] Edward L. Keenan. Facing the truth: Some advantages of direct interpretation. Linguistics and Philosophy, 6:335-372, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1899] Edward L. Keenan and Lawrence Moss. Generalized quantifiers and the expressive power of natural language. In Johan van Benthem and Alice ter Meulen, editors, Generalized Quantifiers. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1900] E. L. Keenan and Jonathan Stavi. Natural language determiners. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9:253-326, 1986.
[ bib ]
[1901] Edward L. Keenan and Dag Westerståhl. Generalized quantifiers in linguistics and logic. In Handbook of Logic and Language, pages 837-893. The MIT Press/Elsevier, Cambridge/Amsterdam, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1902] Edward L. Keenan. Unreducible n-ary quantifiers in natural language. In Peter Gärdenfors, editor, Generalized Quantifiers: Linguistic and Logical Approaches, pages 109-150. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1903] E. Keenan. Unreducible n-ary quantification in natural language. In P. Gärdenfors, editor, Generalized Quantifiers, Linguistic and Logical Approaches, pages 109-150. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1904] Edward L. Keenan. On semantics and the binding theory. In John A. Hawkins, editor, Explaining language universals. Blackwell Publishers, New York, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1905] Edward L. Keenan. Complex anaphors and Bind alpha. In L. MacLeod, G. Larson, and D. Brentari, editors, Papers from the Twenty-Fourth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 216-232, University of Chicago, 1988. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[1906] Andrew Kehler. The effect of establishing coherence in ellipsis and anaphora resolution. In Proceedings of the 31st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Columbus, OH, pages 62-69. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1907] Andrew Kehler. A discourse copying algorithm for ellipsis and anaphora resolution. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1908] Andrew Kehler, Mary Dalrymple, John Lamping, and Vijay A. Saraswat. The semantics of resource-sharing in Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the 7th Meeting of the EACL, Dublin. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995. Reprinted in [pp. 191-208]Dalrymple:Glue.
[ bib ]
[1909] Andrew Kehler and Stuart M. Shieber. Anaphoric dependencies in ellipsis. Computational Linguistics, 23(3):457-466, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1910] Andrew Kehler. Interpreting Cohesive Forms in the Context of Discourse Influence. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1911] Andrew Kehler. Coherence and the coordinate structure constraint. In Proceedings of the 22nd Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, Berkeley, 1996. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib | .html ]
[1912] Andrew Kehler. Coherence and the resolution of ellipsis. Linguistics and Philosophy, 23(6):533-575, 2000.
[ bib ]
[1913] Andrew Kehler. Discourse. In Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition, by Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin (contributing writers: Andrew Kehler, Keith Vander Linden, and Nigel Ward), Prentice Hall, New Jersey., 2000.
[ bib ]
[1914] Andrew Kehler. Coherence, Reference, and the Theory of Grammar. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2002.
[ bib ]
[1915] Evelyn Fox Keller. Reflections on Gender and Science. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1916] W.R. Keller. Nested Cooper storage. In U. Reyle and C. Rohrer, editors, Natural Language Parsing and Linguistic Theory, pages 432-447. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1917] Bill Keller. Feature logics, infinitary descriptions, and the logical treatment of grammar. Technical report, University of Sussex, 1991. Cognitive Science Research Report 205.
[ bib ]
[1918] Bill Keller. Feature Logics, Infinitary Descriptions, and Grammar. Number 44 in CSLI Lecture Notes. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1919] B. Keller. Feature Logics, Infinitary Descriptions and Grammar. Number 44 in CSLI Lecture Notes. CSLI, Stanford, CA., 1993.
[ bib ]
[1920] Suzanne Kemmer. The Middle Voice. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1921] Suzanne Kemmer. Middle voice, transitivity, and the elaboration of events. In Barbara Fox and Paul Hopper, editors, Voice: Form and Function. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1922] Suzanne Kemmer. Reciprocal marking. ms, University of California-San Diego, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1923] Ruth M. Kempson. Semantic Theory. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1924] Ruth M. Kempson and Annabel Cormack. Type lifting rules and VP anaphora. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 140-152, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[1925] Ruth Kempson. Ellipsis as labelled deduction. Language and Deduction. Bulletin for Interest Group in Pure and Applied Logics, 3:189-256, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1926] István Kenesei. Word order in Hungarian complex sentences. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:328-342, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1927] Christopher Kennedy. Projecting the Adjective: The Syntax and Semantics of Gradability and Comparison. PhD thesis, University of California, Santa Cruz, 1997.
[ bib ]
[1928] Sarah D. Kennelly. Reciprocity in Turkish: Evidence against AGR as a definition of finiteness. ms, MIT and Università degli Studi di Siena, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1929] Michael Kenstowicz and Jerzy Rubach. The phonology of syllable nuclei in Slovak. Language, 63:463-497, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1930] S. J. Keyser and Paul Kiparsky. Syllable structure in Finnish phonology. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 7-31. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1931] Jay Keyser and Thomas Roeper. On the middle and ergative constructions in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 15(3), 1984.
[ bib ]
[1932] A. Khamisi. A consideration of grammatical roles in Swahili. Master's thesis, University of York, York, UK, 1972.
[ bib ]
[1933] A.E Kibrik. Toward a typology of ergativity. In Johanna Nichols and Anthony C. Woodbury, editors, Grammar Inside and Outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field, pages 268-323. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985. Excerpted from Kibrik 1979-81 by J. Nichols, with some addenda and corrections by the author, and translated by J. Schallert and J. Nichols.
[ bib ]
[1934] Lukowa Kidima. Object agreement and topicality hierarchies in Kiyaka. Studies in African Linguistics, 18:175-209, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1935] Lukowa Kidima. Objects and object agreement in Kiyaka. Studies in African Linguistics, 18(2), 1987.
[ bib ]
[1936] Nam-Kil Kim. The Grammar of Korean Complementation. Center for Korean Studies, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1937] Yookyung Kim and Stanley Peters. Semantic and pragmatic context-dependence: The case of reciprocals. In Teresa Galloway and Mandy Simons, editors, The Proceedings from the Fifth Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory: SALT V, 1995. Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics.
[ bib ]
[1938] Boomee Kim. Predication in tough constructions. In José Camacho, Lina Choueri, and Maki Watanabe, editors, Proceedings of the Fourteenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 271-285, 1995.
[ bib ]
[1939] Soowon Kim. Chain composition and uniformity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 19(1):67-107, 2001.
[ bib ]
[1940] Alexandre Kimenyi. Subjectivization rules in Kinyarwanda. In Henry Thompson, Kenneth Whistler, et al., editors, Proceedings of the Second Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 258-268, University of California, Berkeley, 1976. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1941] Alexandre Kimenyi. A Relational Grammar of Kinyarwanda. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1942] Robert King. Functional load and sound change. Language, 43:831-852, 1967.
[ bib ]
[1943] Harold King. On blocking the rules for contraction in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 1(1):134-136, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1944] Robert King. Rule insertion. Language, 49:551-573, 1973.
[ bib ]
[1945] Margaret King. When is the next ALPAC report due? In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 352-353, 1984.
[ bib ]
[1946] Tracy Holloway King. Configuring Topic and Focus in Russian. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1995. Revised and corrected version of 1993 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[1947] Tracy Holloway King. Focus domains and information structure. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[1948] Tracy Holloway King, Stefanie Dipper, Anette Frank, Jonas Kuhn, and John Maxwell. Ambiguity management in grammar writing. In ESSLLI-2000 Workshop on Linguistic Theory and Grammar Implementation, 2000.
[ bib ]
[1949] Tracy Holloway King and Mary Dalrymple. Agreement inside and outside the noun phrase. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2002 Conference, 2002.
[ bib | .html ]
[1950] Tracy H. King, Richard Crouch, Stefan Riezler, Mary Dalrymple, and Ronald M. Kaplan. The PARC 700 dependency bank. In Proceedings of the 4th International Workshop on Linguistically Interpreted Corpora, Budapest, 2003. Held at the 10th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (EACL'03).
[ bib ]
[1951] Tracy Holloway King and Mary Dalrymple. Determiner agreement and noun conjunction. Journal of Linguistics, 2004.
[ bib ]
[1952] Tracy Holloway King, Martin Forst, Jonas Kuhn, and Miriam Butt. The feature space in parallel grammar writing. ms, Palo Alto Research Center, 2004.
[ bib ]
[1953] Walter Kintsch. On comprehending stories. In Just and Carpenter [1775].
[ bib ]
[1954] Walter Kintsch and Teun A. van Dijk. Toward a model of text comprehension and production. Psychological Review, 85:363-380, 1978.
[ bib ]
[1955] Walter Kintsch and James G. Greeno. Understanding and solving word arithmetic problems. Psychological Review, 92(1):109-129, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1956] Kasangati Kinyalolo. Syntactic Dependencies and the SPEC-Head Agreement Hypothesis. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1957] Paul Kiparsky and Carol Kiparsky. Fact. In Manfred Bierwisch and Karl E. Heidolph, editors, Progress in Linguistics, pages 143-173. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1958] Paul Kiparsky. Stress, syntax, and meter. Language, 51:576-616, 1975. Reprinted in Freeman:Essays.
[ bib ]
[1959] Paul Kiparsky. The rhythmic structure of English verse. Linguistic Inquiry, 8:189-247, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1960] Paul Kiparsky. Metrical structure assignment is cyclic. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:421-442, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1961] Paul Kiparsky. Panini as a Variationist. The MIT Press and Poona University Press, Cambridge and Poona, 1979.
[ bib ]
[1962] Paul Kiparsky. Word-formation and the lexicon. In F. Ingemann, editor, Proceedings of the 1982 Mid-America Lingistics Conference, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1963] Paul Kiparsky. The role of quantity in Finnish and English meters. In Mary Niepokuj, Mary VanClay, Vassiliki Nikiforidou, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, University of California, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1964] Paul Kiparsky. Phonological change. In Frederick J. Newmeyer, editor, Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey, Vol. I, pages 363-415. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1988.
[ bib ]
[1965] Paul Kiparsky. Morphology and grammatical relations. ms, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1966] David Kirsh. When is information explicitly represented? In P. Hanson, editor, Information, Thought and Control, Vancouver Studies in Cognitive Science. UBC Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1967] Katalin É. Kiss. Structural relations in Hungarian, a ``free'' word order language. Linguistic Inquiry, 12:185-213, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1968] Katalin É. Kiss. Configurationality in Hungarian. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1969] Katalin É. Kiss. Wh-movement and specificity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 11(1):85-120, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1970] Tibor Kiss. Obligatory coherence: The structure of German modal verb constructions. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 71 - 107. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1971] Tibor Kiss. Unicorns in head-driven phrase structure grammar. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 191 - 200, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1972] Charles Kisseberth. On the functional unity of phonological rules. Linguistic Inquiry, 1:291-306, 1970.
[ bib ]
[1973] Charles W. Kisseberth and M. I. Abasheikh. The object relationship in Chi-Mwi:ni, a Bantu language. In Peter Cole and Jerrold M. Sadock, editors, Grammatical Relations, volume 8 of Syntax and Semantics. Academic Press, New York, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1974] Yoshihisa Kitagawa. Copying identity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 9(3):497-536, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1975] Hisatsugu Kitahara. Deducing `superiority' effects from the Shortest Chain requirement. In Harvard Working Papers in Linguistics. Harvard University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[1976] Richard Kittredge and John Lehrberger, editors. Sublanguage: Studies of Language in Restricted Semantic Domains. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1977] Richard I. Kittredge and Igor Mel'cuk. Towards a computable model of meaning-text relations within a natural sublanguage. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 657-659, 1983.
[ bib ]
[1978] Miriam Klaiman. Bengali conjunctive participle constructions. In Amy Dahlstrom, Claudia Brugman, Monica Macaulay, Inese Civkulis, Michele Emanatian, Donna Sakima, and Raquel Teixeira, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 138-147, University of California, Berkeley, 1983. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[1979] Judith Klavans. Configuration in non-configurational languages. In Proceedings of the First West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 292-306, 1982.
[ bib ]
[1980] J. L. Klavans. The independence of syntax and phonology in cliticization. Language, 61:95-120, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1981] E. Klein. A semantics for positive and comparative adjectives. Linguistics and Philosophy, 4:1-45, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1982] Ewan Klein. The interpretation of adjectival comparatives. Journal of Linguistics, 18:1-45, 1980.
[ bib ]
[1983] Ewan Klein. The interpretation of adjectival, nominal, and adverbial comparatives. In Jeroen Groenendijk, Theo Janssen, and Martin Stokhof, editors, Formal Methods in the Study of Language. Mathematical Centre, Amsterdam, 1981.
[ bib ]
[1984] Ewan Klein and Ivan A. Sag. Type-driven translation. Linguistics and Philosophy, 8:163-201, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1985] Ewan Klein. VP-Ellipsis in DR theory. In Jeroen Groenendijk and Martin Stokhof, editors, Studies in Discourse Representation Theory and the Theory of Generalized Quantifiers. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1986] E. Klein. Vp ellipsis in dr theory. In J. Groenendijk, D. de Jongh, and M. Stokhof, editors, Studies in Discourse Representation Theory and the Theory of Generalized Quantifiers, number 8 in Groeningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics, pages 161-187. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[1987] E. Klein. Comparatives. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik, volume 6 of Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft, chapter VIII, pages 673-691. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[1988] Edward Klima. Relatedness between grammatical systems. Language, 40:1-19, 1964.
[ bib ]
[1989] G. A. Klimov. Tipologija Jazykof Aktivnogo Stroja. Nauka, Moscow, 1977.
[ bib ]
[1990] J.W. Klop. Term rewriting systems. In S. Abramski, D. Gabbay, and T. Maibaum, editors, Handbook of Logic in Computer Science. Oxford University Press, 1992.
[ bib ]
[1991] Laura Knecht. Subject and Object in Turkish. PhD thesis, MIT, 1985.
[ bib ]
[1992] Kevin Knight. Unification: A multidisciplinary survey. ACM Computing Surveys, 21(1):93-124, 1989.
[ bib ]
[1993] K. Kogure. Strategic lazy incremental copy graph unification. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, volume 2, pages 223-228, 1990.
[ bib ]
[1994] M. Kohlhase, S. Kuschert, and M. Pinkal. A type-theoretic semantics for lambda-DRT. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Amsterdam Colloquium. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1995] Esther König. Syntactic-head-driven generation. In Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), Kyoto, pages 475-481, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1996] Esther König. A study in grammar design. Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340 54, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1994.
[ bib ]
[1997] Esther König and Uwe Reyle. A general reasoning scheme for underspecified representations. In Hans-Jürgen Ohlbach and Uwe Reyle, editors, Logic and its Applications. Festschrift for Dov Gabbay. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1996.
[ bib ]
[1998] Esther König and Uwe Reyle. A general reasoning scheme for underspecified representations. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[1999] Hyung Joon Kook. A Model-Based Representational Framework for Expert Physics Problem Solving. PhD thesis, The University of Texas at Austin, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, 1989. UTA TR AI89-103.
[ bib ]
[2000] Hilda Koopman and Dominique Sportiche. Variables and the bijection principle. The Linguistic Review, 2:139-160, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2001] Hilda Koopman and Dominique Sportiche. Pronouns, logical variables, and logophoricity in Abe. Linguistic Inquiry, 20(4):555-588, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2002] András Kornai. Hungarian vowel harmony. In Megan Crowhurst, editor, Proceedings of the Sixth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 147-161, Stanford University, 1987. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2003] András Kornai. Formal Phonology. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2004] Jaklin Kornfilt, Susumu Kuno, and Engin Sezer. A note on crisscrossing double dislocation. In Harvard Studies in Syntax and Semantics, volume 3. Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2005] Kimmo Koskenniemi. Two-level model for morphological analysis. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 683-685, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2006] Kimmo Koskenniemi. A general computational model for word-form recognition and production. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 178-181, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2007] Jan Koster. Conditions, empty nodes, and markedness. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:551-593, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2008] Jan Koster. Locality Principles in Syntax. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2009] Jan Koster. On binding and control. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:417-459, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2010] Jan Koster. Domains and dynasties. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2011] Jan Koster and Eric Reuland, editors. Long-Distance Anaphora. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2012] Andreas Koutsoudas, Gerald Sanders, and Craig Noll. The application of phonological rules. Language, 50:1-29, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2013] D. Kozen and J. Tiuryn. Logics of programs. In J. van Leeuwen, editor, Handbook of Theoretical Computer Science, Volume B, pages 789-840. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2014] D. Kozen. On action algebras. In J. van Eijck and A. Visser, editors, Logic and Information Flow, pages 78-88. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2015] M. Kracht. On the logic of category definitions. Computational Linguistics, 15(2):111-113, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2016] M. Kracht. Internal Definability and Completeness in Modal Logic. PhD thesis, Free University of Berlin, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2017] M. Kracht. Mathematical aspects of command relations. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 240-249. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2018] M. Kracht. Logic and control: How they determine the behaviour of presuppositions. In J. van Eijck and A. Visser, editors, Logic and Information Flow, pages 89-111. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2019] E. Krahmer. Partiality and dynamics; theory and application. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of theNinth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 391-410. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2020] Angelika Kratzer. What `must' and `can' must and can mean. Linguistics and Philosophy, 1:337-355, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2021] A. Kratzer. Conditional necessity and possibility. In U. Egli, R. Bäuerle, and A. von Stechow, editors, Semantics from Different Points of View. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2022] A. Kratzer. An investigation of the lumps of thought. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:607-653, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2023] Scott Russell Krause. Topics in Chukchee phonology and morphology. PhD thesis, University of Illinois, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2024] Steven Krauwer and Louis des Tombe. Transfer in a multilingual MT system. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 464-467, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2025] Manfred Krifka. Nominal reference and temporal constitution: Towards a semantics of quantity. Technical report, Forschungsstelle für natürlich-sprachliche Systeme, Tübingen University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2026] M. Krifka. Event lattices: Quantization, quantification and measurement in event semantics. Paper for the Conference ``The Structure of Events: Natural Language Metaphysics'', University of Texas at Austin, February 1988.
[ bib ]
[2027] M. Krifka. Nominale Referenz und Zeitkonstitution. Wilhelm Fink Verlag, München, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2028] Manfred Krifka. Nominal reference, temporal constitution and quantification in event semantics. In R. Bartsch, J. van Benthem, and P. van Emde-Boas, editors, Semantics and Contextual Expressions, pages 75-115. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2029] Manfred Krifka. Boolean and non-boolean `and'. In Lázló Kálmán and Lázló Pólos, editors, Papers from the Second Symposium on Logic and Language. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2030] Manfred Krifka. Four thousand ships passed through the lock: Object-induced measure functions on events. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(5):487-520, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2031] Manfred Krifka. Scope inversion under the rise-fall intonation pattern in German. ms, Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2032] Manfred Krifka. At least some determiners aren't determiners. In K. Turner, editor, The semantics/pragmatics interface from different points of view, volume 1 of Current Research in the Semantics/Pragmatics Interface. Elsevier, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2033] S.A. Kripke. Naming and necessity. In D. Davidson and G. Harman, editors, Semantics of Natural Language, pages 253-355. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2034] S.A. Kripke. Outline of a theory of truth. Journal of Philosophy, 72:690-715, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2035] S. Kripke. A puzzle about belief. In A. Margalit, editor, Meaning and Use. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2036] Bh. Krishnamurti. Areal and lexical diffusion of sound change. Language, 54:1-20, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2037] Paul Kroeger. Phrase Structure and Grammatical Relations in Tagalog. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1993. Revised and corrected version of 1991 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[2038] O. Krylova and S. Khavronina. Word Order in Russian. Russky Yazyk Publishers, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2039] Ikuo Kudo and Hirosato Nomura. Lexical-Functional Transfer: A transfer framework in a machine translation system based on LFG. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, pages 112-114, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2040] Hakan Kuh. Plural copying in Korean. In Susumu Kuno et al., editors, Harvard Studies on Korean Linguistics, volume 2. Harvard University Press, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2041] Rainer Kuhlen. An international Delphi poll on future trends in information linguistics. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 540-545, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2042] Jonas Kuhn. Generation and parsing in Optimality Theoretic syntax: Issues in the formalization of OT-LFG. In Peter Sells, editor, Formal and Empirical Issues in Optimality Theoretic Syntax. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001. To appear.
[ bib ]
[2043] Jonas Kuhn. Resource sensitivity in the syntax-semantics interface and the German split NP construction. In Detmar Meurers and Tibor Kiss, editors, Constraint-Based Approaches to Germanic Syntax. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2001.
[ bib ]
[2044] Jonas Kuhn. Formal and Computational Aspects of Optimality-theoretic Syntax. PhD thesis, Universität Stuttgart, 2001.
[ bib ]
[2045] E. Kunene. Zulu pronouns and the structure of discourse. Studies in African Linguistics, 6:171-181, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2046] Susumu Kuno. The position of locatives in existential sentences. Linguistic Inquiry, 2:333-378, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2047] Susumu Kuno and Jane J. Robinson. Multiple wh-questions. Linguistic Inquiry, 3(4):463-487, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2048] Susumu Kuno. Pronominalization, reflexivization, and direct discourse. Linguistic Inquiry, 3:161-195, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2049] Susumu Kuno. Constraints on internal clauses and sentential subjects. Linguistic Inquiry, 4:363-385, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2050] Susumu Kuno. The Structure of the Japanese Language. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2051] Susumu Kuno. Functional Syntax: Anaphora, Discourse, and Empathy. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2052] Julian Kupiec. Augmenting a Hidden Markov Model for phrase-dependent word tagging. In Proceedings of the DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Cape Cod, MA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2053] Julian Kupiec. Part-of-speech tagging using a Hidden Markov Model. Technical Report SSL-90-39, Systems Sciences Laboratory, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2054] Julian Kupiec. A trellis-based algorithm for estimating the parameters of hidden stochastic context-free grammar. In Proceedings of the 1991 DARPA Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Asilomar, CA, February 1991.
[ bib ]
[2055] S.-Y. Kuroda. Causative forms in Japanese. Foundations of Language, 1:20-40, 1965.
[ bib ]
[2056] S.-Y. Kuroda. Generative Grammatical Studies in the Japanese Language. PhD thesis, MIT, 1965.
[ bib ]
[2057] S.-Y. Kuroda. Review of Fillmore 1965. Language, 43, 1968.
[ bib ]
[2058] Sige-Yuki Kuroda. Whether we agree or not: Comparative syntax of English and Japanese. In William J. Poser, editor, Papers from the Second International Workshop on Japanese Syntax. CSLI Publications, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2059] Sadao Kurohashi and Makoto Nagao. Dynamic programming method for analyzing conjunctive structures in Japanese. In Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING92), Nantes, France, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2060] Howard S. Kurtzman. Ambiguity resolution in the human syntactic parser: An experimental study. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 481-485, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2061] Yutaka Kusanagi. Some linguistic aspects for automatic text understanding. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 409-412, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2062] S. Kuschert. Eine erweiterung des lambda-kalküls um diskursrepräsentationsstrukturen. Master's thesis, Universität des Saarlandes, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2063] William Labov. Resolving the neogrammarian controversy. Language, 57:267-308, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2064] Tibor Laczko. Predicates in the Hungarian Noun Phrase. PhD thesis, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2065] Tibor Laczkó. The Syntax of Hungarian Noun Phrases - A Lexical-Functional Approach. Peter Lang GmbH, Frankfurt am Main, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2066] Peter Ladefoged. A phonetic study of West African languages. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1964. West African Language Monographs 1.
[ bib ]
[2067] William A. Ladusaw and David R. Dowty. Toward a nongrammatical account of thematic roles. In Wendy Wilkins, editor, Thematic Relations, volume 21 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 61-73. Academic Press, San Diego, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2068] U. Lahiri. Embedded Interrogatives and Predicates that Embed Them. PhD thesis, MIT, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2069] Imre Lakatos. Falsification and the methodology of scientific research programmes. In I. Lakatos and A. Musgrave, editors, Criticism and the Growth of Knowledge, pages 91-196. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2070] I. Lakatos. Proofs and Refutations: The Logic of Mathematical Discovery. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2071] George Lakoff and Stanley Peters. Phrasal conjunction and symmetric predicates. In David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors, Modern Studies in English, pages 113-142. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2072] George Lakoff and J. R. Ross. A note on anaphoric islands and causatives. Linguistic Inquiry, 3:121-125, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2073] George Lakoff and Mark Johnson. Metaphors We Live By. The University of Chicago Press, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2074] George Lakoff. Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2075] S. M. Lamb. The digital computer as an aid in linguistics. Language, 37:382-412, 1961.
[ bib ]
[2076] S. M. Lamb. Outline of Stratificational Grammar. Georgetown University Press, Washington D.C., 1966.
[ bib ]
[2077] Joachim Lambek. The mathematics of sentence structure. American Mathematical Monthly, 65:154-170, 1958.
[ bib ]
[2078] Joachim Lambek. From lambda-calculus to C artesian closed categories. In J. P. Seldin and J. R. Hindley, editors, To H. B. Curry: Essays on Combinatory Logic, Lambda Calculus and Formalism, pages 375-402. Academic Press, London, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2079] J. Lambek and P. J. Scott. Introduction to Higher-Order Categorial Logic. Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics 7. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2080] Leslie Lamport. LATEX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2081] F. Landman. Towards a Theory of Information. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2082] Fred Landman. Groups. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:559-605, 723-744, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2083] Fred Landman. Groups, I. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:559-605, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2084] Fred Landman. Groups, II. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:723-744, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2085] F. Landman. Structures for Semantics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2086] J. Landsbergen. Machine translation based on logically isomorphic Montague grammars. In Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING82), Prague, pages 175-181, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2087] E. Lang. Symmetrische prädikate: Lexikoneintrag und interpretationsspielraum. eine fallstudie zur semantik der personenstandslexik. Linguistische Studien, A 127, pages 75-113, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2088] Bernard Lang. Toward a uniform formal framework for parsing. In Masaru Tomita, editor, Current Issues in Parsing Technology, pages 153-171. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2089] Ronald W. Langacker. On pronominalization and the chain of command. In David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors, Modern Studies in English, pages 160-186. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2090] Ronald W. Langacker. Space grammar, analyzability, and the English passive. Language, 58:22-80, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2091] Ronald W. Langacker. An introduction to cognitive grammar. Cognitive Science, 10:1-40, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2092] D. Terence Langendoen. Mundari verb conjugation. Linguistics, 32:37-57, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2093] D. T. Langendoen and H. Savin. The projection problem for presuppositions. In C. Filmore and D. T. Langendoen, editors, Studies in Linguistic Semantics, pages 55-62. Holt, New York, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2094] D. Terence Langendoen. Finite state parsing of phrase-structure languages and the status of readjustment rules in grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 6:533-554, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2095] D. T. Langendoen. On the inadequacy of type-3 and type-2 grammars for human languages. In P. J. Hopper, editor, Studies in Descriptive and Historical Linguistics: Festschrift for Winfred P. Lehmann, pages 159-171. John Benjamin, Amsterdam, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2096] D. Terence Langendoen. The logic of reciprocity. Linguistic Inquiry, 9(2):177-197, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2097] D. Terence Langendoen. More on locative-inversion sentences and the structure-preserving hypothesis. Linguistic Analysis, 5:421-437, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2098] D. Terence Langendoen and Yedidyah Langsam. The representation of constituent structures for finite-state parsing. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 24-27, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2099] T. Langholm. Partiality, Truth and Persistence, volume 15 of CSLI Lecture Notes. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1988. Distributed by University of Chicago Press.
[ bib ]
[2100] Maria Lapata. Anaphoric binding in Modern Greek. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[2101] S. Lapierre. A functional partial semantics for intensional logic. Technical Report LP-90-12, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2102] Steven Lapointe. A lexical analysis of the English auxiliary verb system. GLOT, 2:215-254, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2103] Steven Lapointe. A Theory of Grammatical Agreement. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2104] Shalom Lappin. VP anaphora, quantifier scope, and logical form. Linguistic Analysis, 13(4):273-315, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2105] Shalom Lappin and Michael McCord. Anaphora resolution in slot grammar. Computational Linguistics, 16(4):197-212, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2106] Shalom Lappin. The syntactic basis of ellipsis resolution. In Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop, Stuttgart, 1992. Universität Stuttgart.
[ bib ]
[2107] Shalom Lappin. Ellipsis resolution at S-Structure. In A. Schafer, editor, Proceedings of the Twenty-Third Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society, pages 255-269, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2108] Shalom Lappin and Nissim Francez. E-type pronouns, I-sums and donkey anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy, 17(4):391-428, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2109] Shalom Lappin. The interpretation of ellipsis. In Shalom Lappin, editor, Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory, pages 145-175. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2110] Shalom Lappin and Elabbas Benmamoun. Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2111] K. Lari and S. J. Young. Applications of stochastic context-free grammars using the inside-outside algorithm. Computer Speech and Language, 5:237-257, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2112] Jill H. Larkin, John McDermott, Dorothea P. Simon, and Herbert A. Simon. Models of competence in solving physics problems. Cognitive Science, 4:317-345, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2113] Jill H. Larkin and Herbert A. Simon. Why a diagram is (sometimes) worth ten thousand words. Cognitive Science, 11:65-100, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2114] Thomas W. Larsen. Case marking and subjecthood in Kipea Kiriri. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 189-205, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2115] Richard Larson. The double object construction. Linguistic Inquiry, 19(3):335-391, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2116] Richard Larson. Scope and comparatives. Linguistics and Philosophy, 11:1-27, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2117] Richard K. Larson, Sabine Iatridou, Utpal Lahiri, and James Higginbotham, editors. Control and Grammar. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2118] A. Lascarides and N. Asher. A semantics and pragmatics for the pluperfect. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 250-259. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2119] A. Lascarides and J. Oberlander. Temporal connectives in a discourse context. In Proceedings of the 6th Meeting of the EACL, Utrecht, pages 260-268. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2120] Alex Lascarides and Ann Copestake. Default representation in constraint-based frameworks. Computational Linguistics, 25(1):55-105, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2121] Peter Lasersohn. On the readings of plural noun phrases. Linguistic Inquiry, 20(1):130-134, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2122] Peter Lasersohn. Plurality, Conjunction and Events. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2123] Howard Lasnik. Remarks on coreference. Linguistic Analysis, 2:1-22, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2124] Howard Lasnik and Juan Uriagereka. A Course in GB Syntax: Lectures on Binding and Empty Categories. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2125] Howard Lasnik. Subjects and the theta-criterion. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 6:1-17, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2126] Howard Lasnik and Robert Fiengo. Complement object deletion. In Howard Lasnik, editor, Essays on Anaphora. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989. Originally in Linguistic Inquiry 5 (1974), 535-571.
[ bib ]
[2127] Howard Lasnik. Essays on Anaphora. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2128] Howard Lasnik. On the necessity of binding conditions. In Howard Lasnik, editor, Essays on Anaphora. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2129] Howard Lasnik. A selective history of modern binding theory. In Howard Lasnik, editor, Essays on Anaphora. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2130] Howard Lasnik. On two recent treatments of disjoint reference. In Howard Lasnik, editor, Essays on Anaphora. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989. Also in Journal of Linguistic Research 1(4), 1981, pp. 48-58.
[ bib ]
[2131] Howard Lasnik and Tim Stowell. Weakest crossover. Linguistic Inquiry, 22(4):687-720, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2132] Howard Lasnik and Mamoru Saito. Move alpha: Conditions on its Application and Output. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2133] Roger Lass. On explaining language change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2134] J. H. Laubsch, Dietmar F. Rösner, and Kenji Hanakata. Language generation from conceptual structure: Synthesis of German in a Japanese/German MT project. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 491-494, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2135] J. Laubsch and J. Nerbonne. An overview of NLL. Technical report, Hewlett-Packard Laboratories, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2136] Anne-Marie Laurian. Machine translation: What type of post-editing on what type of documents for what type of users. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 236-238, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2137] Jean Lave. Cognition in Practice: Mind, Mathematics and Culture in Everyday Life. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2138] Jean Lave and Etienne Wenger. Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Technical Report 89-0013, Institute for Research on Learning, Palo Alto, CA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2139] John Lawler. On the questions of the Acehnese `passive'. Language, 64:114-117, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2140] David Lebeaux. A distributional difference between reflexives and reciprocals. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):723-730, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2141] William Leben. Suprasegmental phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2142] William Leben. A metrical analysis of length. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:497-509, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2143] Han-gyu Lee. Plural marker copying in Korean. In Harvard Studies on Korean Linguistics, volume 4. Harvard University Press, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2144] R. B. Lees and Edward S. Klima. Rules for English pronominalization. In David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors, Modern Studies in English, pages 145-159. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2145] Claire Lefebvre and Pieter Muysken. Mixed categories: Nominalizations in Quechua. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2146] Géraldine Legendre. Object raising in French: A unified account. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4(2):137-184, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2147] Géraldine Legendre. French impersonal constructions. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8:81-128, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2148] Géraldine Legendre, Yoshio Miyata, and Paul Smolensky. Unifying syntactic and semantic approaches to unaccusativity: A connectionist approach. In Laurel A. Sutton, Christopher Johnson, and Ruth Shields, editors, Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 156-167, University of California, Berkeley, 1991. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2149] H. Lehmann. The lex-project - concepts and results. In A. Blaser, editor, Natural Language at the Computer, pages 122-146. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2150] Wendy G. Lehnert. Narrative complexity based on summarization algorithms. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 713-716, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2151] A.C. Leisenring. Mathematical Logic and Hilbert's epsilon -symbol. MacDonald, London, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2152] J. Lenerz. Zur Abfolge nominaler Satzglieder im Deutschen. Narr, Tübingen, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2153] Frank Lentricchia and Thomas McLaughlin, editors. Critical Terms for Literary Study. The University of Chicago Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2154] R. A. Leonard. Swahili e, ka, and nge as signals of meaning. Studies in African Linguistics, 2:209-226, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2155] J. Y. Lerner and M. Pinkal. Comparatives and nested quantification. In M. Stokhof and P. Dekker, editors, Proceedings of the 8th Amsterdam Colloqium, Amsterdam, 1992. ILLC, University of Amsterdam.
[ bib ]
[2156] Leonardo Lesmo and Pietro Torasso. Interpreting syntactically ill-formed sentences. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 534-539, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2157] H. Levesque. A logic of implicit and explicit belief. In Proceedings of the 6th National Conference of the AAAI, pages 198-202. Morgan Kaufman, Palo Alto, CA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2158] Hector J. Levesque, Philip R. Cohen, and José H. T. Nunes. On acting together. Submitted to AAAI-90, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2159] H. J. Levesque. All I know: A study in autoepistemic logic. Artificial Intelligence, 42:263-309, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2160] Judith N. Levi. The syntax and semantics of complex nominals. Academic Press, New York, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2161] Lori S. Levin. Sluicing. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 590-654. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2162] Lori S. Levin, Malka Rappaport, and Annie Zaenen, editors. Papers in Lexical-Functional Grammar. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2163] Beth Levin. On the Nature of Ergativity. PhD thesis, MIT, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2164] Juliette Levin. A metrical theory of syllabicity. PhD thesis, MIT, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2165] Beth Levin and Malka Rappaport. The formation of adjectival passives. Linguistic Inquiry, 17:623-662, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2166] Lori S. Levin. Operations on Lexical Forms: Unaccusative Rules in Germanic Languages. PhD thesis, MIT, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2167] Lori S. Levin. Toward a linking theory of relation-changing rules in LFG. ms, University of Pittsburgh, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2168] Beth Levin. English Verb Classes and Alternations. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2169] Beth Levin and Malka Rappaport Hovav. Unaccusativity: At the Syntax-Lexical Semantics Interface. The MIT Press, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2170] Beth Levin and Malka Rappaport. Building verb meanings. In Miriam Butt and Wilhelm Geuder, editors, The Projection of Arguments: Lexical and Compositional Factors. CSLI Publications, 1997.
[ bib ]
[2171] Robert D. Levine. A note on Right Node Raising, tough constructions and reanalysis rules. Linguistic Analysis, 13(3):159-172, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2172] Robert D. Levine. Right node (non-)raising. Linguistic Inquiry, 16(3):492-497, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2173] Daniel S. Levine. Introduction to Neural and Cognitive Modeling. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2174] B. Levine. English Verb Classes and Alternations: A Preliminary Investigation. The University of Chicago, Chicago, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2175] Robert D. Levine. Tough complementation and the extraclausal propagation of argument descriptions. Paper presented at the 7th International Conference on Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, Berkeley, July 2000, 2000.
[ bib ]
[2176] Robert D. Levine, Thomas E. Hukari, and Michael Calcagno. Parasitic gaps in English: Some overlooked cases and their theoretical implications. In Peter W. Culicover and Paul M. Postal, editors, Parasitic Gaps, pages 181-222. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2001.
[ bib ]
[2177] Stephen C. Levinson. Pragmatics. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2178] Roger Levy. Feature indeterminacy and the coordination of unlikes in a totally well-typed HPSG. Unpublished ms, Stanford University, 2001.
[ bib | .ps ]
[2179] Roger Levy and Carl Pollard. Coordination and neutralization in HPSG. In Frank van Eynde, Lars Hellan, and Dorothee Beermann, editors, On-line Proceedings of the HPSG '01 Conference, 2001.
[ bib | .html ]
[2180] I. Lewin. A quantifier scoping algorithm without a free-variable constraint. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING90), Helsinki, volume 3, pages 190-194, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2181] D. Lewis. General semantics. Synthese, 22:18-67, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2182] D. Lewis. Counterfactuals. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2183] David Lewis. Adverbs of quantification. In Edward L. Keenan, editor, Formal Semantics of Natural Language, pages 3-15. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2184] D. Lewis. Score keeping in a language game. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 8:339-359, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2185] Harry R. Lewis. Complexity results for classes of quantificational formulae. Journal of Computer and System Sciences, 21:317-353, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2186] Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou. Elements of the theory of computation. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2187] David D. Lewis, W. Bruce Croft, and Nehru Bhandaru. Language-oriented information retrieval. International Journal of Intelligent Systems, 4:285-318, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2188] C. N. Li. Word Order and Word Order Change. University of Texas Press, Austin, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2189] C. N. Li, editor. Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2190] Charles N. Li and Sandra A. Thompson. Mandarin Chinese: A Functional Reference Grammar. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2191] Yafei Li. X0 binding and verb incorporation. Linguistic Inquiry, 21(3):399-426, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2192] Mark Liberman. The Intonational System of English. PhD thesis, MIT, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2193] Mark Liberman and Alan Prince. On stress and linguistic rhythm. Linguistic Inquiry, 8:249-336, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2194] A. Liberman. Review of Zinder 1979. Language, 57:725-727, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2195] Mark Liberman and Janet Pierrehumbert. Intonational invariance under changes in pitch range and length. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 157-233. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2196] Frantisek Lichtenberk. Multiple uses of reciprocal constructions. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 5:19-41, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2197] Rochelle Lieber. On the Organization of the Lexicon. PhD thesis, MIT, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2198] Rochelle Lieber. Argument linking and compounds in English. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:251-285, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2199] David Lightfoot. Principles of diachronic syntax. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2200] Bruce L. Liles. A Basic Grammar of Modern English. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, second edition, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2201] J. Liljencrants and B. Lindblom. Numerical simulation of vowel quality systems: The role of perceptual contrast. Language, 48:839-862, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2202] G. Lindblom. Outline of a Tharaka Grammar. J.A. Lundell, Uppsala, Sweden, 1914.
[ bib ]
[2203] Charlotte Linde. Common sense and its history: The study of cognitive macro-structures. Presented at the American Anthropological Association Invited Session on Self Narrative, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2204] Godehard Link. The logical analysis of plurals and mass terms: A lattice-theoretical approach. In Rainer Bauerle, Christoph Schwarze, and Arnim von Stechow, editors, Meaning, Use, and the Interpretation of Language. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2205] Godehard Link. Hydras. On the logic of relative constructions with multiple heads. In Fred Landman and Frank Veltman, editors, Varieties of Formal Semantics, pages 245-257. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2206] Godehard Link. Generalized quantifiers and plurals. In Peter Gärdenfors, editor, Generalized Quantifiers: Linguistic and Logical Approaches. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2207] G. Link. First order axioms for the logic of plurality. In J. Allgayer, editor, Processing Plurals and Quantification. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2208] G. Link. Plural. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik (HSK), pages 418-440. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2209] Alexander Lipson. A Russian Course. Slavica, Columbus, OH, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2210] Diane J. Litman and James F. Allen. A plan recognition model for clarification subdialogues. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 302-311, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2211] Feng-Hsi Liu. An aspectual analysis of Ba. Journal of East Asian Linguistics, 6(1):51-99, 1997.
[ bib ]

Emily Bender's abstract: Liu provides an analysis of the various semantic constraints on the ba construction. She (he?) argues that the constraint on the verb is one of boundedness, and that this can only be calculated in terms of both situation and viewpoint aspect. (See Yang 1995 for a similar position.) The constraint on the NP is one of G-specificity - i.e., the noun must be one that can be quantified with dou1. Liu further argues that these two constraints are related. There is a homomorphism between the event and the ba-obj (cf. Dowty's Incremental Theme), and in particular, one that preserves the 'all-of' relation. (This part of the paper is not very clear.)

[2212] Vincenzo Lo Cascio and Co Vet, editors. Temporal Structure in Sentence and Discourse. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1989. Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics (GRASS).
[ bib ]
[2213] Helge Lødrup. Clausal complements in English and Norwegian. Norsk lingvistisk tidsskrift, 9:105-136, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2214] Helge Lødrup. Should a raising verb go out with an object?: Raising auxiliaries with pronominal objects in Norwegian. In Papers from the Scandinavian Syntax Workshop: The XIVth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics and the VIIIth Conference of Nordic and General Linguistics, Göteborg, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2215] Helge Lødrup. Linking and optimality in the Norwegian presentational focus construction. Nordic Journal of Linguistics, 22(2):205-229, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2216] Helge Lødrup. Clausal arguments and unbounded dependencies. In Arthur Holmer, Jan-Olof Svantesson, and Åke Viberg, editors, Proceedings of the 18th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Lund, 2000. Travaux de l'Institut de Linguistique de Lund.
[ bib ]
[2217] Robert E. Longacre and S. Levinsohn. Field analysis of discourse. In Dressler [981].
[ bib ]
[2218] Robert E. Longacre. The Grammar of Discourse. Topics in Language and Linguistics. Plenum Press, New York, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2219] Jan Tore Lønning. Some Aspects of the Logic of Plural Noun Phrases. PhD thesis, University of Oslo, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2220] J.T. Lonning. Some aspects of the logic of plural noun phrases. COSMOS-Report 11, Department of Mathematics, University of Oslo, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2221] Jan Tore Lønning and Stanley Peters. Quantification and collective predicates. ms, University of Oslo and Stanford University, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2222] A. Loogman. Swahili Grammar and Syntax. Buquesue, Pittsburgh, 1965.
[ bib ]
[2223] Gabriel Pereira Lopes. Transforming English interfaces to other natural languages: An experiment with Portuguese. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 8-10, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2224] S. Lorenz. Temporales schliessen unter standardannahmen bei der verabeitung natürlicher sprache. Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340 23, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2225] L. J. Louwrens. Remarks on some grammatical and pragmatic functions of the object concord in Northern Sotho. South African Journal of African Languages, 2(1):19-35, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2226] B. G. T. Lowden, B. R. Walls, A. N. De Roeck, and C. J. Fox. An approach to paraphrasing logical query languages in English. Journal of Database Technology, 4(4):227-233, 1993. Dated as 1991/1992.
[ bib ]
[2227] B. G. T. Lowden, B. R. Walls, A. N. De Roeck, and C. J. Fox. Modal reasoning in relational systems. Journal of Database Technology, 4(4):235-244, 1993. Dated as 1991/1992.
[ bib ]
[2228] R. Lunnon. Generalized Universes. PhD thesis, University of Manchester, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2229] John Lyons. Introduction to theoretical linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1968.
[ bib ]
[2230] John Lyons. Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2231] 'Mallilo Machobane. The Sesotho passive constructions. McGill Working Papers in Linguistics, 4(2):33-52, 1987. Department of Linguistics, McGill University.
[ bib ]
[2232] 'Mallilo Machobane. Some Restrictions on the Sesotho Transitivizing Morphemes. PhD thesis, McGill University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2233] Svatava Machova. Book review: Meaning-text theory. Computational Linguistics, 18(1):108-111, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2234] Ian Maddieson. Patterns of Sounds. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2235] Shinji Maeda. A Characterization of American English Intonation. PhD thesis, MIT, Dept of Electrical Engineering, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2236] David M. Magerman and Mitchell P. Marcus. Parsing a natural language using mutual information statistics. In Proceedings of Eight National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Boston, August 1990.
[ bib ]
[2237] David M. Magerman and Mitchell P. Marcus. Pearl: A probabilistic chart parser. In Proceedings of the 5th Meeting of the EACL, Berlin. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2238] David Magier. Transitivity and valence: Some lexical processes in Marwari. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 206-219, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2239] Anoop Mahajan. The A/A-bar distinction and movement theory. PhD thesis, MIT, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2240] Joan Maling. An asymmetry with respect to wh-islands. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:75-89, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2241] Joan Maling and Annie Zaenen. Notes on base-generation and unbounded dependencies. Presented at the Sloan Workshop on Alternatives to Transformational Grammar, Stanford University, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2242] Joan Maling and Annie Zaenen. A phrase structure account of Scandinavian extraction phenomena. In Pauline Jacobson and Geoffrey K. Pullum, editors, The Nature of Syntactic Representation, pages 229-282. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2243] Joan Maling. Transitive adjectives: A case of categorial reanalysis. In Frank Heny, editor, Linguistic Categories: Auxiliaries and Related Puzzles, volume 1. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2244] Joan Maling. Non-clause-bounded reflexives in Modern Icelandic. Linguistics and Philosophy, 7(3):211-241, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2245] Joan Maling and Annie Zaenen. Preposition stranding and passive. Nordic Journal of Linguistics, 8, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2246] Joan Maling. Clause-bounded reflexives in modern Icelandic. In Lars Hellan and Kirsti Koch Christiansen, editors, Topics in Scandinavian Syntax, pages 53-63. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2247] Joan Maling and Annie Zaenen, editors. Syntax and Semantics: Modern Icelandic Syntax, volume 24. Academic Press, San Diego, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2248] Yakov Malkiel. Multi-conditioned sound change and the impact of morphology on phonology. Language, 52:757-778, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2249] Yakov Malkiel. Problems in the diachronic differentiation of near-homophones. Language, 55:1-36, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2250] Graham Mallinson. Problems, pseudo-problems and hard evidence - Another look at the Rumanian neuter. Folia Linguistica, 18:439-451, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2251] Esméralda Manandise. Evidence from Basque for a New Theory of Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Arizona-Tuscon, 1988. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2252] Alexis Manaster-Ramer and Robert K. Lindsay. Linguistic knowledge as expertise. International Journal of Expert Systems, 1(4):329-343, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2253] Heinz Mandl, Nancy L. Stein, and Tom Trabasso, editors. Learning and Comprehension of Text. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2254] William C. Mann. Discourse structures for text generation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 367-377, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2255] William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical structure theory: Description and construction of text structures. In G. Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, pages 279-300. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2256] William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical structure theory: A theory of text organization. Technical Report ISI/RS-87-190, USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1987. Reprinted in Polanyi:Structure.
[ bib ]
[2257] Christopher D. Manning. Romance is so complex. Technical Report CSLI-92-168, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2258] Christopher D. Manning. Ergativity: Argument Structure and Grammatical Relations. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1996. Revised and corrected version of 1994 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[2259] Christopher D. Manning. Argument structure as a locus for binding theory. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[2260] Christopher D. Manning and Ivan A. Sag. Dissociations between argument structure and grammatical relations. In Andreas Kathol, Jean-Pierre Koenig, and Gert Webelhuth, editors, Lexical and Constructional Aspects of Linguistic Explanation. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2261] Christopher D. Manning and Hinrich Schütze. Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2262] Maria Rita Manzini. On control and control theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(3):421-447, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2263] Maria Rita Manzini and Kenneth Wexler. Parameters, binding theory, and learnability. Linguistic Inquiry, 18(3):413-444, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2264] Maria Rita Manzini. Locality and parameters again. In I. Roca, editor, Logical Issues in Language Acquisition. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2265] Maria Rita Manzini. Locality, parameters, and some issues in Italian syntax. In Jan Koster and Eric Reuland, editors, Long-Distance Anaphora. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2266] Maria Rita Manzini. Locality: A Theory and Some of Its Empirical Consequences. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2267] J. [John Maxwell, Mary Dalrymple, Annie Zaenen, and Ron Kaplan] Mar. A note on phrasal affixes, contractions, and second position clitics in LFG. ms, Xerox PARC, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2268] László Marácz. The grammar of the PP in Hungarian. Master's thesis, University of Groningen, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2269] Alec Marantz. Re reduplication. Linguistic Inquiry, 13:435-482, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2270] Alec P. Marantz. On the Nature of Grammatical Relations. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2271] Hans Marchand. On attributive and predicative derived adjectives and some problems related to the distinction. Anglia, 84(2):131-149, 1966.
[ bib ]
[2272] Mitchell P. Marcus. A theory of syntactic recognition for natural language. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2273] Mitchell P. Marcus. Deterministic parsing and description theory. In Peter Whitelock, Harold Somers, Paul Bennett, Rod Johnson, and Mary McGee Wood, editors, Linguistic Theory and Computer Applications, pages 69-112. Academic Press, London, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2274] Mitchell P. Marcus, Beatrice Santorini, and Mary Ann Marcinkiewicz. Building a large annotated corpus of English: The Penn treebank. Computational Linguistics, 19(2):313-330, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2275] Mitchell Marcus, Grace Kim, Mary Ann Marcinkiewicz, Robert MacIntyre, Ann Bies, Mark Ferguson, Karen Katz, and Britta Schasberger. The Penn treebank: Annotating predicate argument structure. In ARPA Human Language Technology Workshop, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2276] Stella Markantonatou. The Syntax of the Modern Greek Noun Phrases with a Deverbal Nominal Head. PhD thesis, University of Essex, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2277] Stella Markantonatou and Louisa Sadler. Linking indirect arguments. Technical Report 49, University of Essex, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2278] Stella Markantonatou. Modern Greek deverbal nominals: An LMT approach. Journal of Linguistics, 31:267-299, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2279] E. Markman. How children constrain the possible meanings of words. In U. Neisser, editor, The ecology and intellectual basis of categorization. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2280] Stephen A. Marlett. Personal and impersonal passives in Seri. In Studies in Relational Grammar 2, pages 217-239. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2281] Elaine Marsh. A computational analysis of complex noun phrases in Navy messages. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 505-508, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2282] Lutz Marten. Agreement with conjoined noun phrases in Swahili. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere, 64:75-96, 2000.
[ bib ]
[2283] Lutz Marten. Dynamic and partial agreement in Luguru. In ???, 2002. To appear.
[ bib ]
[2284] Lutz Marten. The dynamics of asymmetrical coordination. Lingua, 2002. Submitted.
[ bib ]
[2285] Alberto Martelli and Ugo Montanari. An efficient unification algorithm. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems, 4(2):258-282, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2286] Samuel Martin. Korean phonemics. Language, 27:519-533, 1951.
[ bib ]
[2287] P. Martin-Löf. Constructive mathematics and computer programming. In Cohen, Los, Pfeiffer, and Podewski, editors, Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science VI, pages 153-179. North-Holland, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2288] Paul Martin, Douglas E. Appelt, and Fernando C. N. Pereira. Transportability and generality in a natural language interface system. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 573-581, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2289] P. Martin-Löf. Intuitionistic Type Theory. Bibliopolis, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2290] P. Martin-Löf. Studies in Proof Theory (Lecture Notes). Bibliopolis, Napoli, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2291] Joan Mascaró. Catalan Phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2292] Joan Mascaró. Continuant spreading in Basque, Catalan, and Spanish. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 289-298. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2293] K. Mateene. Les roles syntaxiques du pronom de classe en Hunde. Studies in African Linguistics, 2(2):165-181, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2294] B. Mates. Synonymity. In Semantics and the Philosophy of Language, pages 111-136. The University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 1952.
[ bib ]
[2295] Christian Mathiessen. Choosing tense in English. Technical Report RR-84-143, Information Sciences Institute, Marina Del Rey, CA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2296] Johannes Matiasek. Conditional constraints in a CLP-based HPSG implementation. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 230 - 239, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2297] Yo Matsumoto. Point of view in Japanese and Malayalam reflexives. ms, Stanford University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2298] Yo Matsumoto. A syntactic account of light verb phenomena in Japanese. Journal of East Asian Linguistics, 5(2):107-149, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2299] Yo Matsumoto. Complex Predicates in Japanese: A Syntactic and Semantic Study of the Notion `Word'. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1996. Studies in Japanese Linguistics series, CSLI Publications/Kuroiso Publishers, Stanford/Tokyo. Revised and corrected version of 1992 Stanford University dissertation, On the wordhood of complex predicates in Japanese.
[ bib ]
[2300] Yo Matsumoto. A reexamination of the cross-linguistic parameterization of causative predicates: Japanese perspectives. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[2301] P. H. Matthews. Inflectional Morphology: A Theoretical Study Based on Aspects of Latin Verb Conjugation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2302] P. H. Matthews. Morphology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2303] P. H. Matthews. Syntax. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2304] Michael L. Mauldin. Semantic rule based text generation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 378-380, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2305] J. Maw. Sentences in Swahili. Centre for Oriental and African Studies, London, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2306] J. Maw. Focus and the morphology of the Swahili verb. Bulletin of the COAS, 29(2):390-401, 1976. Centre for Oriental and African Studies, London.
[ bib ]
[2307] John T. Maxwell, III and Ronald Kaplan. An overview of disjunctive constraint satisfaction. In Proceedings of the International Workshop on Parsing Technologies, pages 18-27, 1989. Also published as `A Method for Disjunctive Constraint Satisfaction', M. Tomita, editor, Current Issues in Parsing Technology, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2308] John T. Maxwell, III and Ronald M. Kaplan. A method for disjunctive constraint satisfaction. In Masaru Tomita, editor, Current Issues in Parsing Technology, pages 173-190. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991. Reprinted in [pp. 381-401]DKMZ:FormalIssues.
[ bib ]
[2309] John T. Maxwell, III. Projection clusters and functional uncertainty, 1991. ms, Xerox PARC.
[ bib ]
[2310] John T. Maxwell, III and Ronald M. Kaplan. The interface between phrasal and functional constraints. Computational Linguistics, 19(4):571-590, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2311] John T. Maxwell, III and Ronald M. Kaplan. An efficient parser for LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[2312] John T. Maxwell, III and Christopher D. Manning. A theory of non-constituent coordination based on finite-state rules. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996. Also presented at the Symposium on Coordination, 1996 European Summer School on Logic, Language, and Information, Prague.
[ bib | .html ]
[2313] Robert May. The Grammar of Quantification. PhD thesis, MIT, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2314] Robert May. Logical Form: Its Structure and Derivation. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2315] R. May. Logical Form. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2316] Robert May and Robert Fiengo. Indices and Identity. Linguistic Inquiry Monograph. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2317] K.-W. Mbeeria. The morphology of Kitharaka nominal word. Bachelor's thesis, University of Nairobi, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2318] K.-W Mbeeria. The consonants of kitharaka. Master's thesis, University of Nairobi, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2319] J. McCarthy. Circumscription - a form of non-monotonic reasoning. Artificial Intelligence, 13:27-39, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2320] David A. McAllester. An outlook on truth maintenance. MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory Memo 551, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2321] David A. McAllester. Reasoning Utility Package users manual. MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory Memo 667, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2322] David A. McAllester. ONTIC: A knowledge representation system for mathematics. Technical Report 979, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, Cambridge, MA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2323] D. McAllester and R. Givan. Natural language syntax and first order inference. Artificial Intelligence, 56:1-20, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2324] John J. McCarthy. Stress and syllabification. Linguistic Inquiry, pages 443-466, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2325] John J. McCarthy. Formal Problems in Semitic Phonology and Morphology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2326] John J. McCarthy. A prosodic theory of nonconcatenative morphology. Linguistic Inquiry, 12:373-418, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2327] John J. McCarthy. Prosodic structure and expletive infixation. Language, 58:574-590, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2328] John J. McCarthy. The role of the evaluation metric in the acquisition of phonology. In C. L. Baker and John J. McCarthy, editors, The logical problem of language acquisition. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2329] John J. McCarthy. Theoretical consequences of Montañes vowel harmony. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:291-318, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2330] John J. McCarthy. OCP effects: Gemination and antigemination. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(2):207-263, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2331] John J. McCarthy and Alan S. Prince. Foot and word in prosodic morphology: The Arabic broken plural. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 8:209-283, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2332] John McCarthy. Elephant 2000: A programming language based on speech acts. ms, MIT, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2333] J. McCarthy and P. Hayes. Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer and D. Michie, editors, Machine Intelligence 4, pages 463-502. Edinburgh University Press, 1969. Also appears in N. Nilsson and B. Webber (editors), Readings in Artificial Intelligence, Morgan-Kaufmann.
[ bib ]
[2334] James D. McCawley. Meaning and the description of languages. Kotoba no Uchu, 2(9-11), 1967. Reprinted in McCawley:GrammarMeaning.
[ bib ]
[2335] James D. McCawley. Concerning the base component of a transformational grammar. Foundations of Language, 4:243-269, 1968. Reprinted in McCawley:GrammarMeaning.
[ bib ]
[2336] James D. McCawley. Grammar and Meaning: Papers on Syntactic and Semantic Topics. Taishukan, Tokyo, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2337] James D. McCawley. Parentheticals and discontinuous constituent structure. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(1):91-106, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2338] James D. McCawley. Anaphora and notions of command. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 220-232, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2339] James D. McCawley. The Syntactic Phenomena of English. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2340] James McCloskey. Transformational Syntax and Model Theoretic Semantics: A Case Study in Modern Irish. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2341] James McCloskey and Kenneth Hale. On the syntax of person-number inflection in modern Irish. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1(4), 1983.
[ bib ]
[2342] James McCloskey. Resumptive pronouns, a' binding, and levels of representation in Irish. In Randall Hendrick, editor, The Syntax of the Modern Celtic Languages, volume 23 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 199-256. Academic Press, New York, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2343] Sally McConnell-Ginet. On the deep (and surface) adjective `good'. In Linda R. Waugh and Francis van Coetsem, editors, Grammatical Studies: Semantics and Syntax. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2344] Sally McConnell-Ginet. Adverbs and logical form: A linguistically realistic theory. Language, 58(1):144-184, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2345] Kathleen F. McCoy. Correcting object-related misconceptions: How should the system respond? In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 444-447, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2346] D. McDermott and J. Doyle. Non-monotonic logic i. Artificial Intelligence, 13:41-72, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2347] David D. McDonald. Natural language generation as a computational problem: an introduction. In Michael Brady and Robert C. Berwick, editors, Computational Models of Discourse, pages 109-265. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2348] R. S. McGregor. Outline of Hindi Grammar. Oxford University Press, Oxford/Delhi, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2349] Brian D. McHugh. Towards a theory of Hausa tone. Bachelor's thesis, Yale University, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2350] Brian D. McHugh. Phrasal tone rules in Kirua (Vunjo) Chaga. Master's thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2351] Brian D. McHugh. Cyclicity in phrasal phonology: Evidence from Chaga. In Mary Dalrymple, Jeffrey Goldberg, Kristin Hanson, Michael Inman, Chris Piñon, and Stephen Wechsler, editors, Proceedings of the Fifth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 154-164, Stanford University, 1986. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2352] Brian D. McHugh. The Phonological Interpretation of Syntax: Cyclicity in Kivunjo Chaga. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2353] Kathleen R. McKeown. Focus constraints on language generation. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 582-587, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2354] Kathleen R. McKeown. Natural language for expert systems: Comparisons with database systems. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 190-193, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2355] Kathleen R. McKeown. Text Generation. Cambridge University, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2356] K. McKeown, K. Kukich, and J. Shaw. Practical issues in automatic documentation generation. In Proceedings of the 4th Conference on Applied NLP, pages 7-14, Stuttgart, Germany, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2357] Louise McNally. Comitative coordination: A case study in group formation. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 11(2):347-379, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2358] R. McNaughton and S. Papert. Counter-free automata. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1971. Research Monograph 6.
[ bib ]
[2359] Drew V. McDermott and Gerald Jay Sussman. The Conniver reference manual. MIT Artificial Intelligence Memo 259a, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2360] Drew V. McDermott. Very large planner-type data bases. MIT Artificial Intelligence Memo 339, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2361] Sam A. Mchombo. A Critical Appraisal of the Place of Derivational Morphology within Transformational Grammar, Considered with Primary Reference to Chichewa and Swahili. PhD thesis, University of London, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2362] Sam A. Mchombo and Rosemary Ngalande. Reciprocal verbs in Chichewa: A case for lexical derivation. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 43:570-575, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2363] Sam A. Mchombo. Reflexive and reciprocal binding in Chichewa. Colloquium presentation, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2364] Sam A. Mchombo. A formal analysis of the stative construction in Bantu. Presented at the Twenty-First African Linguistics Conference, University of Georgia, Athens, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2365] Sam A. Mchombo and Gregorio Firmino. Double object constructions in Chichewa and Gitonga: A comparative analysis. ms, University of California, Berkeley, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2366] Sam A. Mchombo. Reciprocalization in Chichewa: A lexical account. Linguistic Analysis, 21(1-2):3-22, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2367] Sam A. Mchombo. Reflexive and reciprocal in Chichewa. In Sam A. Mchombo, editor, Theoretical Aspects of Bantu Grammar, pages 181-207. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2368] Sam A. Mchombo and Armindo S. A. Ngunga. The syntax and semantics of the reciprocal construction in Ci-Yao. Linguistic Analysis, 24:3-31, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2369] Willem Meijs, editor. Corpus Linguistics and Beyond. Rodopi B.V., Amsterdam, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2370] Igor A. Mel'cuk and Nikolaj V. Pertsov. Surface Syntax of English: A Formal Model with the Meaning-Text Framework. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2371] Igor A. Mel'cuk. Dependency Syntax: Theory and Practice. State University of New York Press, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2372] Igor A. Mel'cuk. Dependency Syntax. State University of New York Press, Albany, NY, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2373] C. S. Mellish. Computer Interpretation of Natural Language Descriptions. Series in Artificial Intelligence. Ellis Horwood, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2374] C. Mellish. Implementing systemic classification by unification. Computational Linguistics, 14:40-51, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2375] Lise Menn and Brian Mac Whinney. The repeated morph constraint: Toward an explanation. Language, 60:519-541, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2376] Ismael Mercado. Vowel sandhi in a Spanish dialect. Master's thesis, University of Washington, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2377] R.E. Mercer. Default logic: Towards a common logical semantics for presuppositions and entailments. Journal of Semantics, 9(3):223-250, 1992. Special Issue: Presupposition, Part 1.
[ bib ]
[2378] Francesca Merlan. Split intransitivity: Functional oppositions in intransitive inflection. In Johanna Nichols and Anthony C. Woodbury, editors, Grammar Inside and Outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field, pages 324-362. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2379] Floyd Merrell. A Semiotic Theory of Texts. Number 70 in Approaches to Semiotics. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2380] Ralf-Armin Mester. Studies in tier structure. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1986. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2381] Ralf-Armin Mester. Patterns of truncation. Linguistic Inquiry, 21:478-485, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2382] Bonnie J. F. Meyer. Identification of the structure of prose and its implications for the study of reading and memory. Journal of Reading Behavior, 7(1):7-47, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2383] J.-J.Ch. Meyer. A different approach to deontic logic: Deontic logic viewed as a variant of dynamic logic. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic, 29:109-136, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2384] W. Meyer Viol. Partial objects and DRT. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 381-402. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2385] Donald Michie, editor. Expert Systems in the Micro-electronic Age. Edinburgh University Press, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2386] George A. Miller. Some psychological studies of grammar. American Psychologist, 17:748-762, 1962.
[ bib ]
[2387] George A. Miller. How to misread a dictionary. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, page 462, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2388] Dale A. Miller and Gopalan Nadathur. Some uses of higher-order logic in computational linguistics. In Proceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the ACL, New York, pages 247-256. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2389] Dale A. Miller and Gopalan Nadathur. Higher-order logic programming. In Third International Conference on Logic Programming, pages 448-462. Springer-Verlag, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2390] Dale Miller and Gopalan Nadathur. A logic programming approach to manipulating formulas and programs. In Seif Haridi, editor, IEEE Symposium on Logic Programming, pages 379-388, San Francisco, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2391] Dale A. Miller. A logic programming language with lambda abstraction, function variables and simple unification. In Peter Schroeder-Heister, editor, Extensions of Logic Programming, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer-Verlag, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2392] Philip H. Miller. Scandinavian extraction phenomena revisited: Weak and strong generative capacity. Linguistics and Philosophy, 14(1):101-113, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2393] Philip H. Miller. Clitics and Constituents in Phrase Structure Grammar. PhD thesis, Utrecht University, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2394] Dale A. Miller. Abstract syntax and logic programming. In Logic Programming: Proceedings of the First and Second Russian Conferences on Logic Programming, number 592 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 322-337. Springer-Verlag, 1992. Also available as technical report MS-CIS-91-72, University of Pennsylvania.
[ bib ]
[2395] S. Millies and M. Pinkal. Linking one semantic interpretation system to different syntactic formalisms. Extended Abstract of the Dagstuhl Colloquium on Semantic Formalisms in Natural Language Processing, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2396] D. Milward. Axiomatic Grammar, Non-Constituent Coordination and Incremental Interpretation. PhD thesis, Cambridge University, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2397] David Milward. Non-constituent coordination: Theory and practice. In Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), Kyoto, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2398] Marvin Minsky. A framework for representing knowledge. In Patrick H. Winston, editor, The Psychology of Computer Vision, pages 211-277. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2399] Marvin Minsky. Neat vs. analogical or symbolic vs. connectionist or neat vs. scruffy. Japan Prize Address, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2400] Tom Mitchell. Learning and problem solving. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 1139-1150, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2401] Marianne Mithun. The evolution of noun incorporation. Language, 60(4):847-893, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2402] Marianne Mithun. On the nature of noun incorporation. Language, 62(1):32-37, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2403] Anita Mittwoch. On the difference between eating and eating something: activities versus accomplishments. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(1):113-122, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2404] Anita Mittwoch. Aspects of English aspect: On the interaction of perfect, progressive, and durational phrases. Linguistics and Philosophy, 11(2):203-254, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2405] Naomi Miyake. Constructive interaction and the iterative process of understanding. Cognitive Science, 10:151-177, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2406] Marc Moens and Mark Steedman. Temporal ontology in natural language. In Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Stanford, pages 1-7. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2407] Marc Moens. Tense, Aspect and Temporal Reference. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2408] M. Moens and M. Steedman. Temporal ontology and temporal reference. Computational Linguistics, 14(2):15-28, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2409] K. P. Mohanan. On pronouns and their antecedents. ms. dated March 1981. National University of Singapore., 1981.
[ bib ]
[2410] K. P. Mohanan. Grammatical relations and clause structure in Malayalam. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 504-589. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2411] K. P. Mohanan. Lexical Phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2412] K. P. Mohanan. Functional and anaphoric control. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):641-674, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2413] K. P. Mohanan. Move NP or lexical rules? Evidence from Malayalam causativization. In Lori S. Levin, Malka Rappaport, and Annie Zaenen, editors, Papers in Lexical-Functional Grammar, pages 47-111. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2414] K. P. Mohanan and Tara Mohanan. Lexical phonology of the consonant system in Malayalam. Linguistic Inquiry, 15:575-602, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2415] K. P. Mohanan. Operator binding and the path containment condition. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 2(4):357 - 396, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2416] K. P. Mohanan. Remarks on control and control theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:637-649, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2417] K. P. Mohanan. Conflict resolution in linguistic systems. Handout of talk presented at the Linguistics Colloquium, Stanford University, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2418] Tara Mohanan. Multidimensionality of representation: Noun-Verb complex predicates in Hindi. Presented at the Complex Predicates Workshop, CSLI, Stanford University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2419] Tara Mohanan. Arguments in Hindi. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994. Reprinted version of 1990 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[2420] Tara Mohanan. Wordhood and lexicality: Noun incorporation in Hindi. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 13(1):75-134, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2421] Friederike Moltmann. Reciprocals and same/different: Towards a semantic analysis. Linguistics and Philosophy, 15(4):411-462, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2422] Friederike Moltmann. Coordination and Comparatives. PhD thesis, MIT, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2423] Friederike Moltmann. Exception sentences and polyadic quantification. Linguistics and Philosophy, 18(3):223-280, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2424] Stefan Momma and Jochen Dörre. Generation from f-structures. In Ewan Klein and Johan van Benthem, editors, Categories, Polymorphism, and Unification, pages 147-167. Centre for Cognitive Science, Edinburgh, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2425] R. Montague. Syntactic treatments of modality, with corollaries of reflexion principles and finite axiomatizability. Acta Philosophica Fennica, 16:153-167, 1963.
[ bib ]
[2426] R. Montague. Universal grammar. Theoria, 36:373-398, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2427] Richard Montague. Formal Philosophy. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1974. Richmond Thomason, editor.
[ bib ]
[2428] Richard Montague. English as a formal language. In Richmond Thomason, editor, Formal Philosophy. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2429] Richard Montague. The proper treatment of quantification in ordinary English. In Richmond Thomason, editor, Formal Philosophy. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2430] Mario Montalbetti, Mamoru Saito, and Lisa Travis. Three ways to get tough. In Kevin Tuite, Robinson Schneider, and Robert Chametzky, editors, Papers from the Eighteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 348-366, University of Chicago, 1982. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[2431] G.E. Moore. Ethics. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1958.
[ bib ]
[2432] R. Moore. Verbal Derivations in Swahili. PhD thesis, The University of Texas at Austin, 1966.
[ bib ]
[2433] Timothy E. Moore, editor. Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2434] R. Moore. Reasoning About Knowledge and Action. PhD thesis, MIT, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2435] Robert C. Moore. Unification-based semantic interpretation. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Vancouver, pages 33-41. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2436] Michael Moortgat. Categorial Investigations: Logical and Linguistic Aspects of the Lambek Calculus. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2437] Michael Moortgat. Labelled deductive systems for categorial theorem proving. In Paul Dekker and Martin Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 403-423, Amsterdam, 1992. Institute for Logic, Language and Computation.
[ bib ]
[2438] Michael Moortgat. Multimodal linguistic inference. Bulletin of the Interest Group in Pure and Applied Logics, 3(2,3):371-401, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2439] Michael Moortgat and Richard T. Oehrle. Structural abstractions. In V. Michele Abrusci and Claudia Casadio, editors, Proofs and Linguistic Categories: Application of Logic to the Analysis and Implementation of Natural Language, pages 49-64. Società Italiana di Logica e Filosofia della Scienza and Centro Interdipartimentale di Ricerca in Epistemolgia e Storia delle Scienze ``F. Enriques'', Bologna, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2440] Michael Moortgat. Generalized quantifiers and discontinuous type constructors. In Harry Bunt and Arthur van Horck, editors, Discontinuous Constituency, pages 181-207. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2441] Michael Moortgat. In situ binding: A modal analysis. In Paul Dekker and Martin Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the 10th Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 539-549, Amsterdam, 1997. ILLC, University of Amsterdam.
[ bib ]
[2442] Edith A. Moravcsik. Agreement. In Joseph H. Greenberg, Charles A. Ferguson, and Edith A. Moravcsik, editors, Universals of Human Language: Syntax, volume 4, pages 331-374. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2443] Jerry L. Morgan. Verb agreement as a rule of English. In Proceedings of the Eighth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 278-286, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2444] Katharina Morik. Demand and requirements for natural language systems - results of an inquiry. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 647-649, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2445] Yukiko Morimoto. An optimality account of argument reversal. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[2446] Yukiko Morimoto. Discourse Configurationality in Bantu Morphosyntax. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 2000.
[ bib ]
[2447] M. Morolong and Larry M. Hyman. Animacy, objects and clitics in Sesotho. Studies in African Linguistics, 8(3):199-218, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2448] M. Morreau. Conditionals in Philosophy and Artificial Intelligence. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2449] Glyn V. Morrill. Intensionality and boundedness. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(6):699-726, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2450] Glyn V. Morrill. Type Logical Grammar: Categorial Logic of Signs. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2451] G. Morrill. Typed Logical Grammar / Categorial Logic of Signs. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2452] E. J. Morton. A Descriptive Grammar of Tongan. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1962.
[ bib ]
[2453] Lioba P. Moshi. A study of object marking in Swahili written discourse. Master's thesis, University of York, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2454] Lioba P. Moshi. Grammatical Relations in Swahili Discourse. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2455] Drew Moshier and William C. Rounds. A logic for partially specified data structures. In The ACM Symposium on the Principles of Programming Languages, Munich, Germany, 1987. Association for Computing Machinery.
[ bib ]
[2456] A. Mostowski. On a generalization of quantifiers. Fundamenta Mathematica, 44:12-36, 1957.
[ bib ]
[2457] A. D. Mtenje. Arguments for an autosegmental analysis of Chichewa vowel harmony. Lingua, 66:21-52, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2458] A. D. Mtenje. Issues in the Nonlinear Phonology of Chichewa. PhD thesis, University College London, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2459] Husni Muadz. Coordinate Structures: A Planar Analysis. PhD thesis, University of Arizona-Tucson, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2460] Joachim Mudler. A system for improving the recognition of fluently spoken German speech. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 633-636, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2461] Eva-Marie M. Mueckstein. Q-TRANS: Query translation into English. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 660-662, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2462] Salikoko S. Mufwene and Eyamba G. Bokamba. Are the modal-auxiliaries in Lingala? In Papers from the Fifteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 244-255, University of Chicago, 1979. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[2463] Salikoko S. Mufwene. Bantu class prefixes: Inflectional or derivational? In J. Kreiman and A. E. Ojeda, editors, Papers from the Sixteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 246-258, University of Chicago, 1980. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[2464] R. G. Mukama. On prepositionality and causativity in Swahili. Journal of the Institute of Kiswahili Research, 48(1):26-41, 1973. University of Dar es Salaam.
[ bib ]
[2465] R. G. Mukama. Transitivity in Bantu Languages. PhD thesis, University of York, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2466] Stefan Müller. An HPSG-analysis for free relative clauses in German. Grammars, 2:53-105, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2467] Pamela Munro and Lynn Gordon. Syntactic relations in Western Muskogean. Language, 58:81-115, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2468] Alan Munn. Three types of coordination asymmetries. In Kerstin Schwabe and Ning Zhang, editors, Ellipsis in Conjunction. Max Niemeyer Verlag, Tübingen, 2000.
[ bib ]
[2469] Alan Munn. First conjunct agreement: Against a clausal analysis. Linguistic Inquiry, 30(4):643-668, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2470] Pamela Munro. The syntactic status of object possessor raising in Western Muskogean. In Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 634-649, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2471] Robert W. Murray and Theo Vennemann. Sound change and syllable structure in Germanic phonology. Language, 59:514-528, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2472] R. Muskens. A relational formulation of the theory of types. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:325-346, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2473] R. Muskens. Meaning and Partiality. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2474] R. Muskens. Anaphora and the logic of change. In J. van Eijck, editor, Logics in AI / European Workshop JELIA '90 / Amsterdam, September 1990 / Proceedings, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence 478, pages 412-427. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2475] R. Muskens. Tense and the logic of change. In U. Egli et al., editor, Interface Aspects of Syntax, Semantics and the Lexicon. W. Benjamins, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2476] Reinhard Muskens. Categorial grammar and Discourse Representation Theory. In Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), Kyoto, pages 508-514, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2477] Reinhard Muskens. A compositional discourse representation theory. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 78-96, Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2478] Reinhard Muskens. Order-independence and underspecification. In Jeroen Groenendijk, editor, Ellipsis, Underspecification, Events and More in Dynamic Semantics. The DYANA-2 Project Administrator, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1995. Dyana-2 Deliverable R2.2.C.
[ bib ]
[2479] Reinhard Muskens. Combining Montague Semantics and Discourse Representation Theory. Linguistics and Philosophy, 19:143-186, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2480] Ngessimo Mutaka. The Lexical Tonology of Kinande. PhD thesis, University of Southern California, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2481] Peter Muysken. Quechua word structure. In Frank Heny, editor, Binding and filtering, pages 8, 279-327. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2482] Scott Myers. Vowel shortening in English. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 5:485-518, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2483] S. P. Myers. Tone and the Structure of Words in Shona. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2484] Gopalan Nadathur and Aravind K. Joshi. Mutual beliefs in conversational systems: Their role in referring expressions. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 603-605, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2485] Makoto Nagao, Toyoaki Nishida, and Jun-ichi Tsujii. Dealing with incompleteness of linguistic knowledge in language translation - transfer and generation stage of the Mu machine translation project. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 420-427, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2486] Sei-ichi Nakagawa. A recognition method of connected spoken words with syntactical constraints by augmented continuous DP algorithm. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 639-642, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2487] Jun-ichi Nakamura, Jun-ichi Tsujii, and Makoto Nagao. Grammar writing system (GRADE) of Mu-machine translation project and its characteristics. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 338-343, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2488] Mikio Nakano. Constraint projection: An efficient treatment of disjunctive feature descriptions. In Proceedings of the 29th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Berkeley, pages 307-314. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2489] Hideyuki Nakashima, Hiroyuki Suzuki, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, and Stanley Peters. Towards a computational interpretation of situation theory. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Fifth Generation Computer Systems, FGCS-88, Tokyo, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2490] A. Nakhimovsky. Aspect, aspectual class, and the temporal structure of narrative. Computational Linguistics, 14(2):29-43, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2491] Debbie Nanni and Justine T. Stillings. Three remarks on pied piping. Linguistic Inquiry, 9(2):310-318, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2492] Debbie Nanni. The EASY class of adjectives in English. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2493] Debbie Nanni. On the surface syntax of constructions with easy-type adjectives. Language, 56(3):568-591, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2494] Donna Jo Napoli and Marina Nespor. The syntax of word initial consonant gemination in Italian. Language, 55:812-841, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2495] Donna Jo Napoli. Predication theory: A case study for indexing theory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2496] Anthony Naro. The social and structural dimensions of a syntactic change. Language, 57:62-98, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2497] David Nash. Topics in Warlpiri grammar. PhD thesis, MIT, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2498] Stephen Neale. Descriptions. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2499] B. Nebel. Syntax based approaches to belief revision. In P. Gärdenfors, editor, Belief Revision, volume 29 of Cambridge Tracts in Theoretical Computer Science, pages 52-88. Cambridge University Press, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2500] Alexander Nehamas. Nietzsche: Life as Literature. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2501] Carol Neidle. Case agreement in Russian. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 391-426. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2502] Carol Neidle. Lexical Functional Grammar. In Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics, pages 2147-2153. Pergamon Press, New York, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2503] A. Neijt. Gapping. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2504] Esa Nelimarkka, Harri Jäppinen, and Aarno Lehtola. Two-way finite automata dependency grammar: A parsing method for inflectional free word order languages. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 389-392, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2505] D. Nelson. Constructible falsity. Journal of Symbolic Logic, 14:16-26, 1949.
[ bib ]
[2506] D. Nelson. Negation and seperation of concepts in constructive systems. In A. Heyting, editor, Constructivity in Mathematics, Studies in Logic and The Foundations of Mathematics, pages 208-225. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1959.
[ bib ]
[2507] Greg Nelson and Derek C. Oppen. Fast decision procedures based on congruence closure. Journal of the ACM, 27(2):356-364, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2508] John Nerbonne. German Temporal Semantics: Three-Dimensional Tense Logic and a GPSG Fragment. PhD thesis, Ohio State University, 1983. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2509] John Nerbonne. Reference time and time in narration. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(1):83-96, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2510] John Nerbonne. Nominal comparatives and generalized quantifiers. ms, DFKI, Saarbrucken, Germany, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2511] John Nerbonne. Constraint-based semantics. In Paul Dekker and Martin Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth Amsterdam Colloquium, pages 425-444. Institute for Logic, Language, and Information, 1992. Reprinted in Keh-jiann Chen and Chu-Ren Huang (eds.) Proceedings of Republic of China Computational Linguistics Conference VI , Taipei, 1993. pp. 35-56. Also available as DFKI Research Report RR-92-18.
[ bib ]
[2512] J. Nerbonne. NLL models. Technical report, DFKI Saarbrücken, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2513] John Nerbonne. Partial verb phrases and spurious ambiguities. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 109 - 150. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2514] Marina Nespor and Irene Vogel. Clash avoidance in Italian. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:467-482, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2515] Marina Nespor and Irene Vogel. Prosodic Phonology. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2516] Klaus Netter and Jürgen Wedekind. An LFG-based approach to machine translation. In Proceedings of IAI-MT 86, Saarbrücken, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2517] Klaus Netter. Getting things out of order. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), Bonn, pages 494-496, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2518] Klaus Netter. Non-local dependencies and infinitival constructions in German. In Uwe Reyle and Christian Rohrer, editors, Natural language parsing and linguistic theories. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2519] Klaus Netter. Towards a theory of functional heads. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 297 - 340. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2520] Bernd Neumann and Hans-Joachim Novak. Event models for recognition and natural language description of events in real-world image sequences. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 724-726, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2521] Joel A. Nevis. Finnish Particle Clitics and General Clitic Theory. PhD thesis, The Ohio State University, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2522] Alan Newell. Physical symbol systems. Cognitive Science, 4:135-183, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2523] Paula S. Newman. Representing 2P clitic placement in LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996. Presented at the LFG Workshop, Grenoble, France, August 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[2524] Fritz Newmeyer. Has there been a `Chomskyan revolution' in linguistics? Language, 62:1-18, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2525] Paul Newman. The Hausa Language: An Encyclopedic Reference Grammar. Yale University Press, 2000.
[ bib ]
[2526] Kids whose mother chose jail will go to foster home. Associated Press Newswire, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2527] Isaac Newton. Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica, 1686. Published by the University of California Press as Sir Isaac Newton's Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy and His System of the World, translated by Florian Cajori, 1934.
[ bib ]
[2528] B. Newton. The Generative Interpretation of Dialect: A Study of Modern Greek Phonology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2529] Johanna Nichols. Diminutive consonant symbolism in Western North America. Language, 47:826-848, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2530] Johanna Nichols. Switch reference in the northeast Caucasus. In John Haiman and Pamela Munro, editors, Switch Reference and Universal Grammar. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2531] Johanna Nichols and Anthony C. Woodbury, editors. Grammar Inside and Outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2532] Johanna Nichols. Head-marking and dependent-marking grammar. Language, 62(1):56-119, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2533] Mary Niepokuj. A rule's progress: Reordering in Swiss German. In Mary Niepokuj, Mary VanClay, Vassiliki Nikiforidou, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 287-293, University of California, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2534] Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche. Beyond Good and Evil. Vintage Press, New York, 1966. Translated by Walter Kaufmann.
[ bib ]
[2535] N. J. Nilsson. Principles of Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2536] María-Eugenia Niño. Split inflection and the architecture of grammar: The case of Finnish verbal morphology. ms, Stanford University, 1995.
[ bib | .html ]
[2537] Sergei Nirenburg. Interruptible transition networks. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 393-397, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2538] Richard Nisbett and Lee Ross. Human inference: Strategies and shortcomings of social judgement. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2539] Toyoaki Nishida and Shuji Doshita. Combining functionality and object-orientedness for natural language processing. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 218-221, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2540] Taisuke Nishigauchi. Reciprocals in Japanese. Colloquium presentation, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2541] Taisuke Nishigauchi. Syntax of reciprocals in Japanese. Journal of East Asian Linguistics, 1(2):157-196, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2542] Yoshihiko Nitta, Atsushi Okajima, Hiroyuki Kaji, and Youichi Hidano. A proper treatment of syntax and semantics in machine translation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 159-166, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2543] Michael Noonan. The passive analog in Lango. In Edith Bavin-Woock, editor, Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 128-139, University of California, Berkeley, 1978. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2544] Torbjørn Nordgård and Tor A. Åfarli. Generativ syntaks: Ei innføring via norsk. Novus, Oslo, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2545] Rachel Nordlinger. Split tense and imperative mood inflection in Wambaya. In Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 381-389, University of California, Berkeley, 1995. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2546] Rachel Nordlinger and Joan Bresnan. Nonconfigurational tense in Wambaya. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[2547] Rachel Nordlinger. Constructive Case: Evidence from Australian Languages. Dissertations in Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1998. Revised version of 1997 Stanford University dissertation.
[ bib ]
[2548] Rachel Nordlinger. Complementizing case in Australian languages: A constructive approach. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[2549] Christopher Norris. Deconstruction: Theory and Practice. New Accents. Methuen & Co. Ltd., 1982.
[ bib ]
[2550] Peter Norvig. Frame activated inferences in a story understanding program. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 624-626, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2551] Gordon S. Novak, Jr. Computer understanding of physics problems stated in natural language. Technical Report NL-30, Computer Science Department, The University of Texas at Austin, 1976. Also in American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Microfiche 53, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2552] Gordon S. Novak, Jr. Representation of knowledge in a program for solving physics problems. In Proceedings of the Sixth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 286-291, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2553] Rolf Noyer. What are the binding parameters? In search of the anti-pronoun. ms, MIT, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2554] Rolf Noyer. Features, Positions, and Affixes in Autonomous Morphological Structure. PhD thesis, MIT, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2555] Geoffrey Nunberg. The pragmatics of reference. Indiana University Linguistics Club, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2556] Geoffrey Nunberg. The non-uniqueness of semantic solutions: Polysemy. Linguistics and Philosophy, 3:143-184, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2557] Geoffrey Nunberg. The official-language movement: Reinventing America. In James Crawford, editor, Language Loyalties: A Source Book on The Official Language Movement. The University of Chicago Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2558] Geoffrey Nunberg. Indexicality in context. Presented at the colloquium on ``Philosophy, the human sciences, and the study of cognition,'' Cérisy-la-Salle, France, June 14-20, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2559] Geoffrey Nunberg. Two kinds of indexicality. In Chris Barker and David Dowty, editors, The Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory: SALT II, pages 283-302. Department of Linguistics, Ohio State University, 1992. Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics, Number 40.
[ bib ]
[2560] Geoffrey Nunberg, Ivan A. Sag, and Thomas Wasow. Idioms. Language, 70(3):491-538, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2561] Derek Nurse. Classification of Chaga Dialects. Buske, Hamburg, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2562] Andrea Nye. Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic. Thinking Gender. Routledge, New York, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2563] Martti A. Nyman. Where does Latin sum come from? Language, 53:39-60, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2564] Tim F. O'Donoghue. A semantic interpreter for systemic grammars. In Proceedings of the ACL SIG Workshop on Reversible Grammar in Natural Language Processing, June 1991.
[ bib ]
[2565] Tim F. O'Donoghue. Epow: The edited polytechnic of wales corpus. Technical Report 91. 11, School of Computer Studies, The University of leeds, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2566] Tim F. O'Donoghue. The vertical strip parser: A lazy approach to parsing. Technical Report 91. 15, School of Computer Studies, The University of leeds, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2567] Mary Catherine O'Connor. Topics in Northern Pomo Grammar. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1987. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2568] Mary O'Kane. The FOPHO speech recognition project. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 630-632, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2569] Klaus K. Obermeier. Natural Language Processing Technologies in Artificial Intelligence. Ellis Horwood, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2570] Leo Joseph Obrst. Coordination and concord in Generalized Categorial Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Texas, Austin, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2571] Elinor Ochs, Ruth Smith, and Carolyn Taylor. Detective stories at dinnertime: Problem-solving through co-narration. Prepared for the American Ethnological Society Annual Meetings, Symposium on Narrative Resources for the Creation of Order and Disorder, St. Louis, Missouri, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2572] David Odden. Problems in Tone Assignment in Shona. PhD thesis, University of Illinois, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2573] David Odden. Syntactic conditions on phonological rules in Kimatuumbi. Presented at the 1981 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, New York, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2574] David Odden. Formal correlates of focusing in Kimatuumbi. Studies in African Linguistics, 15:275-299, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2575] David Odden and Mary Odden. Ordered reduplication in Kihehe. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:497-503, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2576] David Odden. On the role of the obligatory contour principle in phonological theory. Language, 62:353-383, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2577] David Odden. The ordering of lexical and postlexical rules in Kimatuumbi. Presented at the 1986 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2578] David Odden. Anti antigemination and the OCP. Linguistic Inquiry, 19:451-476, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2579] Jan Odijk. Topicalization of non-finite non-extraposed complements in Dutch. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 16(1):191-222, 1998.
[ bib ]
[2580] Richard T. Oehrle. The grammatical status of the English Dative alternation. PhD thesis, MIT, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2581] Richard T. Oehrle, Emmon Bach, and Deirdre Wheeler, editors. Categorial Grammars and Natural Language Semantics. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2582] Richard T. Oehrle, Emmon Bach, and Deirdre Wheeler. Categorial Grammars and Natural Language Structures. D, Reidel, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2583] Richard T. Oehrle. Categorial frameworks, coordination, and extraction. In Aaron Halpern, editor, Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 411-425, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2584] Richard T. Oehrle. String-based categorial type systems. Workshop ``Structure of Linguistic Inference: Categorial and Unification-Based Approaches,'' European Summer School in Logic, Language and Information, Lisbon, Portugal, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2585] Richard T. Oehrle. Term-labeled categorial type systems. Linguistics and Philosophy, 17(6):633-678, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2586] Richard T. Oehrle. Some 3-dimensional systems of labelled deduction. Bulletin of the Interest Group in Pure and Applied Logics, 3(2,3):429-448, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2587] Richard T. Oehrle. LFG as labeled deduction. Presented at Mathematics of Language 4, University of Pennsylvania, October 1995, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2588] Richard T. Oehrle. Binding as deduction. In Geert-Jan Kruijff, Glyn V. Morrill, and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Formal Grammar 1997: Linguistic Aspects of Logical and Computational Perspectives on Language, pages 40-54, Aix en Provence, 1997. European Summer School in Logic, Language and Information.
[ bib ]
[2589] Dick Oehrle. LFG as labeled deduction. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2590] Stephan Oepen, Klaus Netter, and Judith Klein. tsnlp - test suites for natural language processing. In John Nerbonne, editor, Linguistic Databases. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1998.
[ bib ]
[2591] Susan Olsen. Problems of seem/scheinen constructions and their implications for the theory of predicate sentential complementation. Max Niemeyer Verlag, Tübingen, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2592] Gayle L. Ormiston and Raphael Sassower. Narrative Experiments: The Discursive Authority of Science and Technology. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2593] Els den Os. Rhythm and Tempo in Dutch and Italian: A Contrastive Study. PhD thesis, University of Utrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2594] Miles Osborne. A review of parsing paradigms for natural language. manuscript, December 1991.
[ bib ]
[2595] Daniel N. Osherson, Michael Stob, and Scott Weinstein. Formal theories of language acquisition: Practical and theoretical perspectives. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 566-572, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2596] Nicholas Ostler. Case-Linking: A Theory of Case and Verb Diathesis Applied to Classical Sanskrit. PhD thesis, MIT, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2597] Inci Özkaragöz. Evidence from Turkish for the unaccusative hypothesis. In Bruce R. Caron, Meredith A. B. Hoffman, Marilyn Silva, and Jeanne Van Oosten, editors, Proceedings of the Sixth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 411-421, University of California, Berkeley, 1980. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2598] F. R. Palmer. Mood and Modality. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2599] Martha Palmer. Semantic Processing for Finite Domains. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2600] D. Park. Concurrency and automata on infinite sequences. In P. Deussen, editor, Proc. 5th GI Conference. Springer-Verlag, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2601] F. Parker. Language change and the passive voice. Language, 52:449-460, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2602] Terence Parsons. The progressive in English: Events, states, and processes. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12(2):213-242, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2603] Terence Parsons. Events in the Semantics of English. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2604] T. Parsons. Events in the Semantics of English. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2605] Barbara Partee. Negation, conjunction, and quantifiers: Syntax vs. semantics. Foundations of Language, 6(2):153-165, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2606] Barbara Partee. Opacity, coreference, and pronouns. In Donald Davidson and Gilbert Harman, editors, Semantics of Natural Language, pages 415-441. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2607] Barbara Partee. Some transformational extensions of Montague grammar. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 2:509-534, 1973. Reprinted in [pp. 51-76]Partee:MG.
[ bib ]
[2608] Barbara Partee. Some structural analogies between tenses and pronouns in english. Journal of Philosophy, 70:601-9, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2609] Barbara Partee. Some structural analogies between tense and pronouns. The Journal of Philosophy, 70(18), 1973.
[ bib ]
[2610] Barbara Partee, editor. Montague Grammar. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2611] Barbara Partee. Bound variables and other anaphors. In D. Waltz, editor, Proceedings of TINLAP-2, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2612] B.H. Partee. Semantics - mathematics or psychology? In R. Bäuerle and A. von Stechow, editors, Semantics from Different Points of View, pages 1-14. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2613] Barbara Partee and Mats Rooth. Generalized conjunction and type ambiguity. In Rainer Bauerle, Christoph Schwarze, and Arnim von Stechow, editors, Meaning, Use, and Interpretation of Language, pages 361-383. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2614] Barbara Partee. Compositionality. In Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics. Foris Publications, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2615] Barbara Partee. Nominal and temporal anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy, 7:243-286, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2616] B. Partee. Many quantifiers. Proceedings of ESCOL, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2617] Barbara Partee, Alice ter Meulen, and Robert E. Wall. Mathematical methods in linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1993. Corrected second printing of the first edition.
[ bib ]
[2618] Barbara Partee. The development of formal semantics in linguistic theory. In Shalom Lappin, editor, Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory, pages 11-38. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2619] Barbara Partee and Vladimir Borschev. Integrating lexical and formal semantics: Genitives, relational nouns, and type-shifting. In Robin Cooper and Thomas Gamkrelidze, editors, Proceedings of the Second Tbilisi Symposium on Language, Logic, and Computation, pages 229-241. Center on Language, Logic, Speech, Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi, 1998.
[ bib | .pdf ]
[2620] Dag Prawitz. Natural Deduction: A Proof-Theoretical Study. Almqvist and Wiksell, Uppsala, Sweden, 1965.
[ bib ]
[2621] Rebecca J. Passoneau. Situations and intervals. In Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Stanford, pages 16-24. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2622] R.J. Passonneau. A computational model of the semantics of tense and aspect. Computational Linguistics, 14(2):44-60, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2623] Michael J. Pazzani. Conceptual analysis of garden-path sentences. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 486-490, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2624] D. Pearce and W. Rautenberg. Propositional logic based on the dynamics of disbelief. In A. Fuhrmann and M. Morreau, editors, The Logic of Theory Change, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence 465, pages 243-258. Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2625] Francis J. Pelletier and Lenhart K. Schubert. Two theories for computing the logical form of mass expressions. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 108-111, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2626] Fernando C. N. Pereira and David H. D. Warren. Definite clause grammars for natural language analysis - A survey of the formalism and a comparison with augmented transition networks. Artificial Intelligence, 13:231-278, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2627] Fernando C. N. Pereira and David H. D. Warren. Parsing as deduction. In Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Cambridge, MA, pages 137-144. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2628] Fernando C. N. Pereira. Logic for natural language analysis. Technical report, SRI International, Menlo Park, CA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2629] Fernando C. N. Pereira and Stuart M. Shieber. The semantics of grammar formalisms seen as computer languages. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 123-129, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2630] Fernando C. N. Pereira. A new characterization of attachment preferences. In David R. Dowty, editor, Natural Language Processing. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2631] Fernando C. N. Pereira and Stuart M. Shieber. Prolog and Natural-Language Analysis. CSLI Lecture Notes. number 10. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2632] Fernando C. N. Pereira. Grammars and logics of partial information. In Proceedings of The International Conference on Logic Programming, Melbourne, Australia, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2633] Fernando C. N. Pereira. A calculus for semantic composition and scoping. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Vancouver, pages 152-160. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2634] Fernando C. N. Pereira. Categorial semantics and scoping. Computational Linguistics, 16(1):1-10, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2635] F. C. N. Pereira and M. Pollack. Incremental interpretation. Artificial Intelligence, 1:37-82, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2636] Fernando C. N. Pereira. Deductive interpretation. In ESPRIT Symposium on Natural Language and Speech, 1991. Brussels, November 1991.
[ bib ]
[2637] Fernando C. N. Pereira. Semantic interpretation as higher-order deduction. In Jan van Eijck, editor, Logics in AI: European Workshop JELIA'90, pages 78-96, Amsterdam, 1991. Springer-Verlag.
[ bib ]
[2638] Chaim Perelman and L. Olbrechts-Tyteca. The New Rhetoric: A Treatise on Argumentation. University of Notre Dame Press, 1969. Translated by John Wilkinson and Purcell Weaver.
[ bib ]
[2639] Chaim Perelman. The Realm of Rhetoric. University of Notre Dame Press, 1982. Translated by William Kluback; Introduction by Carroll C. Arnold.
[ bib ]
[2640] C. H. Perez. Aspects of Complementation in Three Bantu Languages. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2641] Vladimir Pericliev. Handling syntactical ambiguity in machine translation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 521-524, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2642] M. A. Perini. The latest note on Lachmann's Law. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:114-116, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2643] David Perlmutter. Deep and Surface Structure Constraints in Syntax. Holt, Reinhart, and Winston, New York, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2644] David M. Perlmutter. Evidence for shadow pronouns in French relativization. In Paul M. Peranteau, Judith N. Levi, and Gloria C. Phares, editors, The Chicago Which Hunt, pages 73-105, University of Chicago, 1972. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[2645] David Perlmutter and Paul M. Postal. Some proposed laws of basic clause structure. In Studies in Relational Grammar 1. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2646] David Perlmutter and Paul M. Postal. Toward a universal characterization of passivization. In Studies in Relational Grammar 1. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2647] David Perlmutter and Paul M. Postal. The relational succession law. In Studies in Relational Grammar 1. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2648] David M. Perlmutter. Personal vs. impersonal constructions. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1:141-200, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2649] David Perlmutter. Studies in Relational Grammar 1. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2650] David Perlmutter and Carol Rosen. Studies in Relational Grammar 2. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2651] D. V. Perrott. Teach Yourself Swahili. Teach Yourself Books. Random House, New York, second edition, 1957.
[ bib ]
[2652] John Perry. Paradoxical logic. Philosophy East and West, 1964.
[ bib ]
[2653] John Perry. Equality and education: Remarks on Kleinberger. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2654] John Perry. The same F. The Philosophical Review, LXXIX(2):181-200, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2655] John Perry. Can the self divide? Journal of Philosophy, LXIX(16):463-488, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2656] John Perry, editor. Personal Identity. University of California Press, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2657] John Perry. The problem of personal identity. In John Perry, editor, Personal Identity, pages 1-30. University of California Press, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2658] John Perry. Personal identity, memory, and the problem of circularity. In John Perry, editor, Personal Identity, pages 135-155. University of California Press, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2659] John Perry. The importance of being identical. In Amelie Rorty, editor, The Identity of Persons, pages 67-90. University of California Press, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2660] John Perry. Frege on demonstratives. The Philosophical Review, 76(4):474-497, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2661] John Perry. Defenses for the mind-brain identity theory: Commentary on Puccetti and Dykes. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 1, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2662] John Perry. Relative identity and relative number. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, VII(1):1-14, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2663] John Perry. A dialogue on personal identity and immortality. In Joel Feinberg, editor, Reason and Responsibility, pages 293-310. Dickenson Publishing Co., fourth edition, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2664] John Perry. The problem of the essential indexical. Noûs, 13:3-21, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2665] John Perry. The philosophical problems of personal identity. Stanford Observer, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2666] John Perry. Belief and acceptance. Midwest Studies in Philosophy, V:533-542, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2667] John Perry. A problem about continued belief. Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 61(4):317-322, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2668] John Perry. The problem of the essential indexical. In David L. Boyers, Patrick Grim, and John T. Sanders, editors, The Philosophers Annual, volume III. Ridgeview Publishing Company, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2669] John Perry. Will Tommy Vladek survive. In Fred D. Miller and Nicholas D. Smith, editors, Thought Probes: An Introduction to Philosophy Through Science Fiction. Prentice Hall, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2670] John Perry. Castaneda on he and I. In James E. Tomberlin, editor, Agent, Language, and World: Essays Presented to Hector-Neri Castaneda, pages 15-41. Hackett Publishing Company, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2671] John Perry. Personal identity and the concept of a person; 1963-1975. In Gottorm Floistad, editor, Philosophy of Mind, volume 4 of Chronicles of Institut International De Philosophie. Martinus Neiohoff, London, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2672] John Perry. Perception, action, and the structure of believing. In Richard Grandy and Richard Warner, editors, Grice Festschrift. Oxford University Press, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2673] David Pesetsky. Paths and Categories. PhD thesis, MIT, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2674] David Pesetsky. Morphology and logical form. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:193-246, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2675] David Pesetsky. Wh-in-situ: Movement and unselective binding. In Eric Reuland and Alice ter Meulen, editors, The Representation of (in)definiteness. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2676] David Pesetsky. Topic...comment. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 11(3):557-558, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2677] David Pesetsky. Phrasal Movement and Its Kin. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2000.
[ bib ]
[2678] Stanley Peters. Why there are many `universal' bases. Papers in Linguistics, 2:27-43, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2679] Stanley Peters and R. W. Ritchie. On restricting the base component of transformational grammars. Information and Control, 18:483-501, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2680] Stanley Peters. The use of context-sensitive rules in immediate constituent analysis. Statistical Methods in Linguistics, 7:21-31, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2681] Stanley Peters and R. W. Ritchie. Context-sensitive immediate constituent analysis: Context-free languages revisited. Mathematical Systems Theory, 6:324-333, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2682] Stanley Peters, editor. Goals of Linguistic Theory. Prentice Hall, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2683] Stanley Peters. The projection problem: How is a grammar to be selected? In Stanley Peters, editor, Goals of Linguistic Theory, pages 171-188. Prentice Hall, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2684] Stanley Peters and R. W. Ritchie. On the generative power of transformational grammars. Information Sciences, 6:49-83, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2685] Stanley Peters and R. W. Ritchie. Nonfiltering and local-filtering transformational grammars. In Jaakko Hintikka, J. M. E. Moravcsik, and Patrick Suppes, editors, Approaches to Natural Language, pages 180-194. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2686] Stanley Peters. On restricting deletion transformations. In Maurice Gross, Morris Halle, and Marcel-Paul Schützenberger, editors, The Formal Analysis of Natural Language, pages 171-188. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2687] Stanley Peters. An analysis procedure for transformation grammars. In Papers in Computational Linguistics, pages 125-127. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2688] Stanley Peters. In consequence of speaking. In Robert E. Butts and Jaakko Hintikka, editors, Basic Problems in Methodology and Linguistics, pages 283-297. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2689] Stanley Peters. A truth-conditional formulation of Karttunen's account of presupposition. Synthese, 40:301-316, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2690] Stanley Peters. What do questions mean? Texas Linguistic Forum, 13:86-95, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2691] Stanley Peters. Syntax of human languages in the light of mathematical logic. Journal of Linguistic Calculus, pages 63-79, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2692] Stanley Peters. Comments on `Learnability, restrictiveness, and the evaluation metric'. In C. L. Baker and John J. McCarthy, editors, The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition, pages 22-29. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2693] Stanley Peters and Esa Saarinen. Introduction. In Stanley Peters and Esa Saarinen, editors, Processes, Beliefs, and Questions, pages vii-xxxi. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2694] Stanley Peters and Esa Saarinen, editors. Processes, Beliefs, and Questions. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2695] Stanley Peters. The situation in question. In R. Schneider, K. Tuite, and R. Chametzky, editors, Papers from the Parasession on Nondeclaratives, pages 237-243. Chicago Linguistics Society, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2696] Stanley Peters and Hans Uszkoreit. On some formal properties of metarules. In Walter J. Savitch et al., editors, The Formal Complexity of Natural Language, pages 227-250. D. Reidel, 1987. Also in Linguistics and Philosophy 9: 477-494 (1986).
[ bib ]
[2697] Stanley Peters. Some prospects for linguistic semantics. In I.-H. Lee, editor, Linguistics in the Morning Calm 3. The Linguistic Society of Korea, Seoul, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2698] Peter G. Peterson. The Progressive Construction in English: An analysis and its implications. PhD thesis, University of Newcastle, N.S.W, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2699] Peter G. Peterson. Conjunction in LFG. MS, Department of Linguistics, MIT and University of Newcastle, New South Wales, Australia, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2700] Peter G. Peterson. Establishing verb agreement with disjunctively conjoined subjects: Strategies vs. principles. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 6(2):231-249, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2701] Brian Phillips. An object-oriented parser for text understanding. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 690-692, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2702] Betty Phillips. Word frequency and the actuation of sound change. Language, 60:320-342, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2703] Pierre Pica. On the nature of the reflexivization cycle. In Joyce McDonough and Bernadette Plunkett, editors, Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society, volume 17, pages 483-500, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2704] Martin Pickering and Guy Barry. Dependency categorial grammar and coordination. Linguistics, 31:855-902, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2705] Janet B. Pierrehumbert. The Phonology and Phonetics of English Intonation. PhD thesis, MIT, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2706] Janet B. Pierrehumbert and Mary E. Beckman. Japanese Tone Structure, volume 15 of Linguistic Inquiry Monographs. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2707] Kenneth L. Pike. Abdominal pulse types in some Peruvian languages. Language, 33:30-35, 1957.
[ bib ]
[2708] M. Pinkal. Logik und Lexikon: Die Semantik des Unbestimmten. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2709] M. Pinkal. Die semantik von satzkomparativen. Zeitschrift f ur Sprachwissenschaft, 8(2):206-256, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2710] M. Pinkal. Vagheit und Ambiguität. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantik/Semantics, chapter 11, pages 250-269. de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2711] M. Pinkal. On the syntactic-semantic analysis of bound anaphora. In Proceedings of the 5th Meeting of the EACL, Berlin. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2712] Manfred Pinkal. Radical underspecification. In P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, editors, Proceedings of the Tenth Amsterdam Colloquium. ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2713] Steven Pinker. A theory of the acquisition of Lexical-Interpretive Grammars. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 655-726. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2714] Steven Pinker. Language Learnability and Language Development. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2715] Steven Pinker. Learnability and Cognition: The Acquisition of Argument Structure. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2716] Steven Pinker. Language Learnability and Language Development. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, second edition, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2717] Jessie Pinkham. The Formation of Comparative Clauses in French and English. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1982. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2718] Frans Plank. Ellipsis and inflection of determiners and modifiers in coordinate NPs. Technical Report 11, EUROTYP Working Papers, European Science Foundation, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2719] Susan Plann. On case-marking clauses in Spanish: Evidence against the case resistance principle. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(2):336-345, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2720] David C. Plaut, Steven J. Nowlan, and Geoffrey E. Hinton. Experiments on learning by back propagation. Technical Report CMU-CS-86-126, Computer Science Department, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2721] Massimo Poesio. Discourse Interpretation and the Scope of Operators. PhD thesis, University of Rochester, Department of Computer Science, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2722] Massimo Poesio. Ambiguity, underspecification and discourse interpretation. In Proceedings of the First International Workshop on Computational Semantics, pages 151-160, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2723] Livia Polanyi and Remko J. H. Scha. A syntactic approach to discourse semantics. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 413-419, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2724] Livia Polanyi, editor. The Structure of Discourse. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2725] Livia Polanyi and Remko J. H. Scha. An augmented context free grammar for discourse. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING88), Budapest, pages 573-577, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2726] Martha E. Pollack and Fernando C. N. Pereira. An integrated framework for semantic and pragmatic interpretation. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Buffalo, NY, pages 75-86. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2727] Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag. Reflexives and reciprocals in English: An alternative to the binding theory. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 189-203, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2728] Carl Pollard. Generalized Phrase Structure Grammars, Head Grammars, and Natural Language. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2729] Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag. Information-Based Syntax and Semantics, Volume I. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 13. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2730] Carl Pollard. Notes on anaphora, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2731] Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag. Anaphors in English and the scope of the binding theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 23(2):261-303, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2732] Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag. Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, IL, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2733] Carl Pollard. Toward a unified account of passive in German. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 273 - 296. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2734] Jean-Yves Pollock. Verb movement, Universal Grammar, and the structure of IP. Linguistic Inquiry, 20(3), 1989.
[ bib ]
[2735] Shana Poplack. Deletion and disambiguation in Puerto Rican Spanish. Language, 56:371-385, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2736] Paul Portner and Barbara H. Partee, editors. Formal Semantics:The Essential Readings. Blackwell, 2002.
[ bib ]
[2737] William J. Poser. The phonetics and phonology of tone and intonation in Japanese. PhD thesis, MIT, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2738] William J. Poser. Evidence for foot structure in Japanese. Language, 66:78-105, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2739] William J. Poser. Blocking of phrasal constructions by lexical items. In Lexical Matters, CSLI Lecture Notes, number 24, pages 111-130. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2740] Michael I. Posner, editor. Foundations of Cognitive Science. A Bradford Book. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2741] Paul M. Postal. Constituent Structure. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1964.
[ bib ]
[2742] Paul M. Postal. On so-called ``pronouns'' in English. In David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors, Modern Studies in English, pages 201-224. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2743] Paul M. Postal. On coreferential complement subject deletion. Linguistic Inquiry, 1(4), 1972.
[ bib ]
[2744] Paul M. Postal. Cross-Over Phenomena. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York, 1971.
[ bib ]
[2745] Paul M. Postal. A global constraint on pronominalization. Linguistic Inquiry, 3(1):35-59, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2746] Paul M. Postal. On Raising. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2747] Paul M. Postal and G. K. Pullum. Traces and the description of English complementizer contraction. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:1-29, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2748] Paul M. Postal and G. K. Pullum. The contraction debate. Linguistic Inquiry, 13:122-138, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2749] Paul M. Postal. Remarks on weak crossover effects. Linguistic Inquiry, 24(3):539-556, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2750] Paul M. Postal. Parasitic and pseudo-parasitic gaps. Linguistic Inquiry, 25(1):63-118, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2751] Paul M. Postal. Three Investigations of Extraction. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1998.
[ bib ]
[2752] G. Poulos. Issues in Zulu Relativization. PhD thesis, Rhodes University, South Africa, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2753] V. Pratt. Semantical considerations on Floyd-Hoare logic. Proceedings 17th IEEE Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science, pages 109-121, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2754] V. Pratt. Application of modal logic to programming. Studia Logica, 39:257-274, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2755] T. Price. The Elements of Nyanja for English-Speaking Students. The Hetherwick Press, Church of Central Africa Presbyterian, Blantyre, second edition, 1946. Reprinted in 1966 by The Synod Bookshop, Church of Central Africa Presbyterian, P.O. Box 503, Blantyre, Malawi.
[ bib ]
[2756] Ellen Prince. A comparison of wh-clefts and it-clefts in discourse. Language, 54:883-906, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2757] Alan Prince. A metrical theory for Estonian quantity. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:511-562, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2758] Alan Prince. Relating to the grid. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:19-100, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2759] Alan S. Prince. Phonology with tiers. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 234-244. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2760] Alan S. Prince. Improving tree theory. In Mary Niepokuj, Mary VanClay, Vassiliki Nikiforidou, and Deborah Feder, editors, Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 471-490, University of California, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2761] Alan S. Prince and Paul Smolensky. Optimality theory: Constraint interaction in generative grammar. Technical Report 2, Rutgers University Center for Cognitive Science, New Brunswick, NJ, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2762] Robbert Prins and Gertjan van Noord. Reinforcing parser preferences through tagging. Traitement automatique des langues, 2003. To appear, special issue on Evolutions in Parsing.
[ bib ]
[2763] Robbert Prins and Gertjan van Noord. Unsupervised POS-tagging improves parsing accuracy and parsing efficiency. In Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Parsing Technologies, Beijing, 2001.
[ bib ]
[2764] A. Prior. Past, Present and Future. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2765] Vladimir Propp. Morphology of the Folktale. University of Texas Press, Austin, second edition, 1968.
[ bib ]
[2766] H. Prüst, R. Scha, and M. van den Berg. A formal grammar tackling verb-phrase anaphora. Technical Report CL-91-03, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2767] H. Prüst. On Discourse Structuring, VP Anaphora and Gapping. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2768] H. Prüst, R. Scha, and M. van den Berg. Discourse grammar and verb phrase anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy, 17:261-327, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2769] Douglas Pulleyblank. Tone in Lexical Phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2770] Douglas Pulleyblank. Underspecification and low vowel harmony in Okpe. Studies in African Linguistics, 17:119-153, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2771] Douglas Pulleyblank. Clitics in Yoruba. In Hagit Borer, editor, The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics, volume 19 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 43-64. Academic Press, New York, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2772] Douglas Pulleyblank. Vocalic underspecification in Yoruba. Linguistic Inquiry, 19:233-270, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2773] Geoffrey K. Pullum and Paul M. Postal. On an inadequate defense of ``trace theory''. Linguistic Inquiry, 10:689-706, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2774] Geoffrey K. Pullum and Gerald Gazdar. Natural languages and context free languages. Linguistics and Philosophy, 4:471-504, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2775] Geoffrey K. Pullum. Free word order and phrase structure rules. In James Pustejovsky and Peter Sells, editors, Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society, pages 209-220. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2776] Geoffrey K. Pullum. Syntactic and semantic parsability. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 112-122, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2777] Geoffrey K. Pullum and Arnold M. Zwicky. Phonological resolution of syntactic feature conflict. Language, 62(4):751-773, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2778] Geoffrey K. Pullum. On the relations of IDC-command and government. In Mary Dalrymple, Jeffrey Goldberg, Kristin Hanson, Michael Inman, Chris Piñon, and Stephen Wechsler, editors, Proceedings of the Fifth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, volume 5, pages 192-206, Stanford University, 1986. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2779] Geoffrey K. Pullum and Arnold M. Zwicky. The syntax-phonology interface. In Frederick Newmeyer, editor, Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey, volume 1. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2780] Geoffrey K. Pullum. Formal linguistics meets the Boojum. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 7(1):137-143, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2781] Stephen G. Pulman. Limited domain systems for language teaching. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 84-87, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2782] S. G. Pulman. A contextual reasoning and cooperative response framework for the Core Language Engine. Technical report, SRI Cambridge, Cambridge, UK, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2783] Steve Pulman. Comparatives and ellipsis. In Proceedings of the 5th Meeting of the EACL, Berlin. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2784] Steve Pulman. The recognition and interpretation of idioms. In Cristina Cacciari and Patrizia Tabossi, editors, Idioms: Processing, Structure, and Interpretation, pages 249-270. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2785] J. Pustejowsky. The generative lexicon. Computational Linguistics, 17(4):409-441, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2786] Hillary Putnam. The meaning of meaning. In Keith Gunderson, editor, Language, Mind and Knowledge, volume VII of Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of Science. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2787] M. R. Quillian. Semantic memory. In Marvin L. Minsky, editor, Semantic information processing, pages 227-270. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2788] Willard Van Orman Quine. Reference and modality. In From a Logical Point of View, pages 139-159. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1953.
[ bib ]
[2789] Willard Van Orman Quine. Word and Object. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1960.
[ bib ]
[2790] Willard Van Orman Quine. Methods of Logic. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, fourth edition, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2791] Randolph Quirk, Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, and Jan Svartvik. A Comprehensive Grammar of the English Language. Longman, New York, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2792] L. R. Rabiner. A tutorial on hidden markov models and selected applications in speech recognition. In Alex Waibel and Kai-Fu Lee, editors, Readings in Speech Recognition. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2793] Pierre-Yves Raccah. Argumentation in representation semantics. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 525-529, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2794] Andrew Radford. Transformational Syntax: A Student's Guide to Chomsky's Extended Standard Theory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2795] Bo Ralph. On the nature of preposition deletion in Swedish. In Karl-Hampus Dahlstedt, editor, The Nordic languages and modern linguistics 2, pages 666-684. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2796] Gillian Ramchand. Aspect and Argument Structure in Modern Scottish Gaelic. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2797] Gillian Ramchand. Aspect and Predication: The Semantics of Argument Structure. Oxford University Press, 1997.
[ bib ]
[2798] A. Ramsay. Formal Methods in Artificial Intelligence. Cambridge University Press, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2799] Lance A. Ramshaw and Ralph M. Weischedel. Problem localization strategies for pragmatics processing in natural language front ends. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 139-143, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2800] Aarne Ranta. Intuitionistic categorial grammar. Linguistics and Philosophy, 14:203-239, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2801] V. Rantala. Impossible world semantics and logical omniscience. Acta Philosophica Fennica, 35:106-115, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2802] C. Radhakrishna Rao. Linear Statistical Inference and Its Application. Wiley, New York, 1965.
[ bib ]
[2803] William J. Rapaport and Stuart C. Shapiro. Quasi-indexical reference in propositional semantic networks. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 65-70, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2804] Gilbert C. Rappaport. Grammatical Function and Syntactic Structure: The Adverbial Participle of Russian. Slavica, Columbus, OH, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2805] M. Rappaport and B. Levine. What to do with theta-roles. Lexicon Project Working Papers 11, MIT, Center for Cognitive Science, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2806] Gilbert C. Rappaport. On anaphor binding in Russian. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 4(1):97-120, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2807] Malka Rappaport and Beth Levin. What to do with theta-roles. In Wendy Wilkins, editor, Thematic Relations, volume 21 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 7-36. Academic Press, San Diego, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2808] John Rawls. Two concepts of rules. The Philosophical Review, LXIV:3-32, 1955.
[ bib ]
[2809] M. Raynal. Algorithms for Mutual Exclusion. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2810] Manny Rayner and Amelie Banks. An implementable semantics for comparative constructions. Computational Linguistics, 16:86-112, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2811] Manny Rayner. Abductive Equivalential Translation and its application to Natural Language Database Interfacing. PhD thesis, Stockholm University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2812] Mike Reape. Domain union and word order variation in German. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 151 - 197. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2813] Terry Regier. Learning perceptually grounded semantics in the L0 project. In Proceedings of the 29th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2814] David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors. Modern Studies in English. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2815] P. A. Reich. The finiteness of natural languages. Language, 45:831-843, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2816] H. Reichenbach. Elements of Symbolic Logic. Macmillan, London, 1947.
[ bib ]
[2817] Rachel Reichman. Getting Computers to Talk Like You and Me: Discourse Context, Focus, and Semantics (An ATN Model). A Bradford Book. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2818] Ronan Reilly. A connectionist model of some aspects of anaphor resolution. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 144-149, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2819] Tanya Reinhart. The Syntactic Domain of Anaphora. PhD thesis, MIT, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2820] Tanya Reinhart. Syntactic domains for semantic rules. In F. Guenther and S. J. Schmidt, editors, Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Languages. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2821] Tanya Reinhart. Pragmatics and linguistics: An analysis of sentence topics. Philosophica, 27:53-94, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2822] Tanya Reinhart. A second COMP position. In Adriana Belletti, Luciana Brandi, and Luigi Rizzi, editors, Theory of Markedness in Generative Grammar: Proceedings of the 1979 GLOW Conference. Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa, Pisa, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2823] Tanya Reinhart. Coreference and bound anaphora: A restatement of the anaphora question. Linguistics and Philosophy, 6:47-88, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2824] Tanya Reinhart. Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2825] Tanya Reinhart. Center and periphery in the grammar of anaphora. In Barbara Lust, editor, Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora, volume 1. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2826] Tanya Reinhart and Eric Reuland. Anaphors and logophors. In Jan Koster and Eric Reuland, editors, Long-Distance Anaphora. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2827] Tanya Reinhart and Eric Reuland. Reflexivity. Linguistic Inquiry, 24(4):657-720, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2828] R. Reiter. A logic for default reasoning. Artificial Intelligence, 13, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2829] Gerrit Rentier. A lexicalist approach to Dutch preposition stranding. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS '94, pages 280 - 289, Vienna, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2830] N. Rescher and R. Brandom. The logic of inconsistency. Basil Blackwell, London, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2831] Robert Resnick and David Halliday. Physics, Part One. John Wiley & Sons, New York, third edition, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2832] Philip Resnik. Selection and Information: A Class-Based Approach to Lexical Relationships. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania, 1993. Institute for Research in Cognitive Science report IRCS-93-42.
[ bib ]
[2833] Uwe Reyle. Grammatical functions, discourse referents and quantification. In IJCAI 85, pages 829-831, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2834] Uwe Reyle. Compositional semantics for LFG. In Uwe Reyle and Christian Rohrer, editors, Natural Language Parsing and Linguistic Theories, pages 448-474. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2835] Uwe Reyle. Dealing with ambiguities by underspecification: Construction, representation and deduction. Journal of Semantics, 10:123-179, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2836] Uwe Reyle. Vagueness and ambiguity in drt. Journal of Semantics, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2837] Uwe Reyle and Dov Gabbay. Direct deductive computation on discourse represenation structures. Linguistics and Philosophy, 17:343-390, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2838] Uwe Reyle. On reasoning with ambiguities. In Proceedings of the 7th Meeting of the EACL, Dublin, pages 1-8. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2839] Uwe Reyle. Coindexing labeled DRSs to represent and reason with ambiguities. In Kees van Deemter and Stanley Peters, editors, Semantic Ambiguity and Underspecification, pages 239-268. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1996.
[ bib ]
[2840] Richard Rhodes. Ojibwa secondary objects. In Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell, and Errapel Mejías-Bikandi, editors, Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective, pages 401-414. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2841] Keren Rice. A Grammar of Slave. Mouton de Gruyter, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2842] Elaine Rich. Natural-language interfaces. Computer, 17(9):39-47, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2843] Norvin Richards. What Moves Where When in Which Language? PhD thesis, MIT, 1997.
[ bib ]
[2844] Norvin Richards. Movement in Language: Interactions and Architectures. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001.
[ bib ]
[2845] Paul Ricoeur. Narrative time. Critical Inquiry, pages 169-190, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2846] Elizabeth Riddle and Gloria Sheintuch. A functional analysis of pseudo-passives. Linguistics and Philosophy, 6:527-564, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2847] Burghard B. Rieger. Semantic relevance and aspect dependency in a given subject domain. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 298-301, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2848] Stefan Riezler. Probabilistic Constraint Logic Programming. PhD thesis, Universität Tübingen, 1998. AIMS Report 5(1), 1999, IMS, Universität Stuttgart.
[ bib | .ps.gz ]
[2849] Stefan Riezler, Detlef Prescher, Jonas Kuhn, and Mark Johnson. Lexicalized stochastic modeling of constraint-based grammars using log-linear measures and EM training. In Proceedings of the 38th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Hong Kong, 2000.
[ bib | .ps.gz ]
[2850] Stefan Riezler, Tracy H. King, Ronald M. Kaplan, Richard Crouch, John T. Maxwell, III, and Mark Johnson. Parsing the Wall Street Journal using a Lexical-Functional Grammar and discriminative estimation techniques. In Proceedings of the 40th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Philadelphia, 2002.
[ bib ]
[2851] M. de Rijke. The modal logic of inequality. Journal of Symbolic Logic, 57(2):566-584, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2852] M. de Rijke. A system of dynamic modal logic. Technical Report LP-92-08, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2853] M. de Rijke. Extending Modal Logic. PhD thesis, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2854] M. de Rijke. Meeting some neighbours. In J. van Eijck and A. Visser, editors, Logic and Information Flow, pages 170-195. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2855] Shlomith Rimmon-Kenan. Narrative Fiction: Contemporary Poetics. New Accents. Methuen & Co. Ltd., 1983.
[ bib ]
[2856] Catherine O. Ringen. Vowel harmony in Igbo and Diola-Fogny. Studies in African Linguistics, 10:247-259, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2857] Catherine O. Ringen. Vowel harmony - autosegmental or archisegmental? Presented at the 1984 Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, Baltimore, MD, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2858] Graeme D. Ritchie. A rational reconstruction of the PROTEUS sentence planner. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 327-329, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2859] Luigi Rizzi. Relativized Minimality. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2860] Kelly Roach. LFG languages over a 1-letter alphabet. ms, Cognitive and Instructional Sciences Group, Xerox PARC, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2861] Kelly Roach. The mathematics of LFG. ms, Xerox PARC, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2862] Linda Roberts and Marjorie Wolontis. Conjunction and concord in Bantu. In Erhard Voeltz, editor, Third Annual Conference on African Linguistics, pages 231-242. Indiana University, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2863] Craige Roberts. On the assignment of indices and their interpretation in binding theory. In Stephen Berman, Jae-Woong Choe, and Joyce McDonough, editors, Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society. University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2864] Craige Roberts. Modal Subordination, Anaphora, and Distributivity. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2865] C. Roberts. Distributivity. In J. Groenendijk, M. Stokhof, and F. Veltman, editors, Proceedings of the Sixth Amsterdam Colloquium. University of Amsterdam, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2866] C. Roberts. Modal subordination and pronominal anaphora in discourse. Linguistics and Philosophy, 12:683-721, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2867] Craige Roberts. Distributivity and reciprocal distributivity. In Steven Moore and Adam Zachary Wyner, editors, Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference: SALT I, pages 209-228. Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2868] R. H. Robins. A Short History of Linguistics. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2869] Jane Robinson. Dependency structures and transformation rules. Language, 46:259-285, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2870] Orrin W. Robinson. A `scattered' rule in Swiss German. Language, 52:148-162, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2871] Ann E. Robinson. The interpretation of verb phrases in dialogs. Technical report, SRI International, Menlo Park, CA, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2872] Robert Rodman. Scope phenomena, ``movement transformations'', and relative clauses. In Barbara Partee, editor, Montague Grammar. Academic Press, New York, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2873] Peter Roe. Scientific Text: Selections from the Linguistic Evidence Presented in a Study of Difficulty in Science Text-Books. Discourse Analysis Monographs Number 4. English Language Research, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2874] Thomas Roeper and Muffy Siegel. A lexical transformation for verbal compounds. Linguistic Inquiry, 9:199-260, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2875] Thomas Roeper. On the deductive model and the acquisition of productive morphology. In C. L. Baker and John J. McCarthy, editors, The logical problem of language acquisition. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2876] Thomas Roeper. Implicit arguments and the head-complement relation. Linguistic Inquiry, 18:267-310, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2877] R. Roeper. Chicago Sun-Times, 1990. Cited by James McCawley, ``1990 Linguistic Flea Circus'', unpublished ms.
[ bib ]
[2878] Eiríkur Rögnvaldsson. Af Lysingaraorðsviðurlöm. Íslenskt mál, 6:58-80, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2879] Dirk Roorda. Resource Logics: Proof-theoretical Investigations. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2880] Rebecca Root. The Semantics of Anaphora in Discourse. PhD thesis, The University of Texas at Austin, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2881] Mats Rooth. A comparison of three theories of verb phrase ellipsis. University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers in Linguistics, 7:212-244, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2882] Mats Rooth and Barbara Partee. Conjunction, type ambiguity, and wide scope ``or''. In Daniel P. Flickinger, Marlys Macken, and Nancy Wiegand, editors, Proceedings of the First West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 353-362, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2883] Mats E. Rooth. Association with Focus. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2884] M. Rooth. Np interpretation in montague grammar, file change semantics and situation semantics. In P. Gärdenfors, editor, Generalized Quantifiers: linguistic and logical approaches, pages 237-269. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2885] Richard Rorty. Pragmatism, categories, and language. The Philosophical Review, 70:197-223, 1961.
[ bib ]
[2886] Richard Rorty. Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature. Princeton University Press, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2887] Marilyn Louise Rose. The syntax of the reflexive pronoun in Gothic and Old Norse. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2888] Carol Rosen. The relational structure of reflexive clauses: Evidence from Italian. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1981. Reprinted by Garland Press, New York, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2889] S. T. Rosen. Argument Structure and Complex Predicates. PhD thesis, Brandeis University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2890] Carol Rosen. Rethinking Southern Tiwa: The geometry of a triple-agreement language. Language, 66(4):669-713, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2891] Victoria Rosén. The LFG architecture and ``verbless'' syntactic constructions. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG96 Conference, 1996.
[ bib | .html ]
[2892] Victoria Rosén. Topics and Empty Pronouns in Vietnamese. PhD thesis, University of Bergen, 1998.
[ bib ]
[2893] Peter Rosenbaum. The Grammar of English Predicate Complement Constructions. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2894] Jarrett Rosenberg. Lexical semantics in human-computer communication. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 428-431, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2895] M.T. Rosetta. Compositional Translation. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2896] John Robert Ross. On the cyclic nature of English pronominalization. In To Honor Roman Jakobson, volume II, pages 1669-82. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1967. Reprinted in ReibelSchane:English.
[ bib ]
[2897] John Robert Ross. Constraints on Variables in Syntax. PhD thesis, MIT, 1967.
[ bib ]
[2898] John Robert Ross. On the cyclic nature of English pronominalization. In David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors, Modern Studies in English, pages 187-200. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[2899] J. R. Ross. On declarative sentences. In R. A. Jacobs and P. S. Rosenbaum, editors, Readings in English Transformational Grammar. Ginn, Waltham, MA, 1970.
[ bib ]
[2900] A. Roßdeutscher. Using lexical information to construct discourse representation structures: A case study in anaphora resolution. Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340 33, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2901] Joel Rotenberg. The Syntax of Phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2902] Robert A. Rothstein. Polish. In Bernard Comrie and Greville G. Corbett, editors, The Slavonic Languages, pages 686-758. Routledge, London, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2903] William C. Rounds. Set values for unification-based grammar formalisms and logic programming. Technical Report CSLI-88-129, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2904] William C. Rounds. Feature logics. In Handbook of Logic and Language, pages 475-533. The MIT Press/Elsevier, Cambridge/Amsterdam, 1997.
[ bib ]
[2905] A. Rouveret and J.-R. Vergnaud. Specifying reference to the subject: French causatives and conditions on representation. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:97-202, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2906] Carl A. P. Ruck. Ancient Greek: A New Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, second edition, 1979.
[ bib ]
[2907] Noel Rude. Promotion and topicality of Nez Perce objects. In Monica Macaulay, Orin D. Gensler, Claudia Brugman, Inese Civkulis, Amy Dahlstrom, Katherine Krile, and Rob Sturm, editors, Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 463-483, University of California, Berkeley, 1982. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
[ bib ]
[2908] Catherine Rudin. Aspects of Bulgarian Syntax: Complementizers and WH Constructions. Slavica, Columbus, OH, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2909] Paul Ruet. Logique Linéaire et Programmation Concurrente par Contraintes. PhD thesis, Ecole Normale Supérieure, 1997.
[ bib ]
[2910] P. Ruhrberg. A simultaneous abstraction calculus. In R. Cooper and J. Groenendijk, editors, DYANA-2 Deliverable R2.1.B, Part II, pages 65-82. The DYANA-2 Project Administrator, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2911] Hotze Rullmann. Maximality in the Semantics of WH-constructions. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts-Amherst, 1995.
[ bib ]
[2912] D. E. Rumelhart. Notes on a schema for stories. In Daniel G. Bobrow and A. Collins, editors, Representation and Understanding, pages 211-236. Academic Press, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2913] B. Russell. On denoting. Mind, 14:479-493, 1905.
[ bib ]
[2914] B. Russell. Mr. strawson on referring. Mind, 66:385-389, 1957.
[ bib ]
[2915] J. Rutten and D. Turi. Initial algebra and final coalgebra semantics for concurrency. In J. W. de Bakker, W. P. de Roever, and G. Rozenberg, editors, A Decade of Concurrency, pages 530-582. Springer, Berlin, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2916] Rudolf Ruzická. Remarks on control. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:309-324, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2917] DARPA. Proceedings, Darpa Speech and Natural Language Workshop, Cape Cod. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, CA, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2918] Gérard Sabeh and Mohamed Rady. A deterministic syntactic-semantic parser. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 707-709, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2919] Harvey Sacks, Emmanuel A. Schegloff, and Gail Jefferson. A simplest systematics for the organization of turn taking for conversation. In Schenkein [3001], pages 7-58.
[ bib ]
[2920] Louisa Sadler. Welsh Syntax. Croom Helm, Beckenham, Kent, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2921] Louisa Sadler, Ian Crookston, and Andy Way. Co-description, projection, and ``difficult'' translation. In Working Papers in Language Processing 8. Department of Languages and Linguistics, University of Essex, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2922] Louisa Sadler, Ian Crookston, Doug Arnold, and Andy Way. LFG and translation. In Third International Conference on Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translation, pages 11-13, Linguistic Research Center, University of Texas-Austin, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2923] Louisa Sadler and Henry Thompson. Structural non-correspondence in translation. In Proceedings of the 5th Meeting of the EACL, Berlin, pages 293-298. European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2924] Louisa Sadler and Doug Arnold. A constraint-based approach to translating anaphoric dependencies. In Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING92), Nantes, France, volume 2, pages 728-734, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2925] Louisa Sadler and Doug Arnold. Prenominal adjectives and the phrasal/lexical distinction. Journal of Linguistics, 30:187-226, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2926] Louisa Sadler. Clitics and the structure-function mapping. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference, 1997.
[ bib | .html ]
[2927] Louisa Sadler. English auxiliaries as tense inflections. In Special Issue of Essex Research Reports Produced on the Occasion of the Retirement of Keith Brown, 1998.
[ bib ]
[2928] Louisa Sadler. Welsh NP without head movement. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[2929] Louisa Sadler. Non-distributive features and coordination in Welsh. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[2930] Louisa Sadler and Andrew Spencer. Workshop on morphology and LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG2000 Conference, 2000.
[ bib | .html ]
[2931] Louisa Sadler. Noun Phrase structure in Welsh. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, Argument Realization, pages 73-110. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2003.
[ bib ]
[2932] Louisa Sadler. Asymmetric coordination and agreement in LFG. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, Nominals: Inside and Out. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2003. To appear.
[ bib ]
[2933] Jerrold M. Sadock. Noun incorporation in Greenlandic. Language, 56:300-319, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2934] Jerrold M. Sadock. Toward a Linguistic Theory of Speech Acts. Academic Press, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2935] Jerrold M. Sadock. Autolexical syntax: A theory of noun incorporation and similar phenomena. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 3(4):379-439, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2936] Jerrold M. Sadock. Some notes on noun incorporation. Language, 62:19-32, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2937] Jerrold M. Sadock. Autolexical Syntax: A Theory of Parallel Grammatical Representations. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2938] K.J. Sæbø. Anaphoric presuppositions, accommodation, and zero anaphora. In H. Kamp, editor, DYANA-2 Deliverable R2.2A, Part II, pages 87-94. The DYANA-2 Project Administrator, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2939] Ken Safir. Multiple variable binding. Linguistic Inquiry, 15(4):603-638, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2940] Ken Safir. Implied non-coreference and the pattern of anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy, 15(1):1-52, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2941] Ivan A. Sag. The Grassmann's Law ordering pseudoparadox. Linguistic Inquiry, 5:591-607, 1974.
[ bib ]
[2942] Ivan A. Sag. Pseudosolutions to the pseudoparadox: Sanskrit diaspirates revisited. Linguistic Inquiry, 7, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2943] Ivan A. Sag. Deletion and Logical Form. PhD thesis, MIT, 1976.
[ bib ]
[2944] Ivan A. Sag. The non-unity of anaphora. Linguistic Inquiry, 10(1):152-164, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2945] Janet D. Fodor and Ivan Sag. Referential and quantificational indefinites. Linguistics and Philosophy, 5:355-98, 1982.
[ bib ]
[2946] Ivan A. Sag, Gerald Gazdar, Thomas Wasow, and Steven Weisler. Coordination and how to distinguish categories. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 3(2):117-171, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2947] Ivan A. Sag, Ronald M. Kaplan, Lauri Karttunen, Martin Kay, Carl Pollard, Stuart Shieber, and Annie Zaenen. Unification and grammatical theory. In Proceedings of the Fifth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 228-254, Stanford, CA, 1986. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2948] Ivan A. Sag. Grammatical hierarchy and linear precedence. Technical report, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1986. Reprinted in [pp. 303-340]HuckOjeda:Discontinuous.
[ bib ]
[2949] Ivan A. Sag and Carl Pollard. An integrated theory of complement control. Language, 67(1):63-113, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2950] Ivan A. Sag and Janet D. Fodor. Extraction without traces. In Proceedings of the Thirteenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1994.
[ bib ]
[2951] Ivan A. Sag. English relative clause constructions. Journal of Linguistics, 33(4):431-484, 1997.
[ bib ]
[2952] Ivan A. Sag. Without a trace. ms, Stanford University, 1998.
[ bib ]
[2953] Ivan A. Sag and Thomas Wasow. Syntactic Theory: A Formal Introduction. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2954] Naomi Sager. Natural Language Information Processing. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2955] Elizabeth Sagey. The representation of features and relations in non-linear phonology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2956] Elizabeth Sagey. On the ill-formedness of crossing association lines. Linguistic Inquiry, 19:109-119, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2957] Mariko Saiki. On the coordination of gapped constituents in Japanese. In William H. Eilfort, Paul D. Kroeber, and Karen L. Peterson, editors, Papers from the Twenty-First Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pages 371-387, University of Chicago, 1985. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[2958] Mariko Saiki. A new look at Japanese relative clauses: A Lexical Functional Grammar approach. Descriptive and Applied Linguistics, 19:219-230, 1986. Also in Bulletin of the ICU Summer Institute in Linguistics 19. International Christian University, Tokyo.
[ bib ]
[2959] Mariko Saiki. The tough construction in Japanese. Studies in Humanities, 28(2):91-115, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2960] Mariko Saiki. On the Manifestations of Grammatical Functions in the Syntax of Japanese Nominals. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1987.
[ bib ]
[2961] Mamoru Saito and Hajime Hoji. Weak crossover and Move Alpha in Japanese. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1:245-259, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2962] Mamoru Saito. Case and government in Japanese. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 56-66, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2963] Yoshiyuki Sakamoto, Masayuki Satoh, and Tetsuya Ishikawa. Lexicon features for Japanese syntactic analysis in Mu-project. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 42-47, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2964] Morris Salkoff. Bees are swarming in the garden. Language, 59:288-346, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2965] S. Salóne. Vowel coalescence and tonal merger in Chagga (Old Moshi): A natural generative approach. Studies in African Linguistics, 11:75-100, 1980.
[ bib ]
[2966] Jerry Samet and Roger C. Schank. Coherence and connectivity. Linguistics and Philosophy, 7:57-82, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2967] Geoffrey Sampson. Analysed corpora of English: A consumer guide. In Martha C. Pennington and Vance Stevens, editors, Computers in Applied Linguistics: Multilingual Matters. Multilingual Matters, Philadelphia, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2968] M. L. Samuels. Linguistic Evolution: With Special Reference to English. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2969] V. Sánchez. Studies on Natural Logic and Categorial Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2970] R.A. van der Sandt. Context and Presupposition. Croom Helm, London, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2971] R.A. van der Sandt. Presupposition and discourse structure. In Semantics and Contextual Expression. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1989.
[ bib ]
[2972] R. A. van der Sandt and B. Geurts. Presupposition, anaphora, and lexical content. Technical Report 185, IWBS, IBM Germany, Stuttgart, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2973] R.A. van der Sandt. Presupposition projection as anaphora resolution. Journal of Semantics, 9:333-377, 1992. Special Issue: Presupposition, Part 2.
[ bib ]
[2974] D. Sannella and A. Tarlecki. Toward formal development of programs from algebraic specifications: Implementations revisited. Acta Informatica, 25:233-281, 1988.
[ bib ]
[2975] D. Sannella and A. Tarlecki. Toward formal development of programs from algebraic specifications: Model-theoretic foundations. In Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Colloquium on Automata, Languages and Programming, pages 32-38. Springer Verlag, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2976] D. Sannella and M. Wirsing. A kernel language for algebraic specification and implementations. Technical Report CSR-131-83, Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, May, 1983.
[ bib ]
[2977] Edward Sapir. Sound patterns in language. Language, 1:37-51, 1925. Reprinted in Joos:Readings.
[ bib ]
[2978] Edward Sapir. Glottalized continuants in Navaho, Nootka, and Kwakiutl. Language, 14:248-274, 1938.
[ bib ]
[2979] Vijay A. Saraswat. Concurrent Constraint Programming Languages. PhD thesis, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1989. Reprinted by MIT Press, Doctoral Dissertation Award and Logic Programming Series, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2980] Vijay A. Saraswat, Martin Rinard, and Prakash Panangaden. Semantic foundations of concurrent constraint programming. In Proceedings of Eighteenth ACM Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages, Orlando, 1991.
[ bib ]
[2981] Vijay A. Saraswat and Patrick Lincoln. Higher-order, linear concurrent constraint programming. Technical report, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center, 1992.
[ bib ]
[2982] Vijay A. Saraswat. A brief introduction to linear concurrent constraint programming. Technical report, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2983] Vijay A. Saraswat. LFG as concurrent constraint programming. In Mary Dalrymple, editor, Semantics and Syntax in Lexical Functional Grammar: The Resource Logic Approach. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.
[ bib ]
[2984] S. C. Satyo. Topics in Xhosa Verbal Extension. PhD thesis, University of South Africa, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2985] W. Saurer. A natural deduction system of discourse representation theory. Journal of Philosophical Logic, 22(3):249-302, 1993.
[ bib ]
[2986] Leslie A. Saxon. Disjoint anaphora and the binding theory. In Mark Cobler, Susannah MacKaye, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Third West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 242-251, Stanford University, 1984. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2987] Leslie A. Saxon. The Syntax of Pronouns in Dogrib (Athapaskan): Some Theoretical Consequences. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1986.
[ bib ]
[2988] Andre Scedrov. A brief guide to linear logic. In G. Rozenberg and A. Salomaa, editors, Current Trends in Theoretical Computer Science. World Scientific Publishing Co., 1993. Revised and expanded version of an article originally appearing in Bulletin of the European Association for Theoretical Computer Science 41, 1990.
[ bib ]
[2989] Remko Scha. Distributive, collective, and cumulative quantification. In Jeroen Groenendijk, Theo Janssen, and Martin Stokhof, editors, Formal Methods in the Study of Language, pages 483-512. Mathematical Centre Tracts, Amsterdam, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2990] Paul Schachter. Constraints on coördination. Language, 53(1):86-103, 1977.
[ bib ]
[2991] Paul Schachter. Reference-related and role-related properties of subjects. In Peter Cole and Jerrold M. Sadock, editors, Grammatical Relations, volume 8 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 279-306. Academic Press, New York, 1978.
[ bib ]
[2992] Paul Schachter. Lovely to look at. Linguistic Analysis, 8(4):431-448, 1981.
[ bib ]
[2993] Paul Schachter and Susan Mordechay. A phrase structure account of ``nonconstituent'' coordinations. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 86-103, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[2994] Paul Schachter. LFG as a model of linguistic competence. Linguistics and Philosophy, 8:449-504, 1985.
[ bib ]
[2995] Sanford A. Schane. Two English vowel movements: A particle analysis. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language sound structure, pages 32-51. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[2996] R. Schank. Conceptual dependency: a theory of natural language understanding. Cognitive Psychology, 3:552-631, 1972.
[ bib ]
[2997] Roger C. Schank. The fourteen primitive actions and their inferences. Stanford Artificial Intelligence Laboratory Memo AIM-183, 1973.
[ bib ]
[2998] Roger C. Schank. Conceptual Information Processing. Fundamental Studies in Computer Science, Volume 3. North-Holland, 1975.
[ bib ]
[2999] Traugott Scheibe. Zum Problem der grammatisch relevanten Identität. In F. Kiefer and N. Ruwet, editors, Generative Grammar in Europe, pages 482-527. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1973.
[ bib ]
[3000] Barry Schein and Donca Steriade. On geminates. Linguistic Inquiry, 17:691-744, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3001] Jim Schenkein, editor. Studies in the Organization of Conversational Interaction. Language, Thought, and Culture: Advances in the Study of Cognition. Academic Press, 1978.
[ bib ]
[3002] M. Schielen. Ein axiomatisierung der skopusbestimmung zur constraintbasierten erzeugung der logischen form. Master's thesis, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, 1993.
[ bib ]
[3003] Deborah Schiffrin. Discourse Markers. Number 5 in Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3004] Susan F. Schmerling. Synonymy judgements as syntactic evidence. In Peter Cole, editor, Pragmatics, volume 9 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 299-313. Academic Press, New York, 1978.
[ bib ]
[3005] Helmut Schnelle. Concurrent parsing in programmable logic array (PLA) nets - proposals and problems. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 150-153, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3006] Peter Schroeder-Heister and Kosta Dosen, editors. Studies in Logic and Computation 2. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1993.
[ bib ]
[3007] P. Schroeder-Heister and K. Dosen, editors. Substructural Logics. Oxford University Press, 1994.
[ bib ]
[3008] L. K. Schubert and F. J. Pelletier. From english to logic: Context-free computation of `conventional' logical translation. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 8:26-44, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3009] Lenhart K. Schubert and Francis Jeffry Pelletier. From English to logic: Context-free computation of `conventional' logical translations. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 10:165-176, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3010] Lenhart K. Schubert. On parsing preferences. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 247-250, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3011] Lenhart Schubert. Are there preference tradeoffs in attachment decisions? In Proceedings of AAAI-86, Philadelphia, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3012] Lenhart K. Schubert and Francis Jeffry Pelletier. Problems in the representation of the logical form of generics, plurals, and mass nouns. In New Directions in Semantics, pages 385-451. Academic Press, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3013] B. M. Schulze and O. Christ. The cqp user's manual. Technical report, IMS, Universität Stuttgart, Germany, 1994.
[ bib ]
[3014] Ineke Schuurman. Functional uncertainty and verb-raising dependencies. In W. Kosmeijer W. Abraham and E. Reuland, editors, Trends in Germanic Syntax, pages 223-249. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3015] Linda Schwartz, Paul Newman, and Sammani Sani. Agreement and scope of modification in Hausa coordinate structures. In Diane Brentari, Gary Larson, and Lynn MacLeod, editors, Papers from the 24th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, Part 2: Parasession on Agreement in Grammatical Theory, pages 278-290, University of Chicago, 1988. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[3016] Linda Schwartz. Thematic relations and case linking in Russian. In Wendy Wilkins, editor, Thematic Relations, volume 21 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 167-189. Academic Press, San Diego, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3017] G. Schwarz and M. Truszczynski. Modal logic s4f and the minimal knowledge paradigm. In Y. O. Moses, editor, Proceedings of tark 4, Palo Alto, CA, 1992. Morgan Kaufman.
[ bib ]
[3018] Christoph Schwarze. The treatment of the French adjectif detache in Lexical Functional Grammar. In Uwe Reyle and Christian Rohrer, editors, Natural Language Parsing and Linguistic Theories, pages 262-288. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3019] Christoph Schwarze. Lexical-functional morphology and the structure of the lexicon. In Lunella Mereu, editor, Boundaries of Morphology and Syntax, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, Rome, 1997. John Benjamins.
[ bib ]
[3020] Roger Schwarzschild. On the meaning of definite plural noun phrases. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3021] Roger Schwarzschild. Types of plural individuals. Linguistics and Philosophy, 15(6):641-675, 1992.
[ bib ]
[3022] Roger Schwarzschild. Pluralities. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1996.
[ bib ]
[3023] James M. Scobbie. Attribute Value Phonology. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3024] D.A. Scott. Models for various type-free calculii. In P. Suppes et al., editor, Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science IV, North Holland Studies in Logic and the Foundations of Mathematics, pages 157-187. North-Holland, 1973.
[ bib ]
[3025] D.S. Scott. Domains for denotational semantics. In M. Nielsen and E.T. Schmidt, editors, Lecture Notes in Computer Science 140, pages 577-613. Springer, Berlin, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3026] Donia R. Scott and Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Conciliatory planning for extended descriptive texts. In Proceedings of the VI Simpósio Brasileiro de Intelligênce Artificial, Rio De Janeiro, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3027] Donia R. Scott and Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Getting the message across in RST-based text generation. In Robert Dale, Chris Mellish, and Michael Zock, editors, Current Research in Natural Language Generation. Academic Press, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3028] C. Scotton. Semantic and syntactic subcategorization in the Swahili causative verb shapes. Journal of African Languages, 6:249-267, 1967.
[ bib ]
[3029] C. M. Scotton. Aspects of the Swahili Extended Verb System with Special Reference to Some Deep Structure Syntactic and Semantic Restrictions. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1967.
[ bib ]
[3030] Sylvia Scribner. Studying working intelligence. In Barbara Rogoff and Jean Lave, editors, Everyday Cognition: Its Development in Social Context, pages 9-40. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3031] John R. Searle. What is a speech act? In M. Black, editor, Philosophy on America, pages 221-239. Allen & Unwin and Cornel University Press, 1965.
[ bib ]
[3032] John R. Searle. Speech Acts: An Essay in the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1969.
[ bib ]
[3033] John R. Searle. A taxonomy of illocutionary acts. In Keith Gunderson, editor, Language, Mind and Knowledge, Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of Science. University of Minnesota Press, 1975. Reprinted in [pp. 1-57]Searle:Expression.
[ bib ]
[3034] John R. Searle. Referential and attributive. The Monist, 13, 1979. Reprinted in [pp. 137-161]Searle:Expression.
[ bib ]
[3035] John R. Searle. Expression and Meaning: Studies in the Theory of Speech Acts. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1979.
[ bib ]
[3036] John R. Searle. The intentionality of intention and action. Cognitive Science, 4:47-70, 1980.
[ bib ]
[3037] John R. Searle. Intentionality: An Essay in the Philosophy of Mind. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3038] John R. Searle and Daniel Vanderveken. Foundations of Illocutionary Logic. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3039] John R. Searle. Notes on conversation. In D. G. Ellis and W. A. Donahue, editors, Contemporary Issues in Language and Discourse Processing. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3040] John R. Searle. Literary theory and its discontents. Presented at the Romanell-Phi Beta Kappa Lectures in Philosophy, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3041] John R. Searle. Is the brain a digital computer? In APA Proceedings, Vol. 63, pages 16-32, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3042] Francis W. Sears, Mark W. Zemansky, and Hugh D. Young. University Physics. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, fifth edition, 1976.
[ bib ]
[3043] C. Sedogbo and M. Eytan. A tableau calculus for drt. Logique et Analyse, 31:379-402, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3044] C. Sedogbo. Sylog: A drt system in prolog. In V. Dahl and P. Saint-Dizier, editors, Natural Language Understanding and Logical Programming II, pages 185-201. Elsevier, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3045] M. S. Seidenberg, M. K. Tanenhaus, J. Leiman, and M. Bienkowski. Automatic access of the meanings of ambiguous words in context: some limitations of knowledge-based processing. Cognitive Psychology, 14:489-537, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3046] William J. Seiter. Subject-direct object raising in Niuean. In David M. Perlmutter, editor, Studies in Relational Grammar 1, pages 317-359. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3047] Elisabeth O. Selkirk. The Phrase Phonology of English and French. PhD thesis, MIT, 1972.
[ bib ]
[3048] Elisabeth O. Selkirk. The role of prosodic categories in English word stress. Linguistic Inquiry, 11:563-605, 1980.
[ bib ]
[3049] Elisabeth O. Selkirk. The Syntax of Words. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3050] Elisabeth O. Selkirk. Phonology and Syntax: The Relation Between Sound and Structure. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3051] Elisabeth O. Selkirk. On the major class features and syllable theory. In Mark Aronoff and Richard T. Oehrle, editors, Language Sound Structure. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3052] Elizabeth O. Selkirk. On derived domains in sentence phonology. Phonology Yearbook, 3:371-405, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3053] Wilfrid Sellars. Toward a theory of predication. In James Bogen and James E. McGuire, editors, How Things Are. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3054] Peter Sells. Resumptive pronouns and weak crossover. In Mark Cobler, Susannah MacKaye, and Michael Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Third West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 252-262, Stanford, CA, 1984. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[3055] Peter Sells. Syntax and semantics of resumptive pronouns. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3056] Peter Sells. Lectures on Contemporary Syntactic Theories. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 3. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3057] Peter Sells. Restrictive and non-restrictive modification. Technical Report CSLI-85-28, Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3058] Peter Sells, Annie Zaenen, and Draga Zec. Reflexivization variation: Relations between syntax, semantics, and lexical structure. In Masayo Iida, Stephen Wechsler, and Draga Zec, editors, Working Papers in Grammatical Theory and Discourse Structure, CSLI Lecture Notes, number 11, pages 169-238. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3059] Peter Sells. Aspects of logophoricity. Linguistic Inquiry, 18(3):445-479, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3060] Peter Sells. Thematic and grammatical hierarchies: Albanian reflexivization. In Hagit Borer, editor, Proceedings of the Seventh West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, pages 293-303, Stanford University, 1988. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[3061] Peter Sells. VP in Japanese: Evidence from -te complements. In Hajime Hoji, editor, Japanese/Korean Linguistics, pages 319-333, Stanford University, 1990. Stanford Linguistics Association/CSLI Publications.
[ bib ]
[3062] Peter Sells. Disjoint reference into NP. Linguistics and Philosophy, 14(2):151-170, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3063] Peter Sells. Subphrasal syntax in Korean. Language Research, 30(2):351-386, 1994.
[ bib ]
[3064] Peter Sells. Raising and the order of clausal constituents in the Philippine languages. In Proceedings of the 2nd Annual Meeting of the Austronesian Formal Linguistics Association. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1995.
[ bib ]
[3065] Peter Sells. The projection of phrase structure and argument structure in Japanese. In Takao Gunji, editor, Studies on the Universality of Constraint-Based Phrase Structure Grammars, pages 39-60. Osaka University, Graduate School of Language and Culture, 1996. Report of the International Scientific Research Program, Joint Research, Project No. 06044133.
[ bib ]
[3066] Peter Sells. Scandinavian clause structure and object shift. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG98 Conference, 1998.
[ bib | .html ]
[3067] Peter Sells. Japanese postposing involves no movement, 1998. Presented at the meeting of the Linguistics Association of Great Britain, Lancaster, April 1998.
[ bib ]
[3068] Helle Frisak Sem. Discourse representation theory, situation schemata, and situation semantics, a comparison. Technical Report COSMOS No. 2, Department of Mathematics, University of Oslo, 1988. Also in Proceedings of the 10th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics.
[ bib ]
[3069] Helle Frisak Sem. Discourse in situation schema theory. Technical Report COSMOS No. 10, Department of Mathematics, University of Oslo, 1988. Also in the proceedings of The Nordic Conference on Text Comprehension in Man and Machine, Sigtuna, October, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3070] Helle Frisak Sem. A Proposal for VP Ellipsis in DRT. PhD thesis, University of Oslo, 1993.
[ bib ]
[3071] H.F. Sem. Vp-ellipsis and drt. In H. Kamp, editor, Ellipsis, Tense and Questions, pages 6-84. DYANA-2 ESPRIT Basic Research Project 6852, 1994.
[ bib ]
[3072] Pieter A. M. Seuren. Discourse Semantics. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3073] P. Seuren. Präsuppositionen. In A. von Stechow and D. Wunderlich, editors, Semantics, An International Handbook of Contemporary Research, pages 286-318. De Gruyter, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3074] Petr Sgall, Eva Hajicová, and Jarmila Panevová. The Meaning of the Sentence in its Semantic and Pragmatic Aspects. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1986. Edited by Jacob Mey.
[ bib ]
[3075] Ross D. Shachter, T. S. Levitt, L. N. Kanal, and J. F. Lemmer. Uncertainty in Artificial Intelligence 4. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3076] Patrick Shann and J. L. Cochard. GTT: A general transducer for teaching computational linguistics. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 88-91, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3077] Claude E. Shannon and Warren Weaver. The Mathematical Theory of Communication. The University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 1949.
[ bib ]
[3078] Beau Sheil. Observations on context-free parsing. In Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING76), Ottawa, 1976.
[ bib ]
[3079] Hadar Shemtov. Topics in Hebrew relative clauses. ms, Stanford University, 1993.
[ bib ]
[3080] Hadar Shemtov. Ambiguity Management in Natural Language Generation. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1997.
[ bib ]
[3081] Michael Sherard. Shanghai Phonology. PhD thesis, Cornell University, 1972.
[ bib ]
[3082] David F. Sherwood. Maliseet verbs of possession. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:351-356, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3083] Masayoshi Shibatani. The non-cyclic nature of Japanese accentuation. Language, 48:584-595, 1972.
[ bib ]
[3084] Masayoshi Shibatani, editor. Syntax and Semantics: The Grammar of Causative Constructions, volume 6. Academic Press, San Diego, 1976.
[ bib ]
[3085] Masayoshi Shibatani. Grammatical relations and surface case. Language, 53:789-809, 1977.
[ bib ]
[3086] Masayoshi Shibatani. Review of Haraguchi (1975). Language, 55:928-936, 1979.
[ bib ]
[3087] Stuart M. Shieber, Susan U. Stucky, Hans Uszkoreit, and Jane J. Robinson. Formal constraints on metarules. In Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Cambridge, MA. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983. Also published as SRI International Technical Note 283, Menlo Park, CA.
[ bib ]
[3088] Stuart M. Shieber, Hans Uszkoreit, Fernando C. N. Pereira, Jane J. Robinson, and Mabry Tyson. The formalism and implementation of PATR-II. In Research on Interactive Acquisition and Use of Knowledge, Menlo Park, CA, 1983. SRI International.
[ bib ]
[3089] Stuart M. Shieber. Sentence disambiguation by a shift-reduce parsing technique. In Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting of the ACL, Cambridge, MA. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983. Also published as SRI International Technical Note 281, Menlo Park, CA.
[ bib ]
[3090] Stuart Shieber. Sentence disambiguation by a shift-reduce parsing technique. In Proceedings of IJCAI-83, Washington, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3091] Stuart M. Shieber, Lauri Karttunen, and Fernando C. N. Pereira. Notes from the unification underground: A compilation of papers on unification-based grammar formalisms. Technical Report 327, SRI International, Menlo Park, CA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3092] Stuart M. Shieber. Direct parsing of ID/LP grammars. Linguistics and Philosophy, 7:135-154, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3093] Stuart M. Shieber. The design of a computer language for linguistic information. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 362-366, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3094] Stuart M. Shieber. Using restriction to extend parsing algorithms for complex feature-based formalisms. In Proceedings of the 23rd Annual Meeting of the ACL, Chicago, pages 145-152. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3095] Stuart M. Shieber. Evidence against the context-freeness of natural language. Linguistics and Philosophy, 8:333-343, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3096] Stuart M. Shieber. An Introduction to Unification-Based Approaches to Grammar. CSLI Lecture Notes, number 4. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3097] Stuart M. Shieber. Separating linguistic analyses from linguistic theories. In Peter Whitelock, Harold Somers, Paul Bennett, Rod Johnson, and Mary McGee Wood, editors, Linguistic Theory and Computer Applications, pages 1-36. Academic Press, London, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3098] Stuart M. Shieber, Gertjan van Noord, Robert C. Moore, and Fernando C. N. Pereira. A semantic head-driven generation algorithm for unification-based formalisms. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Vancouver, pages 7-17. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3099] Stuart M. Shieber. Parsing and Type Inference for Natural and Computer Languages. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3100] S. M. Shieber, G. van Noord, F. C. N. Pereira, and R. C. Moore. Semantic-head-driven generation. Computational Linguistics, 16:30-42, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3101] S. M. Shieber and Y. Schabes. Principles and implementation of deductive parsing. Technical Report Technical Report TR-11-94, Center for Research in Computing Technology, Division of Applied Sciences, Harvard University, 1994.
[ bib ]
[3102] Stuart M. Shieber, Fernando C. N. Pereira, and Mary Dalrymple. Interactions of scope and ellipsis. Linguistics and Philosophy, 19(5):527-552, 1996. Reprinted in [2110].
[ bib ]
[3103] Joseph Edward Shigley and Larry D. Mitchell. Mechanical Engineering Design. McGraw-Hill Series in Mechanical Engineering. McGraw-Hill, New York, fourth edition, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3104] Chi-Lin Shih. The Prosodic Domain of Tone Sandhi in Chinese. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3105] Akira Shimazu, Shozo Naito, and Hirosato Nomura. Japanese language semantic analyzer based on an extended case frame model. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 717-720, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3106] Y. Shoham. Reasoning about Change. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3107] Timothy Shopen. Sonrai causatives and passives. Studies in African Linguistics, 1(2), 1970.
[ bib ]
[3108] Timothy Shopen, editor. Language Typology and Syntactic Description. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3109] David Short. Czech. In Bernard Comrie and Greville G. Corbett, editors, The Slavonic Languages, pages 455-532. Routledge, London, 1993.
[ bib ]
[3110] Jeff Shrager and David Klahr. Instructionless learning about a complex device: The paradigm and observations. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 25:153-189, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3111] Jeff Shrager. Theory change via view application in instructionless learning. Machine Learning, 2:247-276, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3112] C.L. Sidner. Towards a Computation Theory of Definite Anaphora Comprehension in English Discourse. PhD thesis, MIT, 1979.
[ bib ]
[3113] Candace Sidner. Towards a computational theory of definite anaphora comprehension in English discourse. Technical Report 537, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, Cambridge, MA, 1979.
[ bib ]
[3114] Candace Sidner. Focusing in the comprehension of definite anaphora. In Michael Brady and Robert C. Berwick, editors, Computational Models of Discourse, pages 267-330. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1983. Reprinted in [pp. 363-394]GSW:NLP.
[ bib ]
[3115] Dorothy Siegel. Topics in English Morphology. PhD thesis, MIT, 1974.
[ bib ]
[3116] Muffy E. A. Siegel. Capturing the Adjective. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1976.
[ bib ]
[3117] Muffy E. A. Siegel. Problems in preposition stranding. Linguistic Inquiry, 14:184-188, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3118] Anna Siewierska. Reduced pronominals and argument prominence. In Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King, editors, On-line Proceedings of the LFG99 Conference, 1999.
[ bib | .html ]
[3119] Bengt Sigurd. Computer simulation of spontaneous speech production. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 79-83, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3120] Halldór Sigurdsson. Moods and (long distance) reflexives in Icelandic. ms, University of Iceland, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3121] Kim Silverman and Janet B. Pierrehumbert. The timing of prenuclear high accents in English. In John Kingston and Mary E. Beckman, editors, Between the Grammar and the Physics of Speech: Papers in Laboratory Phonology I. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3122] Michael Silverstein. Hierarchy of features and ergativity. In R.M.W. Dixon, editor, Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages, pages 112-171. Australian Institute for Aboriginal Studies, Canberra, 1976.
[ bib ]
[3123] R. O. Silverstein. A strategy for utterance production. In Larry M. Hyman, L. O. Jakobsen, and R. G. Schuh, editors, Studies in African Linguistics. Department of Linguistics and the African Studies Center, University of California-Los Angeles, 1976. Supplement 6: Papers in African Linguistics in Honor of Wm. E. Welmers.
[ bib ]
[3124] Robert F. Simmons. Themes from 1972. In Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting of the ACL, pages 100-101, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3125] Robert F. Simmons. The costs of inheritance in semantic networks. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 71-74, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3126] Jane Simpson and Joan Bresnan. Control and obviation in Warlpiri. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory, 1(1):49-64, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3127] Jane Simpson. Discontinuous verbs and the interaction of morphology and syntax. In Michael Barlow, Daniel P. Flickinger, and Michael T. Wescoat, editors, Proceedings of the Second West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Stanford University, 1983. Stanford Linguistics Association.
[ bib ]
[3128] Jane Simpson. Aspects of Warlpiri Morphology and Syntax. PhD thesis, MIT, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3129] Jane Simpson. Warlpiri Morpho-Syntax: A Lexicalist Approach. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3130] John Singler. Vowel harmony in Klao - linear and nonlinear analyses. Studies in African Linguistics, 14:1-33, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3131] N. K. Sinha. Mundari Grammar. Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore, 1975.
[ bib ]
[3132] Jeffrey Mark Siskind. Acquiring core meanings of words, represented as Jackendoff-style conceptual structures, from correlated streams of linguistic and non-linguistic input. ms, MIT, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3133] Jon M. Slack. A parsing architecture based on distributed memory machines. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 92-95, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3134] Jonathan Slocum. Machine translation: Its history, current status and future prospects. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 546-561, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3135] Carlota Smith. Ambiguous sentences with and. In David A. Reibel and Sanford A. Schane, editors, Modern Studies in English, pages 113-142. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
[ bib ]
[3136] Carlota Smith. The syntax and interpretation of temporal expressions in English. Linguistics and Philosophy, 2:43-100, 1978.
[ bib ]
[3137] Brian C. Smith. Reflection and semantics in a procedural language. Technical Report 272, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3138] Reid G. Smith and Patricia Carando. Structured object programming in Strobe. Schlumberger-Doll Research Note SYS-86-23, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3139] Carlota Smith. A speaker-based approach to aspect. Linguistics and Philosophy, 9(1):97-115, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3140] W. Smith. Handling constrained clauses in discourse representation theory. Artificial Intelligence Research Report AI-1990-02, The University of Georgia, Athens, GA, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3141] Gert Smolka. A feature logic with subsorts. Technical report, IBM Deutschland, 1988. LILOG Report 33, IWBS.
[ bib ]
[3142] Gert Smolka. Feature constraint logics for unification grammars. Technical report, IBM Deutschland, 1989. IWBS Report 93.
[ bib ]
[3143] Gert Smolka. Feature-constraint logics for unification grammars. Journal of Logic Programming, 12(1/2):51-87, 1992.
[ bib ]
[3144] G. Smolka and R. Treinen (eds. ). Dfki oz documentation series. Technical report, DFKI, German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1996. http://www. ps. uni-sb. de/oz.
[ bib ]
[3145] R. Smullyan. First-order logic. Springer, Berlin, 1968.
[ bib ]
[3146] S. Soames. Presupposition. In D. Gabbay and F. Guenthner, editors, Handbook of Philosophical Logic, pages 553-616. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1984. Volume IV.
[ bib ]
[3147] Nicholas Sobin. Case assignment in Ukrainian morphological passive constructions. Linguistic Inquiry, 16:649-662, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3148] F. Sommers. The Logic of Natural Language. Cambridge University Press, 1982.
[ bib ]
[3149] Norman K. Sondheimer, Ralph M. Weischedel, and Robert J. Bobrow. Semantic interpretation using KL-ONE. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 101-107, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3150] Seok Choong Song. Rare plural marking and ubiquitous plural marker in Korean. In Robin E. Grossman, L. James San, and Timothy J. Vance, editors, Papers from the Eleventh Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, University of Chicago, 1975. Chicago Linguistic Society.
[ bib ]
[3151] Fei Song and Robin Cohen. The interpretation of temporal relations in narrative. ms, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3152] Roy A. Sorenson. Process vagueness. Linguistics and Philosophy, 13(5):589-618, 1991.
[ bib ]
[3153] Clarence Harvey Sorum and Robert S. Boikess. How to Solve General Chemistry Problems. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, sixth edition, 1981.
[ bib ]
[3154] Said Soulhi. Representing knowledge about knowledge and mutual knowledge. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 194-199, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3155] Clive Souter. Systemic-functional grammars and corpora. Technical Report 89. 12, School of Computer Studies, The University of leeds, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3156] Clive Souter and Tim O'Donoghue. Probabilistic parsing in the COMMUNAL project. Technical Report 90. 2, School of Computer Studies, The University of leeds, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3157] Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Aspects of natural-language queries to database revisited, 1989.
[ bib ]
[3158] John F. Sowa. Conceptual Structures: Information Processing in Mind and Machine. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3159] Larry Sowder. Children's solutions of story problems. Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 7:227-238, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3160] Edith Spaan. Complexity of Modal Logics. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1993.
[ bib ]
[3161] Karen Sparck-Jones. Shifting meaning representations. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 621-623, 1983.
[ bib ]
[3162] Karen Sparck-Jones and John I. Tait. Linguistically motivated descriptive term selection. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 287-290, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3163] Karen Sparck-Jones. Natural language and databases, again. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING84), Stanford, pages 182-183, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3164] Margaret Speas. Phrase Structure in Natural Language. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1990.
[ bib ]
[3165] Andrew Spencer. The word and paradigm model of morphosyntax. Written draft of a paper read at the University of Manchester Postgraduate Linguistics Conference, March 2000, 2000.
[ bib | .ps ]
[3166] Dan Sperber and Deirdre Wilson. Relevance: Communication and Cognition. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3167] Dan Sperber and Deirdre Wilson. Précis of Relevance: Communication and Cognition. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 10:697-754, 1987.
[ bib ]
[3168] Dominique Sportiche. Zibun. Linguistic Inquiry, 17(2):369-374, 1986.
[ bib ]
[3169] Dominique Sportiche. A theory of floating quantifiers and its corollaries for constituent structure. Linguistic Inquiry, 19, 1988.
[ bib ]
[3170] Richard Sproat. On Deriving the Lexicon. PhD thesis, MIT, 1985.
[ bib ]
[3171] J. F. Staal. A method of linguistic description: The order of consonants according to Panini. Language, 38:1-10, 1962.
[ bib ]
[3172] J. F. Staal. Review of Cardona 1969. Language, 46:502-507, 1970.
[ bib ]
[3173] R. Stalnaker. A theory of conditionals. In N. Rescher, editor, Studies in Logical Theory, American Philosophical Quarterly Monograph Series 2. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1968.
[ bib ]
[3174] R. Stalnaker. Pragmatics. In D. Davidson and G. Harman, editors, Semantics of Natural Language, pages 380-397. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.
[ bib ]
[3175] R. Stalnaker. Assertion. In P. Cole, editor, Syntax and Semantics Vol.9: Pragmatics, pages 315-332. Academic Press, New York, 1979.
[ bib ]
[3176] David L. Stampe. A dissertation on natural phonology. PhD thesis, University of Chicago, 1973.
[ bib ]
[3177] Richard Stanley. Redundancy rules in phonology. Language, 43:393-436, 1967.
[ bib ]
[3178] Mark J. Steedman. On the generality of the nested dependency constraint and the reason for an exception in Dutch. In Brian Butterworth, Bernard Comrie, and Östen Dahl, editors, Explanations for language universals, pages 35-66. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1984.
[ bib ]
[3179] Mark J. Steedman. Dependency and coordination in the grammar of Dutch and Engl